Home

Tektronix DAS 9200 Technicians Manual

1. INN ERA N Figure 7 9219 20 21 Option 04 Cabinet Figure 8 92E9 Cabinet Figure 9 92E9 Chassis lt 92 16 Board Figure 10 Figure 11 92 16 Board Figure 12 P6461 E Figure 14 92 60 90 and 60D 90D Memory Board Figure 15 92 60 90 and 60D 90D Controller Board Figure 16 010 6470 00 and 010 6471 00 Figure 17 92A96 D XD SD UD 92C96 D XD SD Figure 18 92 96 Option 01 Figure 19 92 96 Option 02 Figure 20 92HS8 Cabinet 4 AAA 92HS8 E Power Supply Figure 21 92HS8 E Boards Figure 22 92HSS E Accessories Figure 24 92516 925 109 Board 92832 928X118 Board Figure 25 Figure 26 92SX109 118 Multiplexer Figure 27 6464 Figure 28 6465 Figure 29 6463 Figure 30 P6463A Figure 31 92 01 Board Figure 32 92 02 Board Figure 33 92C03 Board Figure 34 92LAN Board F
2. Figure 4 27 Jumper Locations the Model JU475 5 1 2 Mbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 66 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Floppy Disk Drive For DAS 9219 9220 mainframes with a 400 Kbyte floppy disk drive installed Strapping on the two zero ohm resistors W381 and W575 must be in place on the Controller Controller Board board If the DAS 9219 9220 has a 1 2 Mbyte floppy disk drive these resistors must be removed Refer to Figure 4 22 for the location of these resistors NOTE W575 is not labeled on the Controller board U388 U385 W381 U475 0478 0481 0475 W575 Figure 4 28 Location of 0 Resistors W381 and W575 on the Controller Board Early versions of the DAS 9221 mainframe had a 5 25 inch 1 2 Mbyte floppy disk drive Newer versions have a 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte floppy disk drive Jumper 18710 selects either the 5 25 inch floppy disk drive pins 1 and 2 jumpered or the 3 5 inch floppy disk drive pins 2 and 3 jumpered Jumper J9700 selects the density and only has pins 2 and 3 installed pin 1 is missing Refer to Figure 4 29 for the settings of these jumpers Other Controller Board In addition to the hard and floppy disk drive jumpers the Controller board has Jumpers other jumpers that configure the Controller board for c
3. 12345678 Figure 4 9 Switch Locations on the 10 Mbyte Hard Disk Drive Circuit Board Factory Settings Shown 4 48 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Drive Select Pins Figure 4 10 Jumper Locations on the 20 Mbyte Fixed Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 49 Troubleshooting The 20 Mbyte removable hard drive Miniscribe 8425 is no longer available It 1s installed into a removable cartridge that installs into a media mount with two thumb screws This media mount is different than the mount used for other removable drives The drive select jumpers are located on the component side of the circuit board under the label SEL 1 You must remove the aluminum cover to access the jumpers Refer to Figure 4 11 Figure 4 11 Jumper Locations on the 20 Mbyte Removable Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 50 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting The 40 Mbyte hard disk drive Seagate ST 253 Wren II was 5 25 inch refer to Figure 4 12 The circuit board for the 5 25 inch drive attaches to the end of the mounting frame at a right angle to the main circuit board The 40 Mbyte drive Seagate ST 151 is now a 3 5 inch drive refer to Figure 4 13 It has a green light on the front panel When installed in the mainframe its power connector is at the bottom Drive Select Pins Figure 4 12
4. 4 43 il DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Table of Contents Mainframe Troubleshooting 1 4 43 Power Supply Check cess sas isa sete NIE Se 4 43 Power Control Signals 4 44 DIP Switches on the Controller Board 4 45 RS 232 POTES cc eta E CEPR MERE WIS 4 46 Hard and Floppy Disk Drive Power Connector 4 47 Hard Disk Drive Switch and Jumper 4 47 Floppy Disk Drive Jumper Positions 4 56 Floppy Disk Drive Strapping on the Controller Board 4 67 Other Controller Board Jumpers 4 67 Loading System Software 4 69 Hard Disk Format Utility 4 70 DAS 9221 SCSI Hard Disk Format Utility Menus 4 71 DAS 9219 9220 57506 Hard Disk Format Utility Menus 4 76 File System Make Utility 4 83 File System Install Utility 4 91 Configuration Utility cti e Burg 4 96 Optional System Software 4 108 Application Software 4 109 Operator s Checkout Procedure
5. 1 3 Mainframe Power Requirements 1 8 DAS with Option 04 1 12 DAS 92 9 Expansion Mainframe 1 14 Acquisition and Pattern Generation Modules 1 16 Maintenance anni 2 1 Preventive Maintenance 2 1 Static Precautions Bhi aan handen 2 1 Cleaning Guidelines 2 2 Mainframe si RE een asua kha 2 3 Terminal and 2 4 DAS5 Meodules CREER RR CL re RD RERO en 2 5 92 HS8 8E Cabinet ur t quy uya e ce LR Ce ERG n Ue ce Re dece 2 5 Corrective Maintenance 2 6 Inspection A e SAAS A C Ban ne Gad ee Nies 2 6 Obtaining Replacements 2 6 Selecting the Line Voltage and Replacing the Line Fuse 2 6 Replacing the Battery on the DAS 9219 9220 Controller Board 2 14 Disposing the Lithium Battery 2 16 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Disassembly Reassembly Procedures 3 1 General Precautions 3 2 Tools Required o ek AERE eta A ee ee aa A 3 2 Disassembly Reassembly of th
6. 3 17 Table 4 1 DAS 9221 Level 0 Diagnostics Messages 4 17 Table 4 2 DAS 9219 92200 Level 0 Diagnostics Messages 4 18 Table 4 3 Error Messages for DAS Mainframes 4 19 Table 4 4 LED Diagnostic Errors for DAS 9221 4 21 Table 4 5 DAS 9219 9220 Controller Board LED Diagnostic Errors 2 22 2 2 5 4 23 Table 4 6 DAS 9219 9220 Memory Board Diagnostic Errors 4 24 Table 4 7 Previous Shutdown Field Messages 4 25 Table 4 8 DAS 9219 9220 Controller Board Diagnostic Error Codes inicia ee E EE sie 4 27 Table 4 9 DAS 9219 9220 8 Mbyte Memory Diagnostic Error Codes iii Es ae el 4 27 Table 4 10 DAS 9221 Controller Board Diagnostic Error Codes 2 2 2 2 eu 4 27 Table 4 11 92A 60 90 60D 90D Controller Diagnostic Error Codes 21 esse 4 29 Table 4 12 92A 60 90 60D 90D Memory Diagnostic Error C des me ee lee Ge ee ale 4 30 Table 4 13 92A96 92C96 Diagnostic Error Codes 4 30 Table 4 14 92 58 8 Diagnostic Error Codes 4 32 Table 4 15 92516 925 109 Diagnostic Error Codes 4 33 Table 4 16 92532 925 118 Diagnostic Error Codes 4 34 Table 4 17 92 16 16 Diagnostic Error Codes 4 35 Table 4 18 92C01 02 03 Diagnostic Error Codes 4 36 Table 4 19 Diagnostic Bar Code
7. Figure 4 20 Jumper Locations on the 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte Teac Model FD 235HF 7529 Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 59 Troubleshooting Figure 4 21 shows the jumper locations for the JU455 5 400 Kbyte floppy disk drive Jumper No Jumper Figure 4 21 Jumper Locations on the Model JU455 5 400 Kbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 60 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Figure 4 22 shows the jumper locations for the JU455 7 400 Kbyte floppy disk drive Jumper e e Nojumper Wire J umper Figure 4 22 Jumper Locations on the Model JU455 7 400 Kbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 61 Troubleshooting Figure 4 23 shows the jumper locations for the Model 5 4455 400 Kbyte floppy disk drive Jumper No umper Figure 4 23 Jumper Locations on the Model SA455 400 Kbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 62 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Early versions of the DAS 9221 mainframe had 1 2 Mbyte 5 25 inch floppy disk drives The following illustrations show these floppy disk drives Figure 4 24 shows the factor
8. 8 Mfr Part Number This indicates the actual manufacturer s or vendor s part number Abbreviations Abbreviations conform to American National Standard ANSI 1 1 1972 Chassis Parts Chassis mounted parts and cable assemblies are located at the end of the Replaceable Electrical Parts List Mfr Code to Manufacturer The table titled Manufacturers Cross Index shows codes names and addresses Cross Index of manufacturers or vendors of components listed in the parts list DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Manufacturers Cross Index Mfr Code 3109 3774 0198 0303 0392 0435 0588 0623 0860 TK1112 TK1113 TK1163 TK1179 1337 1375 1386 1415 1465 1471 1499 1506 TK1742 TK1875 TK1915 TK1943 TK1951 TK2076 TK2122 TK2208 TK2354 TK2383 Manufacturer FELLER OSHINO ELECTRIC LAMP WORKS LTD ELMEC COLTD HAMILTON HALLMARK FAB TEK INC NORTHWEST FASTENER SALES INC LEWIS SCREW CO UNIVERSAL PRECISION PRODUCTS GENERAL TOOL AND SUPPLY CO DIST LABEL GRAPHICS NOBLE FORM INC MODCOM INC POLYCAST INC PANEL COMPONENTS CORP NATIONAL ELECTRIC CABLE DIV NATIONAL ELECTRIC CONTROL CO ESAM PYRAMID ELECTRONICS SUPPLY INC CABOT CORP EAR DIV BEAVERTON PARTS MFG CO PHOENIX CONTACT INC AMLAN INC HUGHES R S CO INC WJ WILD MANUFACTURING CO CENTRAL FASTENER INC HIRSCHMANN
9. Expansion Backplane Mainframe Interface Thinnet UA b Thicknet m Time Base a Discrete 10 Hard Disk Control Bus Interface c Static Memory NVM e Clock Calender d Floppy Disk Interface c Power Control i DIP Switches amp Leds Figure 5 4 DAS 9221 Controller Board Block Diagram a Four asynchronous ECL TIME BASES reside on and are programmed by the Controller board Asynchronous acquisitions and timestamp operations use these time bases For more information on the time bases refer to Instrument Bus beggining on page 54 b wm The Controller board has interface circuitry for Expansion mainframes and the backplane The EXPANSION MAINFRAME INTERFACE links the Control and Instrument buses between the Controller and the time aligned expansion mainframes The BACKPLANE INTERFACE provides the connection for address data and control lines between the controller s CPU and the module slots The SCSI HARD DISK INTERFACE and the FLOPPY DISK INTERFACE link the control lines from the CPU to the hard and floppy disk drives The floppy disk interface uses a CACHE MEMORY this is a high speed intermediate buffer that talks directly to the CPU using the Control bus The SCSI interface uses DMA to access memory directly DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions d e wa f g h w
10. 4 113 Figure 4 35 Coaxial Probe Cable Header Pin Orientation 4 116 Figure 4 36 Removing a Coaxial Conductor Wire 4 118 Figure 4 37 Snoopy Mode Example Request ARP Message 4 134 Figure 4 38 Snoopy Mode Example Response ARP Message TCP IP Message ur 2 A 4 135 Figure 4 39 Snoopy Mode Example Response TCP IP Message 4 136 Figure 4 40 92LAN Snoopy Mode ICMP Example Message 4 137 Figure 5 1 DAS 9219 9220 Mainframe Cable Diagram 5 2 Figure 5 2 DAS 9221 Mainframe Cable Diagram 5 3 Figure 5 3 DAS System Bus Diagram 5 4 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference vii Table of Contents viii Figure 5 4 DAS 9221 Controller Board Block Diagram 5 6 Figure 5 5 DAS 9219 9220 Controller Board Block Diagram 5 9 Figure 5 6 DAS 9219 9220 Memory Board Block Diagram 5 11 Figure 5 7 DAS 92E9 Expansion Mainframe Cable Diagram 5 14 Figure 5 8 92496 and 92C96 Module Functional Block Diagram 5 21 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Table of Contents List of Tables Table 1 1 Power for Master Mainframes 1 9 Table 1 2 Power for Expansion Mainframes 1 9 Table 1 3 Power for DAS Cards with Probes 1 10 Table 1 4 DAS Series Acquisition and Pattern Generation Modules us een mean nm 1 16 Table 3 1 Power supply Connections
11. 2565 80009 Mfr Part Number 012142400 206 0364 00 196 3353 00 334 8030 00 98 0300 3905 5 98 0300 5385 8 66314 66179 012142400 66179 012142400 66179 012142400 66179 012142400 407 4096 00 196 3353 00 206 0364 00 334 8030 00 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 070783202 070918501 020188800 020189001 020138601 020189001 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Tektronix Part Number 020 1890 02 020 1890 01 020 1890 02 020 1890 01 020 1890 02 020 1890 01 020 1890 02 020 1919 00 020 1919 01 020 1919 00 020 1919 01 020 1919 00 020 1919 01 020 1919 00 020 1919 01 020 1939 00 070 8247 01 010 0508 00 020 2107 00 020 2108 00 020 2109 00 Serial No Effective B040140 B010100 B010727 B010100 B010412 B010100 B010191 B010100 B040141 B010100 B010727 B010100 B010512 B010100 B010191 Serial No Discontd Qty B010726 B010511 B010190 B040140 B0101726 B010511 B010190 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Name amp Description ACCESSORIES KIT 25 CHANNEL PROBE SET W LEADSETS AND GRABBERS 92A96 ACCESSORIES KIT 25 CH AND GRABBERS ACCESSORIES KIT 25 CH AND GRABBERS 92A96D ACCESS
12. CAUTION DO NOT install DAS 9221 removable SCSI disk drive into DAS 9219 or DAS 9220 mainframe that uses removable ST506 drives Installing the wrong type of drive into a system may result in damage to the hardware Refer to Hard and Floppy Disk Drive Switch and Jumper Positions in Troubleshooting for descriptions of the drives 1 Before installing the new media frame test the fit of the removable hard disk drive See Figures 3 9 on page 3 14 and 3 10 on page 3 15 for the different mainframes The disk drive should fit snugly into place with only a small amount of friction from the media frame DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures After you are satisfied with the fit remove the hard disk drive before installing the media frame in the DAS NUN UN Floppy Disk Ribbon Cable Floppy Disk lt Ribbon Cable Hard Disk Cable Hard Disk Cable Figure 3 8 Folding the Ribbon Cables If you have a DAS 9221 mainframe fold the cables as shown in the left side of the illustration If you have a DAS 9219 9220 mainframe fold the cables as shown on the right side of the illustration 2 Attach the data and controller cables to the floppy disk drive and hard disk connectors Figures 3 6 and 3 7 show the correct connector and cable arrangements for each mainframe 3 Secure the ribbon cables in the retaining clamp 4 Connect the power c
13. 4 110 9200T 9201T Terminal Power Up Diagnostics 4 110 PowerUp Self Test py ius 2 eet RERO u bade LI wees 4 110 X Terminal Power Up Diagnostics 4 111 Mainframe Power Up Diagnostics 4 111 Troubleshooting the DAS Modules 4 112 92A16 16E Troubleshooting 4 112 92A60 90 Troubleshooting 4 114 92A96 and 92C96 Troubleshooting 4 114 92HS8 Troubleshooting 4 119 92516 32 Troubleshooting 4 121 928X109 118 Troubleshooting 4 121 92C01 02 Troubleshooting 4 121 DAS LAN Troubleshooting 4 122 X Terminal Traits en use as as SES E OE en 4 122 DAS Stand Alone LAN Troubleshooting 4 123 LAN Network Troubleshooting 4 126 LAN Communications 4 130 Snoopy Mode for ARP and TCP IP 4 132 General Circuit Functions General Circuit Functions 5 1 DAS Mainframe eere ker eene eee ee hec gos 5 1 Backplane Board rn een 5 2 Controller Board eroe ern 5 5 Memory Board DAS 9
14. Component Tektronix SerialNo Serial No Mir Number Part Number Effective Discont d amp Description Code Mfr Part Number TERMINALS 9200T Al 670 7936 41 CIRCUIT BD ASSY TERMINAL CONTROL 80009 670 7936 41 A1U80 160 3946 00 MICROCKT DGTL 32K X 8 EPROM 80009 160 3946 00 A1U90 160 3944 00 MICROCKT DGTL 32K X 8 EPROM PRGM 80009 160 3944 00 A1U180 160 3947 00 MICROCKT DGTL 32K X 8 EPROM PRGM 80009 160 3947 00 A1U190 160 3945 00 MICROCKT DGTL 32K X 8 EPROM PRGM 80009 160 3945 00 A2 670 7935 16 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DISPLAY CONTROL 80009 670 7935 41 A2U565 160 3948 00 MICROCKT DIGTL 32K X 8 EPROM PRGM 80009 160 3948 00 A3 119 2374 01 KEYBOARD ASSY 01963 KXNZ 8754 9200T ONLY A3 119 2493 03 KEYBOARD ASSY 9201TD VT 100 5Q CONN WITH ENCLOSURE 80009 119 2493 00 INCLUDES 9200 KEYCAP SET PN 366 0364 00 4 118 5459 01 CABLE ASSEMBLY COILED W RD 5 PIN DIN CONN 80009 118 5459 00 FOR MORE COMPLETE INFORMATION REFER TO 070 4525 XX amp 0705877 XX 9201T Al 670 8903 45 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN LOGIC 80009 670 8903 45 A1U831 020 1461 03 COMPONENT KIT 9201T FIRMWARE 80009 020 1461 03 A1U835 020 1461 03 COMPONENT KIT 9201T FIRMWARE 80009 020 1461 03 A1U845 020 1461 03 COMPONENT KIT 9201T FIRMWARE 80009 020 1461 03 A1U1031 020 1461 03 COMPONENT KIT 9201T FIRMWARE 80009 020 1461 03 A1U1035 020 1461 03 COMPONENT KIT 9201T FIRMWARE 80009 020 1461 03 A1U1045 020 1461 03 COMPONE
15. If you change the network connection to a different rear panel connector check and change if necessary the position of the jumper on the LAN Interface board inside the X terminal 9202XT and 9203XT only DAS Stand Alone LAN This section discusses problems that may cause the 92LANSE Module to lose or Troubleshooting prevent communications with the X Terminal This section also provides suggestions that can help you determine where the problem might be This section is divided into the following parts LAN Hardware X Terminal Software Mainframe Software LAN Hardware Troubleshooting To verify that the hardware of the mainframe and X Terminal are functioning properly perform the following steps 1 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Check that the power cords for the terminal and the mainframe are plugged into an appropriate socket Check that the fuses on the terminal and the mainframe are good Check that all cabling between the mainframe and the terminal are correct Check that the jumper of the 92LANSE board is in the correct position Thicknet or Thinnet for the current cabling setup Check the connections of the cables from the 92LANSE board to the rear panel of the mainframe Power on the X Terminal and check for LED error codes on the keyboard Run the complete X Terminal Diagnostics Power on the mainframe and check the LEDs on the back of the Controller board if the Level O diagnostics halt Run the Configu
16. 47 47 47 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Tektronix Part Number 165 2048 13 165 2048 10 165 2048 11 165 2048 12 165 2048 13 165 2048 10 165 2048 11 165 2048 12 165 2048 13 670 8808 00 670 9593 10 670 9593 11 670 9593 12 671 1244 00 670 9594 10 670 9594 11 670 9594 12 670 9603 00 670 9603 01 670 9603 02 670 9603 03 670 9603 04 159 0124 00 307 1543 00 670 9602 00 670 9602 01 670 9602 02 Serial No Effective B040000 B010100 B020000 B032448 B040000 B010100 B020000 B032448 B040000 300001 300479 300624 B010100 B011243 B030722 B040100 B040342 B010100 B030723 B010100 B010453 B011243 Serial No Discont d B019999 B032447 B039999 B019999 B032447 B039999 300478 300623 B011242 B020721 B039999 B040341 B030722 B010452 B011242 B019999 Name Description MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG MICROCKT LINEAR 2048 W INSUL SLVG ICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR 2048 W INSUL SLVG MICROCKT LINEAR 2048 W INSUL SLVG MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD CIRCUIT BD ASSY 3V POWERSUPPLY P6464 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY PATTERN GENERATOR MDL CIRCUIT BD ASSY PATTERN GENER
17. 9201 turn off the terminal unplug the power cord Switch the line voltage selection switch to the desired position and plug the power cord into the appropriate outlet 230 V operation requires one of the power cord Options A1 A5 X Terminals There are no line voltage selection for the X terminals The terminals automatically adjust to line voltages in the range of 90 to 260 VAC with the frequency between 48 and 66 Hz Only use a power cable with the appropriate power source that is in good condition and complies with the local certification standards 92HS8 8E Cabinet The line voltage selector switch line fuse and AC power switch for the 92 58 cabinet are located inside the right side panel of the cabinet when facing the front of the cabinet See Figure 2 6 AC power switch should always be in the on position switched towards the front of the cabinet line voltage indicator for the 92 58 cabinet is located on the left side of the back panel see Figure 2 7 A black hex head screw indicates which voltage source the cabinet is set to use power supply voltage range The position of this screw is only an indicator of the WARNING Changing the position of the back panel screw does not change the voltage setting DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 2 11 x Z Voltage Selector 115 V or 230 V Figure 2 6 Location of the Line Voltage Selector and Line Fuse Behind the 92HS8 8E Side Pane
18. m Nonvolatile RAM for storing interrupt routine addresses previous shutdown conditions and pointers to other processes m 64 Kbytes of boot ROM in DAS 9221 32 Kbytes in DAS 9219 9220 for power up sequences and diagnostics m 16 Mbytes of dynamic RAM DAS 9221 only with refresh circuitry A communication interface between circuit boards the hard disk drive and the floppy disk drive m Asynchronous time bases and other circuitry supporting the expansion of up to four time aligned mainframes m A clock calendar with battery backup Power supply control for mainframe shutdown Memory Board DAS 9219 and DAS 9220 There are two different Memory boards the 2 Mbyte dynamic RAM board is standard with the DAS 9219 and the 8 Mbyte dynamic RAM board is standard with the DAS 9220 The 8 Mbyte board is also available as a performance upgrade for the DAS 9219 Only one Memory board can be installed in the Master mainframe and it must reside in slot 1 Expansion mainframes do not use a Memory board The DAS 9221 has Memory board functions resident on the Controller board The Memory board provides the following resources m 2Mbytes of dynamic RAM standard with the DAS 9219 with refresh circuitry for supporting system software post processing of acquired data and other calculations m 8 Mbytes of dynamic RAM standard with the DAS 9220 with refresh circuitry The lower part of RAM supports system software and post proces sing of
19. 11 131 3713 00 12 211 0404 00 13 220 0032 00 010100 010148 220 0032 00 010149 14 351 0778 00 010100 010148 351 0778 01 010149 136 0657 00 010100 B010129 136 0657 00 B010130 15 670 8729 00 010100 B010128 670 8729 01 B010129 16 131 3115 00 7 26 Qty amp Description erre WN N DAS 92E9 MAINFRAME CHASSIS GUARD FAN CARDCAGE SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 2 625 HEX HD STL FAN TUBEAXIAL 24VDC 24W 3350 RPM 240 CFM FASTENER BLIND 0 56 L 8 32 THRU STIF CIRCUIT BD EDGE CARD ALUMINUM STIF CIRCUIT BD EDGE CARD ALUMINUM CHAS CARD CAGE ALUMINUM CHAS CARD CAGE ALUMINUM SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 P NH STL CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION SLAVE CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION SLAVE CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION SLAVE CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION SLAVE CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION SLAVE A05 REPL SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 PNH STL CD PL POZ CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 25 0 1 CTR 0 390 MLG X 0 112 TAIL 0 33 H SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ 30 GOLD HIGH TEMP CONN HDI PCB MALE STR 4 X 92 368 POS 0 01 CTR 0 460 H X 0 120 TAIL 30 GOLD W CTR GUIDE PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 PNH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 THK SST NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 THK SST GUIDE GUIDE PIN 0 585 X 0 080 2 56 55 SOCKET DIP PCB 24P05 2 X 120 1 X 0 3 CTR 0 210 H X 0 120 TAIL BECU BD RETENTION TIN ACCOM 0 008 0 014 LEADS SOCKET DIP PCB 24 POS 2 X 120 1 X 0 3 CTR 0 210 H
20. 52152 85480 0 260 0435 1Y013 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 010647000 010647100 334 6416 00 380 0768 00 98 0300 0041 2 98 0300 0041 2 FCM2 A 14 670962400 18560 650473 5 TPD11CG PCO 380 0769 00 5 5007 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 62665 010045600 070594900 P6041 020138601 7 41 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 7 42 Tektronix Part Number 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 a Co Co a 1578 00 1578 01 1578 02 1578 03 1578 04 1578 05 1578 06 1579 00 1579 01 1579 02 1579 03 1579 04 1579 05 1580 00 1580 01 1580 02 1580 03 1580 04 2674 00 2674 01 2674 02 3254 00 3255 00 3256 00 3257 00 3463 00 1 4945 00 1 4955 00 1 1343 00 131 0265 00 Serial No Effective 010100 B010122 B030100 B030176 B030186 B040100 B040171 010100 010159 010233 010534 010551 010865 010100 010108 010112 010337 010723 010100 010932 060758 Serial Discontd Qty B010121 1 B029999 1 B030175 1 B030185 1 B039999 1 B040170 1 B060757 1 B010158 1 B010232 1 B010533 1 010550 1 010864 1 060757 1 010107 1 B010111 1 B010336 1 B010722 1
21. Figure 4 33 Factory Default Network Configuration Display DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 101 Troubleshooting 4 102 Set Operating Mode Select item O to set the operating start up mode for the system software There are different operating modes for the DAS 9201T 9202 92X Term Manual or 92X Term Automatic The available operating modes depend on the system software As the names imply the 9202 mode is for use with the DAS X terminal while the two 92X Term modes are for use with work station X server displays The 9201T mode is used with older RS 232 terminals 9200T or 9201T terminals Table 4 35 lists the software versions and the operating modes they support Table 4 35 System Software vs Operating Modes 9201T DAS XP DAS NT Operating Mode System Software System Software System Software 9201T X X 9202XT X X 92XTerm Manual X 92XTerm Autostart X A 9201T mode was available with earlier versions of the DAS 9200 system software Enter a T for the 9201T operating mode an X for the 9202XT operating mode an M to select the 92 Term Manual operating mode or an A to enter the 92X Term Autostart operating mode To retain the current operating mode press the Return key without entering any characters Set Network Name Selecting item N from the Main menu lets you set the system network name for your system Some applications refer to network devices by a name The Internet address and
22. ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC MACHINE SCREW 7 47 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mir Number Number Effective Discontd Qty Name amp Description Code Part Number 92HS8 92HS8 CABINET 20 0 650 1987 00 B010100 B010305 1 MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME 80009 650198700 650 1987 01 010306 010318 1 MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME 80009 650198701 650 1987 02 010319 010337 1 MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME 80009 650198702 650 1987 03 8010338 1 MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME 80009 650198703 1 390 0975 00 1 CABINET TOP FULL RACK X 22 131 5Y400 390 0975 00 2 334 6484 00 1 MARKER IDENT MKD TEKTRONIX 22670 334 6484 00REV 3 101 0105 00 1 TRIM DECORATIVE 91HS8 TK1163 ORDER BY DESC 4 211 0504 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 250 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 5 343 0775 00 1 CABLE CLAMP RIBBON 1 0 X 1 0 GRAY POLY VINYL W 52152 80610029243 348 URETHANE FOAM TAPE BACKING RETAINS 6 RIBBON CABLES UL94V 0 6 407 3298 00 1 BRACKET CKT BD LEFT ALUMINUM 5Y400 ORDER BY DESC 7 211 0504 00 8 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 250 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 8 211 0507 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 312 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 9 348 0907 00 1 SHLD GSKT ELEK FINGER TYPE 8 088 L 30817 493 38 10 348 0906 00 1 SHLD GSKT ELEK FINGER TYPE 3 74 L 30817 493 37 11 343 0775 00 1 CABLE CLAMP RIBBON 1 0 X 1 0 GRAY P
23. SUPPORT CKT BD NYLON FLOPPY DISK DR 5 25 MINI FLOPPY 1 2MB DAS MAINFRAMES B010100 TO B059999 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 312 PNH STL FR SECT MTG HARD DISK 3 5 TO 5 25 HALFHT FR SECT MTG HARD DISK 3 5 TO 5 25 HALFHT BRKT CHASSIS 3 5 TO 5 25 HARD FLOPPY DRIVE BRKT CHASSIS 3 5 TO 5 25 HARD FLOPPY DRIVE BRKT CHASSIS 3 5 TO 5 25 HARD FLOPPY DRIVE DISK DRIVE WINCHESTER 3 5 105MB DISK DRIVE WINDCHESTER 3 5 127MB DISK DRIVE WINCHESTER 3 5 170MB DISK DRIVE WINCHESTER 3 5 270MB DISK DRIVE WINCHESTER 3 5 1 2GB Mfr Code 00779 81073 50434 80009 22526 22526 TK0392 0 01 22526 22526 06915 80009 0435 15920 80009 15920 15920 15920 63852 63852 63852 63852 63852 Mfr Part Number 87232 2 T6PSB08S HDSP 4820 386163500 50016 1368 11031 102 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 75867 008 65461 006 BHC 3 01 119439801 ORDER BY DESC 54459 010 ORDER BY DESC 426244900 426244901 426253000 LPS105S ELS127S ELS170S QM30270MV F QM31280FBS 7 21 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 6 58 211 0383 00 59 407 3415 02 60 212 0001 00 61 343 1280 00 62 407 3503 00 63 212 0001 00 64 211 0510 00 65 407 3504 00 66 212 0001 00 67 211 0510 00 68 650 1807 09 050100 650 1877 07 650 1931 09 650 1973 08 69 212 0001 00 70 343 0149 00 7
24. Serial No Discont d DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description 26 92LAN CIRCUIT BD ASSY LAN INTERFACE 15 CONN HDI PCB FEMALE RTANG 4 X 135 540 05 0 1 CTR 0 480 MLG X 0 120 TAIL NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 55 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL SOCKET DIP PCB STR 2 X 12 24 POS 0 1X 0 6 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL CONN BOX S HUNT FEMALE STR 2 X 7 0 1 CTR 0 2 H CONN RF PLUG SMB PCB MALE RTANG 50 OHM 0 381 H X 0 15 TAIL CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 2 X 8 0 1 CTR 0 365 H X 0 112 SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 20 40 POS 0 1 X 0 6 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 1 X 36 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 090 TAIL 30 GOLD STACKABLE STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 0 5 SQ 0 248 MLG X 0 137 TAIL SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 14 28 POS 0 1 X 0 6 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL SOCKET DIP PCB 2 X 32 64 POS 0 1 X 0 9 CTR 0 210 H X 0 128 TAIL HEATSINK SEMIC TRANSISTOR TO 220 ALUMINUM BLACK ANODIZE NUT PL ASSEM WA 4 40 X 0 25 STL CD PL SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 375 PNH STL Mfr Code 80009 22526 0 01 0435 09922 22526 0GZV8 53387 09922 22526 5 400 22526 09922 00779 98978 0435 0435 Mfr Part Number 671076000 50005 1540 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC DILB24P 108 69145 214 855MB 50 0 1 2516 6002UB DILB40P 108 65521 136 386 5339 01 48283 018 DILB28P 1
25. 010100 010149 010100 010149 011639 010100 010100 010395 010100 011832 010100 010832 010100 010832 Serial No Discont d B010148 B010148 B011179 B010394 B011831 B011831 B011831 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description 8 16 16 16 32 PP PRP GUIDE PIN 0 585 X 0 080 2 56 SST GUIDE PIN 0 585 X 0 080 2 56 55 SET OF 2 EA PINS W WASHERS amp NUTS SCREW MACHINE 2056 X 0 375 PNH SST POSIDRIV NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 THK SST NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 THK SST CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 36 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 195 TAIL 30 GOLD TERMINAL BLOCK 7 PIN CONN HDI PCB FEMALE RTANG 368 POS 4 X 92 0 1 CTR 0 190 TAILW CTR GUIDE PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 55 CONN HDR FEEDTHRU PCB MALE STR 2 X 8 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 230 MLG 30GOLD BAFFLE AIR CARDCAGE SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 PNH STL CD PL POZ SUPPORT CKT BD LOCKING 0 188 NYLON SUPPORT CKT BD NYLON BRACKET ASSY MEDIA BRACKET ASSY MEDIA 5 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL CLAMP RIM CLENC 1 125 X 0 66 X 0 178 STRAP TIEDOWN E 6 75 L PLASTIC BRACKET SUPPORT STAB MEDIA TO POWERSPLY SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL BRACK
26. 136 0899 00 386 5339 00 386 5339 01 214 3172 00 131 3323 00 131 0265 00 Serial No Effective 010100 010100 030100 050100 070100 070158 070193 010100 020119 020143 010100 010100 040100 050100 070100 B070503 B070800 010100 020310 020692 010100 011610 Serial No Discontd Qty Name amp Description 92A60 92A60D 92490 amp 924900 029999 029999 049999 069999 070157 070192 020118 020142 039999 039999 049999 069999 070502 070799 020309 020691 011609 CONTROLLER BOARD CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER A20 92A60 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER A20 92A60D ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 21 92A90 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 21 92A90D ONLY SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 8 16 POS 0 1 X 0 3 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN CONN RCPT ELEC FEMALE 540 PIN SCREW MACH NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 55 CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT
27. ASSY SP ELEC 5 26 AWG 9 5 L DAS 9220 A01 790 TO FRONT PANEL SW BRKT CHASSIS 3 5 IN TO 5 25 IN CONVERSION ENABLES 3 5 IN FLOPPY TO FIT INTO 5 25 IN MECH OPENING INCLUDES POWER ADAPTER FOR 3 5 IN DRIVE CAASSY SP RIBBON SCSI IDC 50 28 AWG 18 5 L 2X25 0 1 CTR RCPT CTR PLZ BOTH ENDS OPPOSITE SIDES Mfr Code 71400 61857 80009 15605 14594 15605 14594 1Y013 1Y013 1Y013 80009 TK2469 80009 TK2469 80009 TK2469 80009 1Y013 Mfr Part Number TR MCR 3 4 SP5 1 5A DI 160564701 220K21920MXXA IDC 4 01 4554 220K21920MXXA IDC 4 01 4554 61934 64148 61933 ORDER BY DESC 61935 61935 174002600 174 1838 00 174002600 174 1838 00 174002600 174 1838 00 174086000 67930 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Tektronix SerialNo Serial No Number Part Number Effective Discont d W6900 174 0105 00 010100 059999 6900 174 2063 01 060100 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Name Description ASSY SP ELEC 34 28 AWG 17 0 L RIBBON SAS 9221 5 25 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE CAASSY SP ELEC RIBBON FLOPPY IDC 24 28 AWG FOLDED 2X17 0 1 CTR RCPT MIL PLZ 29 0 L X 2X17 RCPT X 8 5 L RCPT W PULL TAB DAS9221 3 5 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE Mfr Code Mfr Part Number 1Y013 61935 80009 ORDER BY 6 17 Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List
28. Alternatively when the DAS is the talker the DAV and SRQ indicators reflect the state of the DAS and the NRFD and NDAC indicators reflect the state of the bus It can be difficult to determine which instruments are listeners and talkers on the GPIB When operation is normal and there is bus traffic the LEDs usually blink rapidly If the bus appears to be hung however the LEDs are in steady state and may indicate if the DAS is responsible When the bus is hung the LEDs represent the state of the 92C01 02 s bus driver and receiver circuitry rather than the state of the bus itself DAS LAN Troubleshooting 4 122 X Terminal Traits This section discusses problems that could cause the 92LAN or the 92LANSE Modules to lose or prevent communications with your host or X terminal 92LANSE only When performing LAN troubleshooting there are traits of the X Terminals you need to remember These traits include the following items m The terminal sense the network cable type thinnet or thicknet when the terminal is powered on 9204 and 9205XT only m The three rear panel network connections thinnet thicknet and twisted pairs can only be connected one at a time Multiple connections will prevent the terminal from operating properly DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting If you change the cable type you must recycle the power in order for the terminal to recognized the cable type 9204 and 9205 only
29. CU FT ANTISTATIC POLYETHYLENE FOAM CASE CRYG PROBE 12 25 X 8 0 X 3 875 PLASTIC BLUE STRAP TIEDOWN E 6 75 L PLASTIC NOT ILLUSTRATED MANUAL TECH INSTL INSTR 92F 14 Mfr Code 06383 06383 80009 TK0435 TK2469 00779 TK0435 12327 TK0392 13143 21264 58050 1Y013 1Y013 TK2076 53718 06383 80009 Mfr Part Number FCM3 A 14 ORDER BY DESC 671077800 ORDER BY DESC 131 4496 00 552118 1 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 12157 50 15 24 4049 082 3643 5502 ORDER BY DESC 64148 ORDER BY DESC RQ3 7 8 ORDER BY DESC 070712000 7 17 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number DAS 9219 9220 OPTION 18 5 0 020 1934 00 1 COMPONENT KIT REMOVABLE MEDIA ASSEMBLY 80009 020193400 1 441 1998 00 1 CHASSIS DISK DR FRAME CARTRIDGE 0JE80 5 450 5 426 2440 00 1 FRAME SECTION 92F18 80 MEG REMOVABLE MEDIAFRAME 0JE80 450 3 426 2441 00 1 SECTION CARTRIDGE 92F18 80 MEG REMOVABLE MEDIA 0JE80 450 1 2 119 3705 00 1 DISK DRIVE WINCHESTER HARD 80 MEG 3 5 IN XHAR506 65867 571100 MFM 3 211 0614 00 4 SCR ASSEM WSHR 6 32 X 0 250 PNH STL CD PL POZ W 83385 ORDER BY DESC EXT LK WSHR 4 004 3463 00 1 CUSH MATL PKG 11 375 X 7 0 X 2 25 INSERT 2 1T0 2 3LB TK2076 ORDER BY DESC CU FT ANTISTATIC POLYETHY
30. Corrective Maintenance Inspection Obtaining Replacements Selecting the Line Voltage 2 6 Replacing the Line Fuse A A Corrective maintenance consists of inspecting the instrument for damage and obtaining replacement parts Periodic inspection reduces instrument breakdown This section also discusses procedures for changing the line voltage selection and replacing the lithium battery on the Controller board Inspect the instrument for broken connections frayed wires poorly seated components leaking capacitors damaged hardware and heat damaged compo nents Heat damaged parts usually indicate other circuit problems If you notice any of the above problems inform your Tektronix field representative Obtain replaceable parts for your instrument from your local Tektronix Field Office or representative Mechanical Most of the mechanical parts in this instrument are manufactured by Tektronix Some parts are selected by Tektronix to satisfy particular require ments or are manufactured to certain specifications for Tektronix To determine the Tektronix part number of a mechanical part refer to Replaceable Mechanical Parts beginning on page 7 1 Electrical Individual electrical components are not replaceable parts except fuses and the lithium battery on the DAS 9219 9220 Controller board Instead whole assemblies are replaced such as the 92 16 module 92 58 cabinet 92 58 interface cable The part numbers
31. Drive Factory Settings 4 50 Figure 4 12 Jumper Locations on the 5 25 Inch 40 Mbyte Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings 4 51 Figure 4 13 Jumper Locations on the 3 5 Inch 40 Mbyte Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings 4 52 Figure 4 14 Jumper Locations on the 3 5 Inch 80 Mbyte Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings 4 53 Figure 4 15 Jumper Locations on the 100 Mbyte Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 54 Figure 4 16 Jumper Locations on the 127 170 and 270 Mbyte Hard Disk Drives Factory Settings Shown 4 55 Figure 4 17 Jumper Locations on the 1 2 Gbyte Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 56 Figure 4 18 Jumper Locations on the 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte Teac Model FD 235HF 2301 Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 57 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Table of Contents Figure 4 19 Jumper Locations on the 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte Teac Model FD 235HF 6529 Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 58 Figure 4 20 Jumper Locations on the 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte Teac Model FD 235HF 7529 Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 59 Figure 4 21 Jumper Locations on the Model J
32. Maintenance Replacing the Battery on the DAS 9219 9220 Controller Board A 2 14 6 Remove the line voltage indicator screw on the back panel and position it to indicate the power source being used The DAS 9219 and DAS 9220 mainframes use a lithium backup battery on the Controller board when there is no power to the mainframe such as when the power cord is not attached This battery also provides backup power for the clock calendar feature displayed in the Diagnostic menu CAUTION Battery replacement should be performed by a qualified technician NOTE The DAS 9221 battery is built into the circuitry and has a 10 year life To replace this battery a qualified service technician must replace a chip on the Controller board If your mainframe is in constant use you should check the battery yearly If it is not used for long periods you should check the battery every six months Replace the backup battery if the voltage is near 2 6 volts since the system information stored in RAM may be lost if the voltage drops below this value To determine the condition of the battery measure the battery voltage across the battery 905 in Figure 2 8 with the line cord removed from the power supply When it becomes necessary to replace the backup battery on the Controller board use the following procedure CAUTION After powering down the mainframe wait 60 seconds before discon necting the power cord to allow the m
33. Place DIP switch 2 in the open up position Leave all other DIP switches in their original positions 3 Power up the terminal and wait for the flashing cursor to appear Power up the mainframe and wait for the prompt gt then insert the System Utilities disk labeled FORMAT MAKE 4 Type f format and press the Return key The following paragraphs discuss the menus and submenus for both Hard Disk Format utilities DAS 9221 SCSI Hard Disk main menu displays general information about the hard disk and how it is Format Utility Menus partitioned If the hard disk has not been formatted the main menu indicates that the hard disk has no valid partition information Figure 4 30 shows an example of the main menu for the SCSI Hard Disk Format Utility Select the submenu or information you want to enter You have four choices enter the Format Setup Menu for formatting the hard disk enter the Change Swap Size Menu for changing the swap partition space size Show Bad Block Lists or Exit the menu To make a selection enter the letter preceding the selection description Pressing the Return key selects the default action shown in the square brackets DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 71 Troubleshooting MAIN MENU SCSI HARD DISK FORMATTER Disk Description Capacity 416575 512 byte logical block size Compatibility 5 51 2 Manufacture 1D XXXXXXXXXXX Product ID XXXXXXXXXXXX Revision NO XXX
34. m The current date and time You may change these values in an overlay accessed by function key F5 SET TIME See the DAS System User Manual for more information on this overlay m The version number of the software currently loaded on the mainframe hard disk drive You cannot select this field it is only for information m The conditions surrounding the last power down such as Normal Software Power Failure Unexpected and Fan Failure Refer to Table 4 7 for more information on these messages You cannot select this field The Previous Shutdown field in the Diagnostics menu indicates how the mainframe last powered down Table 4 7 lists and explains these messages Table 4 7 Previous Shutdown Field Messages Message Normal Explanation The last system shutdown resulted from pushing the front panel power switch to the OFF position This is the correct way to power down All open files and interprocess communication channels close properly Hard OS Failure Software The lastsystem shutdown resulted from a fatal error detected by the operating system from a hardware or software failure This power down may corrupt the hard disk file system For information on checking and rebuilding the file system refer to Loading DAS System Software Check for manual changes at the back of this manual to verify that the information has not been updated The last system shutdown resulted from depleted system resources such as h
35. minimum hardware checks to ensure that the terminal will boot The Extended Self Test performs additional checks on the terminal and resides in the terminal ROM The Extended Self Test with Peripheral Tests is the same as the Extended Self Test with the addition of the terminal peripheral tests such as the bell keyboard and mouse This tests resides in software on the DAS mainframe and must be downloaded to the terminal For more information on the 9202XT or 9203XT terminals refer to the TekXpress X Terminal XP10 Series Service Manual For more information on the 9204XT or 9205XT terminals refer to the TekXpress Family of X Terminals Service Manual Mainframe Power Up The mainframe runs diagnostics at power up to functionally check the mainframe Diag nostics components operating software and installed modules When the power up diagnostics are successfully completed most instrument functions are verified NOTE Do not press any keys during the power up sequence this may cause a diagnostic error Power up diagnostics take approximately 10 seconds for each card installed in the mainframe or expansion mainframe After completing the tests the mainframe displays the Diagnostics menu This menu reports the diagnostic results with a PASS FAIL or No S W message If a diagnostic error is found the DAS displays a four digit error code next to the faulty board module in the Diagnostics menu If a failure occurs record the displayed erro
36. 0 625 DIA 50C W 1W AL USED WITH A30U1707 INSULATOR DISK TRANSISTOR NYLON USED WITH A30U1701 HOUSING ADAPTER LOWER INTERFACE LEXAN FOOT CKT BD HSG 92A60 LATCH PROBE RIGHT ANGLE CA ASSY SP ELEC 4 22 AWG 72 0 L 95146 00779 13103 UMINUM BLACK ANODIZE 13103 1163 52152 1163 1Y013 Mfr Part Number 010050800 380 0994 00 334 8011 00 334 8031 00 ORDER BY DESC 671180600 131 4955 00 39 29 1048 TPD11CG PCO 650473 5 22118 7717 15N 380 0995 00 5 5007 105 134 00 ASI 65861 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 19 0 198 5761 50 1 174 2571 00 2 174 2622 00 3 334 8244 00 334 8245 00 334 8246 00 334 8247 00 4 211 0105 00 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description BP ERR 92A96 OPTION 02 WIRE SET ELEC 60 0 L SET OF 4 92A96 OPTION 02 45 ASSY RF 25 CONDUCTOR 60 0L CAASSY RF 2 39 OHM COAX 26 AWG WIRE MINI PVC BOTH ENDS 59 0 L MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CABLE LABEL BLUE MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CABLE LABEL GREEN MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CABLE LABEL GRAY MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CABLE LABEL ORANGE SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 FLH 100 DEG STL Mfr Code TK2354 TK2354 TK2469 07416 07416 07416 07416 TK0435 Mfr Part Number ORDER BY DESC
37. 010319 010337 58 650 1987 03 010338 A58B134 119 1790 01 8 010100 B010305 A58B134 119 1790 02 B010306 A58F 201 159 0014 00 A58F 201 159 0126 00 A58A1 010 0431 10 70 672 1119 02 70 671 2324 01 050100 050102 70 671 2324 02 050103 050465 70 671 2324 03 050466 050564 70 671 2324 04 8050565 050611 70 671 2324 05 8 050612 B050717 70 671 2324 06 050718 70 671 2324 07 70 671 2324 01 050100 050102 70 671 2324 02 050103 050450 70 671 2324 03 8 050451 050549 70 671 2324 04 8 050550 050564 70 671 2324 05 8 050565 050717 6 14 Name Description CIRCUIT BD ASSY STROBE P6465 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MASTER INTERFACE 92HS8 ONLY FUSE WIRE LEAD 1 5A 125V 5 SEC 92HS8 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY INTERFACE SLAVE 92HS8E ONLY MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME 92HS8 CABINET ONLY MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME 92HS8 CABINET ONLY MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME 92HS8 CABINET ONLY MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME 92HS8 CABINET ONLY FAN TUBEAXIAL 12VDC 3W 3450 RPM 36 FAN TUBEAXIAL 12VDC 3W 3450 RP M 36 CFM 80MM FUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 5A 250V 0 85EC STANDARD ONLY 115V FUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 2 5A 250V 0 655EC OPTIONS 1 2 3 4 6 A5 ONLY 230V PROBE BUFFER REPLACEABLE 92HS8 92HS8E ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY 672 1119 01 WITHOUT 175 6807 00 CABLE P6460 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS9221 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS9221 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD AS
38. 650187705 650187706 650187707 650193101 650193102 650193103 650193104 650193105 650193106 350193107 350193108 650197300 650197301 650197302 650197303 650197304 650197305 650197306 650197308 650197309 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC N A 122 NN 2500 060 345 101 010 345 101 020 366152200 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 437 0363 00 ORDER BY DESC DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Number Number 9 50 348 1060 00 348 0001 00 51 212 0082 00 52 333 3279 00 53 212 0023 00 212 0001 00 54 334 6798 00 55 129 0103 00 56 210 0455 00 57 174 0708 00 58 407 3592 00 407 3592 01 59 212 0091 00 60 211 0008 00 61 211 0503 00 012 1208 00 62 361 1416 00 63 380 0838 00 64 211 0060 00 65 211 0080 00 66 361 1416 00 67 671 0011 00 68 211 0661 00 69 129 0442 00 70 174 0679 00 71 174 0680 00 72 174 0681 00 73 174 0682 00 74 174 0683 00 75 174 0684 00 76 407 3593 00 77 211 0008 00 Serial No Effective B010196 B010214 B010214 B010100 B010100 B011832 B010100 B010271 Serial No Discont d B010213 B011831 B011831 B010270 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description 4 4 4 1 9 9 we GASKET SW CPLG OPTICAL 1 85 X 0 85 X 0 045 FOOT CABINET BLACK RUBBER SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 1 25 PNH STL
39. 92C03 Board Figure 34 92LAN Board Figure 35 92LANSE Board Figure 36 9200T Terminal Figure 37 9201T Terminal Figure 38 9202 and 9204XT Terminals Figure 39 9203 and 9205XT Terminals Figure 40 9206XT Terminal 7 84 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Figure 1 9219 20 21 Cabinet Figure 2 9219 20 STANDARD OPTION A1 OPTION A2 NORTH AMERICAN UNIVERSAL EURO 115V 15A PLUG 230V 10A PLUG 230V 10A PLUG ES es OPTION A3 OPTION A4 OPTION A5 AUSTRALIAN NORTH AMERICAN SWITZERLAND 230V 10A PLUG 230 10 PLUG 230V 10A PLUG OPTION 1A OPTION 1B NORTH AMERICAN NORTH AMERICAN 115V 15A PLUG 120 208 3 PHASE 30A PLUG NEMA 5 20P NEMA L21 30P REV DEC 1993 Figure 3 Power Cord Options Figure 4 9219 20 Option 14 Figure 5 9219 20 and 21 Option 18 Figure 6 9221 Chassis DAS Mainframes BO60100 and above
40. B029999 Name Description CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION SLAVE UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION SLAVE UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION SLAVE UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION SLAVE UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION SLAVE UIT BD ASSY GPIB UIT BD ASSY GPIB UIT BD ASSY GPIB 92C01 ONLY CIRC 92E9 ONLY CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC 92C02 ONLY CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC 92C03 ONLY CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION CABLE UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION UIT BD ASSY EXPANSION UIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION UIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION UIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION UIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION UIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION UIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION UIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION UIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION UIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION UIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 670872600 670872601 670872602 670872603 67
41. DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Mfr Code 0B445 TK1179 3109 3109 0B445 TK1179 0B445 Mfr Part Number ECM 161 0213 00 8680030802 209 03 SAA 3 OD3RRF C3X ECM 161 0208 00 86542000 ECM 161 0218 00 7 15 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 20 21 22 23 24 25 7 16 Tektronix Part Serial No Number 020 1677 00 426 2296 00 211 0210 00 213 1026 00 407 3773 00 211 0541 00 671 0777 00 671 0777 01 211 0313 00 166 0031 00 214 4156 00 131 4458 00 211 0430 00 210 1008 00 210 0053 00 210 0405 00 174 1311 00 131 4455 00 131 4456 00 119 3289 00 118 7817 00 211 0007 00 150 1070 00 426 2295 00 211 0510 00 213 1026 00 407 3772 00 Effective B010101 B010139 Serial No Discont d B010138 Qty amp Description N N DAS 9200 OPTION 14 ACCESSORY KIT REMOVABLE HARD DISK 55 92 14 FRAME SECTION TOP PLASTIC SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 531 5PL HD SST SLOT THUMBS CREW 6 32 1 0 L SST BRACKET MEDIA ALUMINUM SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 25 FLH 100 DEG STL CIRCUIT BD ASSY INTERFACE MEDIA CIRCUIT BD ASSY INTERFACE MEDIA A18 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 5 PNH STL CD PL POZ SPACER SLEEVE 0 25 L X 0 18 ID AL PIN GUIDE 4 40 X 1 450 AL CONN RIBBON PCB MALE STR 50 POS 0 085 CTR 0 412 H X 0 125 TAILINTEGRAL STAND OF
42. Fig amp Index Number 21 16 17 18 19 20 21 7 64 Tektronix Part Number 131 2615 00 175 9699 00 115 9699 01 175 9702 00 346 0032 00 361 1323 00 380 0736 00 346 0032 00 136 0893 00 206 0364 00 070 5475 00 196 2963 00 334 6093 00 Serial No Effective 010100 B030546 B030000 Serial No Discont d B030545 B040938 Qty amp Description 23 10 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 090 TAIL 0 240 30 GOLD MATING PIN 0 15 FROM PCB ASSY SP ELEC 2 26 AWG 6 0 L ASSY SP ELEC 2 26 AWG 6 0 L ASSY SP ELEC 3 22 AWG 23 01 STRAP RETAINING 0 075 DIA X 4 0 L MLD RBR SPACER PLATE 0 01 X 0 945 X 0 945 BRS NP HOUSING HALF LOWER STRAP RETAINING 0 075 DIA X 4 0 L MLD RBR SOCKET SPRING 0 138 L X 0 05 DIA TIN PL STANDARD ACCESSORIES TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR MANUAL TECH P 6464 LEAD SET ELEC 2 23 AWG 3 156 LEACHES 2 LEADS LABEL MKD P6464 Mfr Code 22526 80009 80009 TK1375 98159 80009 TK1163 98159 00779 80009 TK2548 9M 860 07416 Mfr Part Number 65820 005 175969900 175969901 ORDER BY DESC 2829 75 4 361132300 ORDER BY DESC 2829 75 4 2 331272 7 206 0364 00 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial N
43. For example if the copier port fails and that port is not needed the terminal can be used until the problem is fixed DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting O C 2 Keyboard Connector S Test Button Reset Button Figure 4 2 Location of S TEST and RESET Buttons on the 9201 Front Panel Main Self Test The Main Self Test contains several tests To check that the terminal is functioning properly run the following part of the test 1 Locate the S TEST and RESET buttons on the front of the terminal See Figure 4 2 2 Press S TEST and hold it in while you press and release RESET Continue to hold in S TEST for another two seconds and then release it After approximately seven seconds the keyboard beeps once and the terminal displays the following menu Main Self Test Menu F2 Self Test F3 Continuous Self Test F4 Self Test followed by Extended Self Test F5 Extended Self Test Menu Sh Fl Factory Mode Menu F7 Redisplay Main Menu F8 Enter Terminal Mode DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 7 Troubleshooting 4 8 3 Press function key to do the following F2 Continues the Self Test If the test does not detect any errors after about 12 minutes the terminal redisplays the Main Self Test menu At this point you c
44. Index Number Number 35 1 671 2452 00 671 2452 01 671 2452 02 2220 ER 2 AS Ae 5 131 4550 00 zu een 7 131 0993 00 2 lee 9 136 0729 00 10 354 0393 00 11 213 1076 00 12 012 1431 00 012 1431 01 012 1431 02 070 8652 00 103 0030 00 011 0123 00 012 1290 00 012 0205 00 061 3649 02 Tektronix Part Serial No Effective 010100 010341 010934 010100 010289 010994 010100 010100 010295 Serial No Discontd Qty amp Description 010340 010933 010288 010993 010294 010294 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference NNR 92LANSE CIRCUIT BD ASSY LAN 10 ADAPTER CIRCUIT BD ASSY LAN 10 ADAPTER CIRCUIT BD ASSY LAN 10 ADAPTER CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 20 0 1CTR SEE A71 REPL J 230 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 20 0 1 CTR SEEA71 REPL J 687 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 36 0 1 CTR 0 2 SEE ATIREPL 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 790 TP640 TP641 CONN BOX SHUNT FEMALE STR 2 X 7 0 1 CTR 0 2 H 30 GOLD JUMPER SEE A71 680 681 682 683 684 684 685 686 CONN BOX PCB FEMALE STR 2 50 0 50 CTR SEE A71 REPL J 970 CONN BOX SHUNT FEMALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 CTR 0 385 H 30 GOLD BLACK J UMPER P790 CONN RF PLUG SMB PCB MAKE RTANG 50 OHM SEE A71REPL 880 SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 8 16 POS 0 1 X 0 3 CTR 0 175 H U810 RING RETAINING E XT GRIP U O 0 156 DIA SFT THUMBSCREW 4 40 X 0 215
45. Index Tektronix Part Serial No Effective Number Number 21 0 010 6464 00 010 6464 01 010 6464 02 010 6464 03 1 334 5957 00 334 5957 00 334 5957 01 2 334 5987 00 3 380 0735 00 4 214 3672 00 5 211 0001 00 211 0374 00 6 670 8808 00 7 211 0007 00 8 131 0608 00 9 115 2911 00 10 175 9677 00 165 2048 10 11 165 2048 10 165 2048 12 165 2048 13 12 670 8742 00 670 8742 01 670 8742 02 670 8742 03 670 8742 04 670 8742 05 670 8742 06 13 136 0252 07 cier 15 131 0608 00 010100 010100 050100 050100 010100 011070 B031110 B010100 B010674 B010100 B010100 B032448 B040000 B010100 B010674 B020403 B030000 B040000 B040939 B050000 Serial No Discont d B049999 B049999 B011069 B031109 B010673 B019999 B019999 B039999 B010673 B020402 B029999 B039999 B040938 B049999 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description w FP P6464 PROBE PATT GEN 50MHZ PROBE PATT GEN 50MHZ PROBE PAT GEN 9 CHAN 50MHZ PROBE PAT GEN 9 CHAN 50MHZ PROBE INCLUDES MARKER IDENT MKD P6464 MARKER IDENT MKD P6464 MARKER IDENT MARKED P6464 LABEL MKD CLK STB HOUSING HALF UPPER HEAT SINK ELEC 68 PIN HYBRID ALUMINUM SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 25 P NH STL SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 219 LP NH STL CD PL POZI CIRCUIT BD ASSY 3V POWERSPLY SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 PNH STL CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT P CB MALE STR 0 055 Q 0 248 MLG X 0 137
46. Jumper Locations on the 5 25 Inch 40 Mbyte Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 51 Troubleshooting Drive Select Pins DC Power lt i Terminator Connector Resistor Figure 4 13 Jumper Locations on the 3 5 Inch 40 Mbyte Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown An 80 Mbyte hard disk drive Seagate ST 1100 CDC Swift is available for the DAS 9219 9220 mainframes as an option This drive is 3 5 inches high but it is mounted into a 5 25 inch bracket so it fits into the 5 25 inch media frame When installed in the mainframe this drive s power connector is at the top The drive select pins are located on the component side of the circuit board near 1 of the 34 pin connector The DAS supports only position 1 on the drive select pins so the drive should have a jumper plug on the two pins closest to the edge connector side of the board See Figure 4 14 4 52 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting The 80 Mbyte removable hard drive uses the same disk drive as the 80 Mbyte fixed hard drive Therefore it is a 3 5 inch ST506 drive with the same jumper positions as the 80 Mbyte fixed hard drive see Figure 4 14 But the removable drive is installed into a removable cartridge that is installed into a receiver frame that is mounted into the media frame DC Power Connector Drive Select Pins Terminator Resistor Figure 4 14 Jumper Locations on the 3 5 Inch 8
47. R shows a requestto resolve an unknown Ethernet address for a known internal address m This is the Ethernet address of the unknown destination trying to be resolved The normal address is 080 00 11 00 CO 0D ARP R 08001100 000 08070088 0800110080E7 08000008 This is the source internet address that is resolving the unknown Ethernet address The normal address format is 8 7 0 139 This is the node Ethernet address that is trying to resolve the unknown Ethernet address This is now the destination and the normal format is 08 00 11 00 80 E7 This is the node Ethernet address that is missing an Ethernet address The normal address format is 8 0 0 11 Figure 4 38 Snoopy Mode Example Response ARP Message TCP IP Message TCP IP messages do not have the ARP label A TCP IP message has eleven fields Refer to Figure 4 39 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 135 Troubleshooting The IP source address from the Internal Protocol IP layer This field is zero only for RS 232 The TCP source port is pulled from Transport Control Protocol TCP layer This IP destination address from the IP layer In an RS 232 connection this field is zero This example has a message going to the 8540A For the 8540A this field show the four least significant bytes of the Ethernet address This is not true for all IP addresses m The TCP source port fro
48. STIF CIRCUIT BD EDGE CARD ALUMINUM SEE A03 amp A14 REPL CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY A03 DAS9219 amp 9220 STANDARD CIRCUIT BD ASSY LAN INTERFACE CIRCUIT BD ASSY LAN INTERFACE A14 DAS 9220 STANDARD DAS9219 amp 9229 SPACER CONN 2 1 X 0 7 ABS CONN DSUB PCB PNL FEMALE RTANG 25 POS 0 112 454 MLG X 0 225 TAIL 4 40 SCREW 30 GOLD SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 438 L PNH SST POZIDRIVE NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 25 HEX SST CONN HARDWARE DSUB J ACK SCREW 4 40 X 0 3121 HEX HD STL CD PL W 2 FLAT WASHERS 1 LOCKWASHER 4 40 NUT CONN RCPT ELEC FEMALE 540 PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 312 L PNH SST POZI SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 55 STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 20 40 P 05 0 1X 0 6 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN A CCOM 0 008 0 015 X 0 014 0 022 IC PANEL REAR DAS9229 PANEL REAR DAS9229 SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 P NH STL POST BDG ELEC ASSEMBLY NUT PLAIN HEX 0 25 28 X 0 375 BRS NP CHAS CARD CAGE ALUMINUM CHAS CARD CAGE ALUMINUM CHAS CARD CAGE ALUMINUM Mfr Code 39766 83385 63227 80009 5Y 40 80009 80009 80009 TK1163 00779 80009 TK0435 0 01 22526 3 099 0392 0 01 80009 5 400 09922 0 260 5 400 0435 0435 0588 73743 5Y 400 5Y 400 5Y 400 Mfr Part Number ORDER BY DESC OBD PD24B2QNN 03228 386524
49. a larger swap partition space is needed When the DAS runs out of swap space normal operation cannot continue If this happens use the modify swap partition option to increase the size of the swap partition Increasing the size of the swap partition decreases the amount of hard disk space available for storing other files such as reference memories setups and Autorun definitions Hard Disk Bad Block Entry Menu If you select option a Enter Bad Block Information the program performs a verification process When the program completes the verification it displays the Hard Disk Bad Block Entry menu DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Hard Disk Bad Block Entry Menu a Add bad blocks in physical block number format b Add bad blocks in cyl hd byte format c Exit default Enter choice c NOTE The program writes bad block information to the hard disk after the format process Therefore if you want to map out more bad blocks you must reformat the hard disk This menu gives you three choices enter the bad blocks using the physical block number format enter the bad blocks using the Cylinder Head Byte format or exit the menu For choice a you must know the physical block number Otherwise you must calculate the physical block number from the formula in the section Calculating Bad Blocks If the system software detects bad blocks while the DAS is running it may report them as ECC errors These erro
50. and remote inhibit circuitry m Buffer Driver Board This board contains ECL input drivers ECL to TTL conversion circuitry line driver ICs that drive the output signals and termination resistor arrays Refer to the P6463A Pattern Generation Probe Instruction Manual for more information on the probe 925X109 118 Pattern Generation Module 5 26 The 925X109 118 Modules provide high speed 100 MHz pattern generation The 925X109 Module is based on an enhanced 92516 Pattern Generation Module It is a 9 channel stimulus system that features algorithmic pattern generation The total memory is 2 Kbytes for each channel for vector patterns and 1 Kbyte for instructions The 92SX118 Module is based on an enhanced 92832 Pattern Generator Module It is 18 channel sequential stimulus system The total memory is 16 Kbytes for each channel DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions One 925 109 or two 925X118 multiplexer devices are added to the enhanced 92516 or enhanced 92532 Module Each multiplexer attaches to two of the pattern generator probe pod connectors of the pattern generator modules The other side of each multiplexer attaches to a single pattern generator probe These modules can use the P6464 or P6465 probes A 925 109 or 925X118 constitutes a module or you can combine a 925 109 with up to seven 925X118s to increase the channel width Other than the increased data rate and memory depth the feat
51. connect to pods and D of the Master interface board For 24 channel modules connect to pods C and D on the Master and pod D of the Expander interface board For 32 channel modules connect to both pods C and D of the Master and Expander interface boards 4 120 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 92516 32 Troubleshooting Diagnostic tests check major portions of the circuitry on the 92832 Pattern Generation Module If diagnostics pass but you still suspect a problem you can use other methods to isolate the problem First operate the module in a different slot and see if the problem still exists If it does replace the module with a known good module If you suspect the 6464 65 probe of being faulty connect the probe to known good 92532 module Check that the probe is outputting data by connecting an oscilloscope to the output channels of the probe when the 92516 32 Module 16 outputting an alternating data pattern The probe podlets must be powered from an external power supply on the VH and VL probe leads see the 9251 16 32 Module User Manual 92532 Terminator Each 92832 circuit board contains a set of 40 high speed terminator blocks arranged in six groups near the backplane connector When in the open position signal lines that pass information between pattern generator cards are allowed to pass through to each other A 92532 with these jumpers in the closed position is displayed as a 92532T in the Diagnostic
52. description of correlation refer to the user s manuals for the module Application Bus The Application bus consists of differential pairs of ECL signal lines It provides fast communication 250 MHz or 800 picosecond edge speeds between modules installed in adjacent mainframe slots This allows modules that are grouped into clusters to operate independently This bus does not extend across mainframe boundaries except for eight pairs of differential ECL lines that send high speed events between mainframes Power Supply Bus Power supply bus distributes voltages to all instrument slots on the backplane other mainframe components receive power through cabling see Figures 5 1 and 5 2 This bus also carries power control signals between the Controller board and the power supply these signals control the powering up down of the Master mainframe and attached Expansion mainframes Controller Board The Controller board consists of several interrelated circuits that provide the DAS with computing resources and the means for setting up hardware for the mainframe and its modules Expansion mainframes contain an Expansion Slave board instead of a Controller board DAS 9221 Controller Figure 5 4 contains circuit blocks with alphabetical indexes to the following descriptions for DAS 9221 Controller boards DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 5 5 General Circuit Functions 5 6 Dynamic Dynamic RAM RAM 16 Mbyte Controller k I
53. etc 1 With a flat blade screwdriver press the latches on the side of the P6464 probe 2 Grasp the top and bottom halves of the probe and pull apart 3 If you need to remove one or more of the podlets grasp the podlet by the base close to the pins and pull the podlet from the socket on the board 4 Using a POZIDRIV screwdriver unscrew the four screws holding the heat sink to the hybrid 5 Lift the heat sink and the plate underneath to expose the hybrid 6 Disconnect the three wide cable from J160 on the main board and J120 on the 3 V supply board Reassembly of the probe is the reverse of the disassembly procedure DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 3 27 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures P6465 Pattern Generator 3 28 Probe P6463 A Pattern Generator Probe NOTE Main board replacements do not contain the hybrid circuit Retain the hybrid for use in the replacement board Use the following steps to disassemble the P6465 probe NOTE When disassembling the probe avoid contaminating the contacts of the hybrid circuit and its socket with dust finger oil etc With a flat blade screwdriver press the latches on the side of the P6465 probe Grasp the top and bottom halves of the probe and pull apart If you need to remove one or more of the podlets grasp the podlet by the base close to the pins and pull the podlet from the socket on the board Using a POZIDRIV screwdriver unscrew the
54. fan The power supply senses proper operation of the fan through the 3 wire fan performance sense cable The power supply provides the following functions W 3 5 and 17 5 volt supplies for the mainframe components refer to Figures 5 1 and 5 2 on pages 5 2 and 5 3 m Power to the power supply fan and card cage fan A temperature sensor in the power supply controls the fan voltage The voltage varies from 16 V to 32 V to provide higher fan speeds when more cooling is needed m Power to the instrument modules plugged into each slot of the backplane Each module has different power requirements refer to Power Cords on page 1 11 m Keep alive power to the Controller board for use in the power control circuitry Temperature sensors to detect over temperature conditions in the mainframe so the mainframe powers down m Line voltage circuitry for operation with a 115 V or 230 VAC power source refer to Selecting the Line Voltage and Replacing the Line Fuse beginning on page 2 6 m A fuse located on the back panel to protect from current surges 115 V Operation uses a 15 A fuse 230 V operation uses a 10 A fuse DAS 92E9 Expansion Mainframe The DAS 92E9 Expansion mainframe provides additional slot space for acquisition and pattern generation modules in the DAS system The Expansion mainframe connects to a Master mainframe or another Expansion mainframe through an expansion cable assembly One end of this cable assembly plugs into
55. mainframe will ignore the settings in the Boot Option overlay These features let the user power on the mainframe quickly without having to wait for the power on diagnostics or file system checks Refer to the discussion of the Boot Option overlay in the user manual for more information on setting the boot options DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 15 Troubleshooting 4 16 Diagnostic Overview There are two levels of diagnostics O and 1 Level 0 first calculates the power consumption and reports the results It then checks the mainframe and attached Expansion mainframes this takes approximately 12 seconds for the DAS 9219 9220 and 6 seconds for the DAS 9221 When the level O diagnostics are successfully completed the mainframe displays the message LEVEL 0 diagnostics complete then level 1 diagnostics begin Level 1 checks all modules installed in the mainframes each check takes up to 10 seconds per module for the DAS 9219 9220 and 6 seconds per module for the DAS 9221 First level 1 diagnostics check for incorrect module configurations When this part of level 1 completes the mainframe displays the message LEVEL 1 configuration test s complete Level 1 then runs diagnostics for each module If Level 1 detects errors it reports them in the Diagnostic menu with a FAIL message and a corresponding error code The mainframe displays the Diagnostics menu after 1t completes the power up diagnostics and tests the maj
56. soft natural bristle brush is useful for cleaning around components To prevent static damage to parts use only a natural bristle brush a synthetic brush can generate static electricity CAUTION Do not use liquid cleaning agents when cleaning the modules 92HS8 8E Cabinet The following paragraphs describe cleaning procedures for the 92 58 cabinet Exterior Cleaning Dust the exterior surfaces of the 92 58 8 cabinet with a dry lint free cloth or a soft bristle brush If dirt remains use a cloth or swab dampened with a 75 isopropyl alcohol solution A swab is also useful for cleaning in narrow spaces around the controls Do not use abrasive compounds on any part of the cabinet CAUTION To prevent getting moisture inside the cabinet during external cleaning use only enough liquid to dampen the cloth or swab DO NOT use chemical cleaning agents they may damage the plastics in the instrument In particular avoid chemicals that contain benzene toluene xylene acetone or similar solvents Interior Cleaning To access the cabinet s interior refer to the instructions in Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Use a dry low velocity stream of air to clean the interior of the instrument A soft natural bristle brush is useful for cleaning around components CAUTION Do not clean in areas near a 92HS8 8E hybrid IC or its associated Hypcon assembly elastomer DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 2 5 Maintenance
57. the save operation will abort leaving the current system software intact Saving an image takes approximately three minutes The Available field at the right end of the save entry in the Main menu shows the type of system software that is currently installed and available for saving 1f any The value None signifies that the DAS system software has not been installed or has been removed as the result of either a save or operating mode change You will be prompted to verify your actions before the save operation occurs If the save operation cannot be carried out you will be returned to the Main menu Restore Image Saved System Software Selecting item R from the Main menu lets you restore a previously saved image of DAS system software This is useful when you plan to change the operating mode You can save an image of the system software supporting the current mode of operation before installing new software If you later decide to return to the original mode of operation all that is necessary is to restore the image from the hard disk NOTE You must have an image saved on the hard disk before you attempt to restore an image if not the current image will be lost User created files such as saved setups reference memories and trigger libraries remain in place when you save or restore an image The files do not become part of the saved image and are not replaced when you restore an image This means that when you convert a sys
58. 015 X 0 014 0 022 IC SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 11 22 POS 0 1X 0 4 0 175 X0 130 TAIL BECU TIN ACCOM 0 008 0 015 X 0 014 0 022 IC SOCKET DIP PCB STR 2 X 10 20 POS 0 1 X 0 3 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN ACCOM 0 008 0 015 X 0 014 0 022 LEADS STANDARD ACCESSORIES CABLE INTCON 6 0 L GPIB BACKPANEL CABLE ASSEMBLY SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 312 PNH SST CABLE INTCON 2 0M L MANUAL TECH USERS 92C 01 02 03 Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 00779 22526 TK0392 0 01 22526 80009 5 400 09922 09922 09922 1 013 1875 14868 80009 Mfr Part Number 670872800 670872801 670872802 670872803 916220 2 67884 004 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 48283 018 386533900 386 5339 01 DILB40P 108 DILB22P 108 DILB20P 108 62598 ORDER BY DESC C156327 B ORDER BY DESC DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Number 32 1 670 8730 00 670 8730 01 670 8730 02 670 8730 04 670 8730 05 670 8730 06 2 136 0849 00 3 131 3049 00 4 131 3714 00 5 211 0405 00 6 220 0032 00 7 131 0608 00 8 131 3182 00 9 386 5339 00 386 5339 01 10 136 0757 00 11 136 0754 00 12 136 0752 00 13 131 3892 00 14 131 3961 00 136 0657 00 15 012 1188 00 16 211 0148 00 012 0630 03 070 5962 00 070 5962 00 070 7460 00 Tektronix Part Serial No Effective 010100 02
59. 174 2063 01 060100 W698 174 0105 00 010100 059999 W698 174 0105 00 010100 060741 W790 174 0026 00 B010100 011637 790 174 1838 00 B011638 W790 174 0026 00 B010100 8040327 W790 174 1838 00 B040328 W790 174 0026 00 B010100 B010129 W790 174 1838 00 B010128 W965 426 2511 00 W3900 174 2695 00 6 16 Name Description FUSE WIRE LEAD 0 75A 125V FAST FUSE WIRE LEAD 1 5A 125V FAST BLOW DIGITAL STTL PROM 32 X 8 3 STATE OUT P RGM 745288 DIP16 CER 92LANSE ONLY CHASSIS PARTS SWITCH PUSH SPST 0 1A SWITCH PUSH SP DT LIGHTED DAS 9220 DAS 9229 SWITCH PUSH SPST 0 1A SWITCH PUSH SPDT LIGHTED DAS 9220 ASSY SP ELEC 34 26 AWG 24 0 L A02 298 TO J 2 HARD DISK DRIVE CAASSY SP ELEC 20 28 AWG 19 0 L RIBBON OPTION 14 ONLY ASSY SP ELEC 20 26 AWG 24 0 L 02 398 TO J HARD DISK DRIVE ASSY SP ELEC 34 28 AWG 16 0 L RIBBON ASSY SP ELEC RIBBON FLOPPY 1DC 24 28 AWG FOLDED 2X17 0 1 CTR RCPT MIL PLZ 29 0 L X 2X17 RCPT X 8 5 L RCPT W PULL TAB OPTION 14 ONLY CA ASSY SP ELEC 34 28 AWG 17 0 L RIBBON 02 698 TO J 2 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE ASSY SP ELEC 34 28 AWG 17 0 L RIBBON 02 698 TO J 2 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE ASSY SP ELEC 3 26 AWG 8 0 L ASSY SP ELEC 5 26 AWG 9 5 L 0 500 01 790 TO FRONT PANEL SW ASSY SP ELEC 3 26 AWG 8 0 L ASSY SP ELEC 5 26 AWG 9 5 L DAS 9219 amp 9228 02 790 TO FRONT PANEL SW ASSY SP ELEC 3 26 AWG 8 0 L
60. 18 e lO esta 20 210 0406 00 220 bin ny y 23 210 0406 00 cake Effective 010100 010306 010319 010338 Serial No Discont d B010305 B010318 B010337 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description FP Rar 92HS8 92HS8 POWER SUPPLY MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME MARKER IDENT MKD POWER SUPPLY SHIELD SHIELD ELEC POWER SUPPLY SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL SPACER POST 2 515 L 4 40 INT EXT ALO 25 HEX CIRCUIT BD ASSY POWER SUPPLY SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL CD PL POZ MICROCIRCUIT LI NOT REPLACEABLE NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 BR S CD PL WASHER SHLDR MICROCIRCUIT LI NOT REPLACEABLE NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 BRS CD PL WASHER SHLDR MICROCIRCUIT LI NOT REPLACEABLE NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 BRS CD PL WASHER SHLDR TRANSISTOR NOT REPLACEABLE NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 BRS CD PL WASHER SHLDR SEMICOND DVC DI NOT REPLACEABLE NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 BRS CD PL WASHER SHDR TRANSISTOR NOT REPLACEABLE NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 BRS CD PL WASHER SHLDR Mfr Code Mfr Part Number 80009 650198700 80009 650198701 80009 650198702 80009 650198703 07416 ORDER BY DESC 5Y400 ORDER BY DESC TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 026 ORDER BY DESC TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 73743 12161 50 73743 12161 50 73743 12
61. 19 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 1 125 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 1 25 PNH STL NUT PL ASSEM WA 4 40 X 0 25 STL CD PL HOLDER TOROID PLASTIC HOLDER TOROID 0 5 DIA DELRIN STRAP TIEDOWN E 0 098 W X 4 0 L ZYTEL BODY FUSEHOLDER 3AG amp 5 X 20MM FUSES CAP FUSEHOLDER 3AG FUSES CONN RCPT ELEC PWR 3 MALE 250VAC 10A SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL CD PL POZ NUT PL ASSEM WA 4 40 X 0 25 STL CD PL CIRCUIT BD ASSY CAL NOT REPLACEABLE ORDER 650 1987 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL CD PL POZ CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 0255 Q 0 248 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 50 GOLD PHZ BRZ W FERRULE CA ASSY SP ELEC 3 CONDUCTOR RIBBON W CONN Mfr Code 0435 0435 TK0435 0J ROS 80009 TK1499 61935 61935 82389 TK0435 TK0435 TK0435 22526 1Y013 Mfr Part Number ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 352008600 HW 047 TYPE FAU 031 35 FEK 031 1666 EAC 333 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 48283 018 62142 7 53 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 20 21 22 23 7 54 Tektronix Part Number 650 1987 00 650 1987 01 650 1987 02 650 1987 03 214 3773 00 212 0023 00 210 0458 00 211 0658 00 131 1343 00 386 5240 00 211 0658 00 386 5238 00 211 0658 00 136 0813 01 214 3775 00 211 0658 00 131 0391 00 136 0813 01 214 3775 00 131 0993 00 131 1343 00 426 1434 0
62. 3 22 The following procedures describe the partial disassembly of the 92 58 cabinet such as m Removing the 92 58 top bottom and side covers m Elevating the Memory board to access the Acquisition board m Removing the power supply and cooling fans m Replacing 92 58 probes connected to the cabinet Reassembly procedures unless otherwise noted are the reverse of the disassem bly procedures The procedure for removing a 92 58 Interface board from the DAS is similar to removing any DAS module WARNING interior of the 92 88 cabinet contains hazardous voltages Before removing the covers power down the unit and disconnect the AC power cord from the rear of the cabinet CAUTION When reassembling the 92HS8 fold the cables to maximize the flow of cooling air over the hybrids Restricted air flow may cause the hybrids to overheat DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Procedure 1 This procedure describes how to remove the cabinet top bottom and two side Removing the 92HS8 covers To remove any cover you will need a screwdriver with a TORX type tip Cabinet Covers NOTE Operating the cabinet for extended periods without covers may cause the instrument to overheat Disconnect the power cord from the 92 58 cabinet Check that all cabling does not interfere with the cover being removed Remove the top cover by removing the two top corner feet at the rear of the
63. 3 25 Disassembly Reassembly 3 26 P6461 E Data Acquisition Probe 3 27 P6460 Data Acquisition Probe 3 27 P6464 Pattern Generator 3 27 P6465 Pattern Generator 3 28 P6463 A Pattern Generator 3 28 92A60 90 Buffer 3 29 Terminals 22 IEEE RENE MC eS 3 29 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 4 1 Mainframe Troubleshooting Overview 4 1 Module Troubleshooting Overview 4 2 Power On Diagnostics ecg hi ak Ro p ne 4 3 9200T Terminal Diagnostics 4 3 9201 Terminal Diagnostics 4 6 9202 and 9203XT Terminal Diagnostics 4 10 9204XT 9205XT and 9206XT Terminal Diagnostics 4 13 DAS Mainframe Diagnostics 4 15 9L2LAN Diagnostiese wees oh se Baba ER 4 37 Error Codes ci its eins ae e eel 4 38 92LAN Boot Up Status 4 39 Extended 92LAN Diagnostics 4 40 Cable Construction
64. 4 3 Table 4 3 lists error messages and corrective actions for DAS mainframes Table 4 3 Error Messages for DAS Mainframes Message POWER FAIL Description Corrective Action Check the power cord connection and the mainframe s fuse on the back panel Dropped cycles in the power source also cause this message If all of these actions fail to correct the problem replace the power supply FAN FAIL The mainframe fan or power supply fan may have a problem so the mainframe may overheat Remove the top cover and check that cables are not blocking airflow from either fan Visually check that the card cage fan and power supply fan is turning Check that W866 is connected to the mainframe fan Partially remove the W865 connector from the card cage fan so you can measure the voltage across it with a digital voltmeter It should measure between 16 VDC 32 VDC If it doesn t replace the power supply Switch OFF The On Standby switch located on the front panel is in the Standby Off position If the switch is ON the power supply power switch or the Controller board may be faulty WARNING RS 232 PORT FAILURE Level 0 diagnostics check each RS 232 portup to the hardware drivers but not beyond them If the Terminal port fails the mainframe stops the diagnostic tests If the Host or Auxiliary ports fail this message appears and the Controller board LEDs display a troubleshooting code for about three seconds Refer to Tables
65. 4 4 and 4 5 fora description of the LED error codes memory address nnnnnnnn memory value nnnnnnnn The nnnnnnnn in the memory address field is an eight digit hex number For DAS 9219 9220 numbers from 0 through 1FFFFC indicate a Memory board failure and numbers from 810000 through 813FFC indicate a Controller board failure The number in the memory value field indicates the value at the memory address DAS 92E9 Only EXPANSION X POWER FAIL Error shutting down A failure occurred in an Expansion mainframe X indicates which Expansion mainframe failed 2 3 or 4 Check the power supply power source or mainframe fan All mainframes power down No mainframe will power up until the failed Expansion mainframe is repaired or disconnected from the system hard panic unknown type of floppy interrupt DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Check the floppy drive hardware 4 19 Troubleshooting Table 4 3 Error Messages for DAS Mainframes Cont Message hard panic floppy interrupt with no buffer queued Description Corrective Action Check the floppy drive hardware soft panic Inode overflow The hard or floppy disk does not have any more room for storage soft panic Inode address greater than 2 exp 24 clock lost count failure to reboot from ROM The file is too big This is nota serious error If it happens repeatedly check the Controller board or modules Problems with ROM or the hard disk could
66. 400 80009 TK2548 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number P6460 32 1902 00 020139201 020148401 P6403 ORDER BY DESC 206 0364 00 ORDER BY DESC 334623000 32 1902 00 343 1292 01 343 1438 00 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 6460 6041 7 59 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mir Number Number Effective Discontd Qty Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number 92532 925 1118 25 1 670 9594 10 030001 8300478 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY PATTERN GENERATOR MDL 80009 670959410 670 9594 11 030479 8300624 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY PATTERN GENERATOR MDL 80009 670959411 670 9594 12 8300624 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY PATTERN GENERATOR MDL 80009 670959412 SEE A45 2 131 3400 00 6 TERMINAL PIN 0 46 L X 0 025 SQ 80009 131340000 3 214 0579 00 9 TERM TEST POINT PCB TEST POINT EYELET 0 0551D 0 4L 0260 ORDER BY DESC X 0 052 WIDE X 0 032 THK TIN PL W 0 045 CHAMFER 4 136 0729 00 1 SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2X 8 16 POS 0 1 0 3 09922 DILB16P 108T 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL 5 131 3266 00 1 CONN RCPT ELEC CKT BD RTANG 4 X 135 0 1 SP 00779 532840 2 6 211 0381 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 312 L PNH SST POZI 3M099 ORDER BY DESC 7 220 0032 00 B300101 B300208 4 NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 THK SST 0 01 ORDER BY DESC 210 0405 00 B300209 4 NUT PLAIN HEX 2 56 X 0 188 BRS CD PL 73743 12157 50 8 131 0590 03 134 TERMINAL PIN 0 38 L X 0 025 SQ NO FERRULE 80009 13105900
67. 540 PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 55 TERM TEST POINT PCB TEST POINT EYELET 0 055 1D 0 4 L X 0 052 WIDE X 0 032 THK TIN PL W 0 045 TIP CHAMFER STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 025 SQ 0 248 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 50 GOLD PHZ BRZ W FERRULE CONN BOX SHUNT FEMALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 CTR 0 385 H 30 GOLD BLACK J UMPER MARKER IDENT MKD FACTORY SET CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 420 H X 0 140 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ STANDARD ACCESSORIES ACQ PROBE 8CHAN 200MHZ EXP ACQ PROBE INC LEAD SET ELEC PODLET 2 1L LEAD SET ELEC PODLET 2 1L TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR ACCESSORY KIT DAS9219 29 E9 PKG OF 4 PROBE RETAINER 343 1292 01 LABEL MKD P6464 SHEET TECHNICAL 92A16E INFORMATION Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 53387 30161 09922 22526 TK0392 0 01 0 260 80009 5Y 400 22526 22526 07416 22526 80009 80009 1Y013 80009 80009 07416 80009 Mfr Part Number 670950000 670950001 670950002 670950003 670950004 671060900 2 0068 05400 00 510368800000 DILB16P 108T 67884 004 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 386533900 386 5339 01 48283 018 65474 006 ORDER BY DESC 67950 001 P6461E 196304700 61490 206 0364 00 020148401 ORDER BY DESC 062914200 7 33 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig
68. 650180708 650180709 650180710 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number 2 66 650 1877 00 B010100 010447 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY DAS9219 OPT 4 80009 650187700 650 1877 01 010448 011021 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY DAS9219 OPT 04 80009 650187701 650 1877 02 011022 011314 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY DAS9219 OPT 04 80009 650187702 650 1877 03 011315 8011711 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY DAS9219 OPT 04 80009 650187703 650 1877 04 8011712 8011757 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY DAS9219 OPT 04 80009 650187704 650 1877 05 8011758 B011864 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY DAS9219 OPT 04 80009 650187705 650 1877 06 011865 049999 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY DAS9219 OPT 04 80009 650187706 650 1877 07 050100 051063 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY DAS9219 OPT 04 80009 650187707 650 1877 08 061064 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY DAS9219 OPT 04 80009 650187708 66 650 1931 00 010100 010185 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 650193100 650 1931 01 010186 010447 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 650193101 650 1931 02 B010448 B010645 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT Al A5 80009 650193102 650 1931 03 B010646 011083 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 650193103 650 1931 04 011084 011264 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 650193104 650 1931 05 8011265 01
69. 67884 004 ORDER BY DESC 12157 50 ORDER BY DESC 386533900 386 5339 01 65474 006 131059003 67950 001 131361700 010 6464 00 ORDER BY DESC 206 0364 00 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Serial No Discont d Tektronix Part Serial No Number Effective P6460 003 1134 00 020 1392 01 020 1484 01 1301294 6403 196 2963 00 206 0364 00 334 6093 00 334 6230 00 003 1134 00 343 1292 01 343 1438 00 070 7562 01 070 5950 02 6460 6041 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description 92516 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES PROBE DATA ACQ 100MHZ ALIGN TOOL ELEK 18 0603 ACCESSORY KIT OPTIONAL ACCESSORY KIT PKG OF 4 PROBE RETAINER 92SX109 STANDARD ACCESSORIES PROBE ASSEMBLY 50MHZ TO 100MHZ PATTERN GEN LEAD SET ELEC 2 23 AWG 3 156 LEACHES 2LEADS TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR LABEL MKD P 6464 MARKER IDENT MKD 91516 CHANNEL SELECTOR ALIGN TOOL ELEK 18 0603 RETAINER PROBE ALUMINUM RETAINER CABLE ALUMINUM MANUAL TECH USERS amp INSTALLATION 925 109 118 MANUAL TECH USERS 925 16PATTERN GENERATOR MDL 925X109 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES PROBE DATA ACQ 100MHZ PROBE PASSIVE 1X 3 5 FT Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 9 860 80009 07416 80009 5 400 5
70. 80009 80009 80009 80009 TK2469 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 00779 80009 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 119477500 119484700 ORDER BY DESC 119490000 012 0205 00 012144500 161006600 ORDER BY DESC 012 1486 00 012144200 221 543 2 ORDER BY DESC 119433000 119489900 119489901 7 81 Replaceable Mechanical Parts 7 82 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Diagrams Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 17 Figure 18 Figure 19 Figure 20 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 23 Figure 24 Figure 25 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 9219 20 21 Cabinet 9219 20 Power Cord Options 9219 20 Option 14 9219 20 21 Option 18 9221 Chassis 9219 20 21 Option 04 Cabinet 92E9 Cabinet 92 9 Chassis 92A16 Board 92A16E Board P6461 E P6460 92A60 90 and 60D 90D Memory Board 92A60 90 and 60D 90D Controller Board 010 6470 00 and 010 6471 00 92A96 D XD SD UD and 92C96 D XD SD 92A96 Option 01 92A96 Option 02 92 58 Cabinet 92 58 Power Supply 92HS8 E Boards 92 58 Accessories 92516 925 109 Board 92532 925 118 Board 7 83 Diagrams Figure 26 925X109 118 Multiplexer Figure 27 P6464 Figure 28 P6465 Figure 29 P6463 Figure 30 P6463A Figure 31 92C01 Board Figure 32 92C02 Board Figure 33
71. 925 109 CIRCUIT BD ASSY PATTERN GENERATOR MDL CIRCUIT BD ASSY PATTERN GENERATOR MDL CIRCUIT BD ASSY PATTERN GENERATOR MDL 40 MICROCKT LINEAR VOLTAGE RGLTR 12V 0 92 NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 BRS CD PL INSULATOR PLATE TRANSISTOR SILICON RUBBER SONY TEK SKT PL IN ELEK MICROCIRCUIT 16 SKT PL IN ELEK MICROCKT 20 DIP LOW MACHINED CONTACT CONN RCPT ELEC FEMALE 540 PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 312 L P NH SST P OZI NUT PLAIN HEX 2 56 X 0 188 BRS CD PL TERM TEST POINT PCB TEST POINT EYELET 0 0551D 0 4 L X 0 052 WIDE X 0 032 THK TIN PL W 0 045 CHAMFER STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS CONN BOX SHUNT FEMALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 CTR 0 385 H 30 GOLD BLACK JUMPER TERMINAL PIN 0 38 L X 0 025 SQ NO FERRULE CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 420 H X 0 140 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ CONN RCPT ELEC CKT BD RTANG 92516 STANDARD ACCESSORIES PROBE PATT GEN 50MHZ LEAD SET ELEC 2 23 AWG 3 156 LEACHES 2LEADS TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR LABEL MKD P6464 MANUAL TECH P 6464 MARKER IDENT MKD P6464 EXT CONT PROBE 92516 MANUAL TECH USERS 92516 PATTERN GENERATOR MDL Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 73743 80009 80009 80009 22526 3 099 73743 0 260 80009 5Y 400 22526 80009 22526 80009 80009 M860 80009 07416 TK2548 07416 TK2548 Mfr Part Number 670959310 670959311 670959312 156120702 12161 50 342016301 136026004 136063401
72. B060757 1 B010292 1 B060757 1 Name amp Description 92A96 92A96D 92A96XD 92A965D 92C96 92C96D 92C96XD 92C96SD amp 92F22 OPTION 02 CIRCU CIRCU CIRCU CIRCU CIRCU CIRCU A279 CIRCU CIRCU CIRCU CIRCU CIRCU CIRCU A28 9 CIRC CIRC CIRC CIRC 299 CIRCU CIRCU CIRC LATCH CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 36 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X l l l l l CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQ l 2 l l l l BD ASSY DATA ACQ l 2 l l l l CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQ 2 BD ASSY DATA ACQ BD ASSY DATA ACQ BD ASSY DATA ACQ BD ASSY DATA ACQ T BD ASSY DATA ACQ BD ASSY DATA ACQ A96 ONLY T BD ASSY DATA ACQ T BD ASSY DATA ACQ T BD 55 ACQ T BD ASSY DATA ACQ T BD ASSY DATA ACQ A96D ONLY T BD ASSY DATA ACQ T BD ASSY DATA ACQ T BD ASSY DATA ACQ T BD ASSY DATA ACQ A96XD ONLY IT BD ASSY512K DEEP IT BD ASSY512K DEEP IT BD ASSY512K DEEP A32 92A965D ONLY BD ASSY 8K POWERFLEX ACQUISITION MODULE A32 92C96 ONLY BD ASSY 32KPOWERFLEX ACQUISITION MODULE A32 92C96D CKT BD ASSY 128K POWERFLEX ACQUISITIONMODULE A32 92C96XD CKT BD ASSY 512K POWERFLEX ACQUSITION MODULE A32 92C96SD CKT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 2M MEMORY A33 92A96UD CONN HDR PWR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 2 0 165 CTR 0 394 H X 0 138 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES PLZ LATCHING TIN 94V 2 9A CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 4 X 25 0 1 CTR 0 640 H X 0 155 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES
73. CO NEILSEN MANUFACTURING INC XYTEC PLASTICS INC PACKAGING RESOURCES DIV OF COLUMBIA CORRUGATED BOX CO INDUSTRIAL GASKET INC NORTHWEST RUBBER EXTRUDERS INC UNITRACK INDUSTRIES INC PANASONIC INDUSTRIAL CO DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Address 72 VERONICA AVE UNIT 4 5 2 SHINAGAWA 2 CHORE SHINAGAWA KU 621 41 OHAZA SHIMOSHINDEN TSURUGASHIMA CHO IRUMA GUN 9750 SW NIMBUS AVE 17 SUGAR HOLLOW RD 7923 SW CIRRUS DRIVE 4300 5 RACINE AVE 1775 NW 216TH 407 NW 17TH 6700 SW BRADBURY CT 111 RAILROAD AVE 555 SW SECOND AVE 9898 SW TIGARD ST 1360 N DUTTON AVE PO BOX 6626 1730 ELMHURST RD 9757 J UANITA DRIVE NE 7911 ZIONSVILLE RD 1800 NW 216TH AVE 1900 GREENWOOD ST 97 THORNWOOD RD 2238 NE COLUMBIA BLVD PO BOX 103 FLOODGATE STREET 160 EMERAL ST PO BOX 1089 PO BOX 229 3501 PORTLAND ROAD NE 9350 47TH AVE SW BLDG 10 PO BOX 99057 12555 SW TUALATIN SHERWOOD RD 1623 SE 6TH AVE 16748 SW 77TH AVE 1372 ENTERPRISE PO BOX 1927 1600 MC CANDLASS DRIVE City State Zip Code SUMMERSET 08873 TOKYO J APAN SAITAMA J APAN BEAVERTON OR 97005 DANBURY CT 06810 BEAVERTON OR 97005 6448 CHICAGO IL 60609 3320 HILLSBORO OR 97123 PORTLAND OR 97209 2214 PORTLAND OR 97224 SELAH WA 98942 CANBY OR 97013 TIGARD OR 97223 SANTA ROSA CA 95406 ELK GROVE VILLAGE IL 60007 5909 KIRKLAND WA 98034 INDIANAP OLIS IN 46268 HILLSBORO OR 97124 6629 HARRISBURG PA 17104 STAMFORD CT 06903
74. COMPONENT KIT P6463 OPTIONAL ACCESS ASSY SP ELEC 34 28 AWG 59 0 L RIBBON LEAD SET ELEC 2 23 AWG 3 156 LEACHES 2 LEADS Mfr Code 80009 1Y013 1Y013 80009 80009 22526 9 860 Mfr Part Number 012101201 63342 65084 020138601 020158700 81325 002 ORDER BY DESC 7 69 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Number Number 31 1 670 8728 00 670 8728 01 670 8728 02 670 8728 03 2 136 0849 00 3 131 3714 00 4 211 0405 00 5 220 0032 00 6 131 0608 00 7 386 5339 00 386 5339 01 8 136 0757 00 9 136 0754 00 10 136 0752 00 11 012 1188 00 12 211 0148 00 012 0630 03 070 5962 00 7 70 Serial No Effective 010100 020000 030100 010100 011610 Serial No Discont d B019999 B030099 B011609 Qty 24 Name Description 92C01 CIRCUIT BD ASSY GPIB CIRCUIT BD ASSY GPIB CIRCUIT BD ASSY GPIB CIRCUIT BD ASSY GPIB A06 SOCKET PGA PCB MOT 68000 68 POS 10 X 10 0 1 X 0 1 CTR 0 250 H X 0 110 TAIL TIN SYMMETRICAL PAT 1006 LIF GOLD CONN RCPT ELEC FEMALE 540 PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 55 CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 05 50 0 248 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 50 GOLD PHZ BRZ W FERRULE STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 20 40 POS 0 1 X 0 6 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN ACCOM 0 008 0
75. EXIT 53 RT 80 BOXA 2365 GENESEE ST PO BOX 566 1800 NW 216TH AVE 370 W TRIMBLE RD 3M CENTER 45 ALDRIN RD 86365 COLLEGE VIEW RD 320 N NOPAL ST PO BOX 2963 BECKER FARMS INDUSTRIAL PK 0 BOX 610 12 HARBOR PARK DR 45 SALEM ST 14500 SOUTH BROADWAY City State Zip Code DALLAS TX 75381 ST PAUL MN 55113 2707 NEWARK DE 19711 7598 GARDEN GROVE CA 92641 97123 PORTLAND OR 97220 ETTERS PA 17319 SEATTLE WA 98119 2728 BRADFORD PA 16701 3737 FRANKLIN IN 46131 CHICAGO IL 60656 4548 LISLE IL 60532 1613 PORTLAND OR 97217 3920 LACONIA NH 03247 DELAWARE WATER GAP PA 18327 MERRILL WI 54452 3314 HILLSBORO OR 97124 6629 SAN JOSE CA 95131 1008 ST PAUL MN 55144 0001 PLYMOUTH MA 02360 EUGENE OR 97405 9631 SANTA BARBARA CA 93103 3225 AUSTIN TX 78769 2963 ROANOKE RAPIDS NC 27870 PORT WASHINGTON NY 11550 PROVIDENCE RI 02907 GARDENA CA 90248 7 5 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Manufacturers Cross Index Cont Mfr Code 60381 61058 61935 62803 63058 63227 63852 64537 65249 65867 72228 73743 74868 75915 77132 78189 80009 81073 82389 83385 83486 85471 85480 9 860 7 6 Manufacturer PRECISION INTERCONNECT MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC CORP OF AMERICA PANASONIC INDUSTRIAL CO DIV SCHURTER INC NEC INFORMATION SYSTEMS INC MCKENZIE TECHNOLOGY EG AND G ROTRON QUANTUM CORPORATION KDI ELECTRONICS INC SUBSIDIARY OF KDI CORP BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INC SEAGATE T
76. GOLD P HZ BRZ W FERRULE 4 131 4356 00 2 CONN SHUNT SHUNT SHORTING FEMALE 1 X 2 0 1 CTR 26742 9618 302 50 0 630 H BLK W HANDLE J UMPER 5 131 3087 00 1 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 420 H X 22526 67950 001 0 140 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ 6 131 2615 00 2 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2X 17 01 CTR 0 230 MLG X 22526 65820 005 0 090 TAIL 0 240 H 30 GOLD MATING PIN 0 15 FROM 7 211 0661 00 4 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL CD PL P OZ TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 8 174 1712 00 2 CA ASSY SP ELEC 11 SGL 11 TW PR 28 AWG 13 0L 6D224 902200 9 343 1438 00 1 RETAINER CABLE ALUMINUM 5Y400 343 1438 00 10 211 0119 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 FLH 100 DEG STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 11 380 0797 00 1 HOUSING TOP ALUMINUM 5Y400 380 0797 00 12 211 0541 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 25 FLH 100 DEG STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC STANDARD ACCESSORIES 003 1134 00 1 ALIGN TOOL ELEK 18 0603 32 1902 00 070 5950 01 1 MANUAL TECH USERS DAS9200 SERIES 80009 ORDER BY DESC 070 7562 01 1 MANUAL TECH USERS amp INSTALLATION 925X109 118 80009 ORDER BY DESC 343 1292 01 2 RETAINER PROBE ALUMINUM 5Y400 343 1292 01 925 109 343 1437 00 1 RETAINER CABLE ALUMINUM 5Y400 343 1437 00 925 109 343 1292 01 4 RETAINER PROBE ALUMINUM 5Y400 343 1292 01 925 118 343 1437 00 2 RETAINER CABLE ALUMINUM 5Y400 343 1438 00 925X118 7 62 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp
77. LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL 51 6 80009 165204810 A36 200 165 2048 11 020000 8032447 MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204811 A36J 200 165 2048 12 B032448 B039999 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204812 A36 200 165 2048 13 B040000 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204813 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD A36J 206 165 2048 10 B010100 B019999 ICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204810 A36 206 165 2048 11 020000 B032447 MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204811 A36J 206 165 2048 12 B032448 B039999 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204812 A36J 206 165 2048 13 B040000 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204813 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD A36 300 165 2048 10 010100 B019999 MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204810 A36 300 165 2048 11 B020000 B032447 MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204811 A36 300 165 2048 12 8 032448 B039999 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204812 A36 300 165 2048 13 8 040000 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204813 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD A36 306 165 2048 10 010100 B019999 MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204810 A36 306 165 2048 11 B020000 B032447 MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204811 A36 306 165 2048 12 8032448 B039999 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204812 A36 306 165 2048 13 8 040000 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG
78. Mfr Part Number 20 52 211 0173 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 375 FILH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 53 348 0883 00 1 GASKET RFI 2 73 X 0 8 BRASS 00779 745777 3 54 119 2046 00 1 FILTER RFI 6 AMP 54583 ZUB 2206 00 55 211 0008 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 162 0531 00 1 INSUL SLVG ELEC HT SHRINK 0 165 06090 VERSAFIT 162 0532 00 1 INSUL SLVG ELEC HT SHRINK 0 375 06090 VERSAFIT 56 161 0202 00 1 CABLE ASSY PWR 3 18 AWG 60 L SVT GREY 60 DEG C 53109 ORDER BY DESC STRIP X RTANG BME 10A 125V 57 348 0544 05 4 RTNR CAB COVER CORNER EARTH BROWN PC 0 RO5 ORDER BY DESC 58 213 0760 00 4 SCREW TPG TF 8 32 X 0 875 SPCL TAPTITE FILH STL 72228 ORDER BY DESC 59 211 0219 00 1 SCREW CAP 4 40 X 0 125 5 5 OXD TK0392 ORDER BY DESC 60 333 3245 00 1 PANEL REAR 91HS8 5Y400 ORDER BY DESC 61 213 0801 00 8 SCREW TPG TF 8 32 X 0 312 TAPTITE PNH STL 83486 ORDER BY DESC 62 390 0976 00 1 CABINET BOTTOM FULL RACK X 22 131 W HOLES 5Y400 390 0976 00 7 50 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Index Tektronix Part Serial No Fig amp Number Number 21 0 650 1987 00 650 1987 01 650 1987 02 650 1987 03 1 334 6260 00 2 337 3249 00 3 211 0008 00 4 129 1076 00 nn 6 211 0661 00 Re 8 210 0406 00 dS Al 11 210 0406 00 4122 4 13 a as 14 210 0406 00 15 altas 210 0406 00
79. Option Overlay If the mainframe has System Software Release 3 Version 1 60 and higher you can bypass the power on diagnostics and file system checks by changing the settings in the Boot Option overlay to the Diagnostics menu The default settings are to execute diagnostics and the file system check each time you power on the mainframe However you can set up the mainframe to bypass the diagnostics and file system checks for up to 14 days or up to five power on cycles which ever occurs first You can also set the mainframe to only run the file system check after an abnormal power down There are certain conditions that require the diagnostics or file system checks to be run If these conditions occur they override the selections made in the Boot Option overlay The conditions required for running diagnostics include the following m A module failed at the last power on m The module configuration of the mainframe has changed you either removed or added a module to the mainframe If an abnormal power down occurs the mainframe will always run the file system check regardless of the settings in the Boot Option overlay Information under the BOOT ACTIVITY area in the Boot Option overlay summarizes the most recent diagnostics and file system check activity It lists the last time that the diagnostics were checked and the last time the files system was checked NOTE If you run the File System Check procedure from the floppy disks the
80. PANEL REAR DAS9229 SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL MKR SET IDENT MKD CHANNEL NOMENCLATURE POST BDG ELEC ASSEMBLY NUT PLAIN HEX 0 25 28 X 0 375 BRS NP ASSY SP ELEC 34 AWG 5 5 L W TERMINAL BRKT STRAIN RLF ALUMINUM BRKT STRAIN RLF ALUMINUM SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 625 FILH STL SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 188 PNH STL CABLE ASSEMBLY EXPANSION SPACER EXP 3 8 X 1 4 SILICON RUBBER HOUSING CABLE ALUMINUM SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 438 FLH 82 DEG STL SCREW MACHINE 0 25 20 X 0 469 KNURLED SPACER EXP 3 8 X 1 4 SILICON RUBBER CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION CABLE SEE A07 REPL SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL CD PL POZ SPACER POST 0 125 L 4 40 THRU PLSTC 0 25 OD CA ASSY SP ELEC 20 26 AWG 21 0 L RIBBON CA ASSY SP ELEC 20 26 AWG 22 5 L RIBBON CA ASSY SP ELEC 20 26 AWG 25 0 L RIBBON CA ASSY SP ELEC 50 26 AWG 21 0 L RIBBON CA ASSY SP ELEC 50 26 AWG 22 5 L RIBBON CA ASSY SP ELEC 50 26 AWG 25 0 L RIBBON BRACKET RTNG ALUMINUM SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL Mfr Code 80009 TK2208 TK0435 0 260 0435 TK0435 07416 TK0588 73743 1Y013 80009 0 260 0435 0435 TK0435 80009 2K262 5Y400 0 01 80009 2K262 80009 0435 1465 1Y013 53387 53387 23633 1Y013 1Y013 5Y 400 93907 Mfr Part Number 348106000 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 3089 402 62759 40735920
81. PK TWO PANASONIC WAY 91 3 COLIN DRIVE 114 OLD STATE RD PO BOX 14460 14525 SW WALKER ROAD 800 E NORTHWEST HWY 14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR PO BOX 500 1551 OSGOOD ST City State Zip Code TOKYO HAWTHORNE 07507 VANCOUVER WA 98601 WAUKEGAN IL 60087 3214 BEAVERTON OR 97006 MILWAUKEE WI 53216 1807 NEWPORT RI 02840 SECAUCUS NJ 07094 HOLBROOK NY 11741 ST LOUIS MO 63178 BEAVERTON OR 97006 DES PLAINES IL 60016 3049 BEAVERTON OR 97077 0001 NORTH ANDOVER MA 01845 1014 6 3 Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Component Tektronix SerialNo Serial No Mir Number Part Number Effective Discont d amp Description Code Mfr Part Number DAS 9200 MAINFRAME amp MODULE CIRCUIT BOARDS 01 670 8729 00 010100 010629 CIRCUIT BD ASSY BACKPLANE 80009 670872900 01 670 8729 01 010630 CIRCUIT BD ASSY BACKPLANE 80009 670872901 DAS 9200 amp 92 9 MAINFRAMES 02 670 8725 00 010100 010185 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670872500 02 670 8725 01 010186 010260 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670872501 02 670 8725 02 010261 010468 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670872502 02 670 8725 03 010469 010647 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670872503 02 670 8725 04 8 010648 011285 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670872504 02 670 8725 05 011286 011375 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670872505 02 670 8725 06 011376 CIRCU
82. Parts NOTE 230 V operation requires one of the power cord Options A1 A5 GPIB Connector amp 1 GC SO gt Power Cord Connection gt gt Line Voltage Indictor 92LANSE Connectors DISCRETE IIO Discrete 1 0 Connector RS 232C Port Connectors Figure 2 4 Location of DAS 9221 Back Panel Fuse and Line Voltage Indicator Knob DAS 9219 9220 Look Similar DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 2 9 Maintenance Selector Switches r N 9 Loosen the screw in the middle of the line voltage indicator knob Refer to Figure 2 4 10 Turn the knob until you can see the appropriate line voltage in the recessed portion of the knob CAUTION Check that the indicator shows the correct line voltage The instru ment may be damaged if it is accidentally connected to the wrong power source 11 Tighten the screw to secure the line voltage indicator 12 For the DAS 9221 change the power supply power cord configuration jumper 78700 on the Controller board to reflect the new configuration 13 Reassemble the mainframe 9200
83. Reference Qty amp Description PRP N 925 118 STANDARD ACCESSORIES PROBE ASSEMBLY 50MHZ TO 100MHZ PATTERN GEN LEAD SET ELEC 2 23 AWG 3 156 LEACHES 2LEADS TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR LABEL MKD P 6464 ALIGN TOOL ELEK 18 0603 RETAINER PROBE ALUMINUM RETAINER CABLE ALUMINUM MANUAL TECH USERS DAS 9200 SERIES MANUAL TECH USERS amp INSTALLATION 925 109 118 MANUAL TECH USERS 925 16PATTERN GENERATOR MDL MANUAL TECH P 6464 925X118 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES PROBE PASSIVE 1X 3 5 FT Mfr Code 80009 9M860 80009 07416 5 400 5 400 80009 80009 2548 2548 80009 Mfr Part Number P6403 ORDER BY DESC 206 0364 00 ORDER BY DESC 32 1902 00 343 1292 01 343 1438 00 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC P6041 7 61 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number 010 6403 00 PATTERN GENERATOR MUTIPLEXER 26 0 010 6403 00 1 PROBE ASSEMBLY 50MHZ TO 100MHZ PATTERN 80009 010640300 925X109 GENERATOR MULTIPLEXER 1 380 0798 00 1 HOUSING BOTTOM ALUMINUM 5Y400 380 0798 00 2 671 1244 00 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAX MUX 80009 671124400 A41 3 131 0608 00 13 CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 055Q 0 248 22526 48283 018 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 50
84. Self Test menu Extended Self Test Menu F1 Reset Nonvolatile Parameters to Factory Settings F2 Keyboard Menu F3 RS 232 Interface Menu F4 Hardcopy Menu F5 Display Pattern Menu Sh F1 Coax Interface Test F7 Exit Current Menu F8 Enter Terminal Mode Selection 3 Press a function key to do the following F1 Resets all parameters to their factory default values Do not press F1 if you want to discard settings saved in nonvolatile memory F2 F3 F4 F5 Displays the Keyboard menu Displays the RS 232 menu Displays the Hardcopy menu Displays the Display Pattern menu Shift F1 F7 F8 Initiates a coax interface test for terminals with the coax option Redisplays the Main Self Test menu Exits the Extended Self Test and returns to normal terminal operation NOTE Some menu items adjust the terminal internally For a discussion of these parts of the Extended Self Test refer to the Tektronix 4205 Service Manual To obtain this manual contact your Tektronix representative DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 9 Troubleshooting 4 10 9202XT and 9203XT Terminal Diagnostics Three levels of diagnostics check 9202 and 9203XT terminal the Kernel Self Test Extended Self Test and Extended Self Test with Peripheral Tests Before powering up the terminal connect the keyboard to the terminal connection information is in the DAS System User Manual Kernel Self Test The Kernel Self
85. TAIL 50 GOLD PHZ BRZ W FERRULE CA ASSY SP ELEC 3 26 AWG 3 5 L RIBBON FROM A36 160 TO A37 210 CA ASSY SP ELEC 8 28 AWG 80 0 L RIBBON MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG TESTED PKG MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG TESTED PKG MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN A36 SOCKET PIN TERM SINGLE PCB T G 0 030 H 0 054 PCB 0 012 0 22 PIN SIZE W O DIMPLE SKT PL IN ELEK CHIP CARRIER 68 CONTACT NOT REPLACEABLE ORDER 670 8742 XX CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 025 SQ 0 248 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 50 GOLD PHZ BRZ W FERRULE Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 22670 80009 TK1163 5Y 400 0435 0435 80009 0435 22526 80009 60224 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 22526 22526 Mfr Part Number 010646400 010646401 010646402 010646403 334595700 334595700 ORDER BY DESC 334598700 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 670880800 ORDER BY DESC 48283 018 175291100 ORDER BY DESC 65204810 165204810 165204812 165204813 670874200 670874201 670874202 670874203 670874204 670874205 670874206 75060 012 48283 018 7 63 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont
86. Test runs automatically whenever the terminal is turned on The Kernel Self Test is a series of programs residing in the Boot ROM that perform minimum hardware checks to ensure that the terminal will boot During the self Test programs status and fault information is indicate by the LED indicators on the keyboard fault messages on the display and ringing of the bell For further information refer to the TekXpress X Terminal 10 Series Service Manual Extended Self Test The Extended Self Test are menu driven tests that reside in the Boot ROM The tests a more extensive check of the terminal The Extended Self Test is accessed from the Boot Monitor menu using the selftest command Faults are indicated by the bell and on screen messages To access the Extended Self Test complete the following 1 Press any key while the Kernel Self Test is in progress to access the Boot Monitor menu The Boot Monitor menu appears after the Kernel self Test is complete or Press any key after the Kernel Self Test is complete but before the boot process is complete to access the Boot Monitor Menu 2 Atthe BOOT gt prompt type selftest and press ENTER the Extended Self Test Main Menu appears as shown in Figure 4 3 lt D gt iagnostic Menu Figure 4 3 Extended Self Test Main Menu DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting For further information on the Extended Self Test Main Menu and the associated checks refer to the TekX
87. These manuals are not part of the DAS documentation package Contact your Tektronix representative to order one of these manuals DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 3 29 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures 3 30 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting This chapter contains troubleshooting information for isolating failures in the DAS mainframe to the module or board level This troubleshooting information includes diagnostics descriptions and troubleshooting tips for areas not tested by the diagnostics Terminal diagnostics are also included refer to the 4105 Service Manual for additional information on the 9200T the 4205 Service Manual for additional information on the 9201T and the TekXpress X Terminal Service Manual for additional information on the X terminals These manuals are not part of the DAS documentation package to obtain them contact your local Tektronix representative Mainframe Troubleshooting Overview Use the following steps as an overview of troubleshooting the mainframes 1 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Ensure that all mainframe modules are correctly and installed and that all interconnects and cables are properly connected and fully seated Ensure that the module installation conforms with all slot location restrictions and module configuration guidelines Power up the mainframe and check that the power supply voltages are within specification Also check that the media power supply voltages ar
88. Unsolder the cables from the back of the power supply and remove it from the cabinet The following procedure applies to the three fans in the 92HS8 cabinet 1 Perform Procedures 1 and 2 on page 3 23 and steps 1 3 of procedure 3 Tip the power supply to gain access to the necessary screws Note Do not unsolder the wires to the power supply and remove it unless you cannot access the screws for fan removal Disconnect the fan s power cable Remove the screws and nuts from each corner of the fan housing and remove the fan DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Procedure 5 Probes must be installed from the inside of the instrument and pulled through to Replacing 92HS8 Probes the outside Use the following procedure when removing and installing probes 1 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Remove the cabinet s top cover and lift the Memory board using procedures 1 and 2 on page 3 23 To remove a probe remove the probe ground clamp and carefully disconnect the leads from the SMB and harmonica connectors on the Acquisition board While compressing the probe s boot pull the probe through the back panel to the inside of the cabinet Feed the replacement probe through the back panel from the inside of the cabinet Check that the probe s strain relief is correctly seated in the back panel Dress the probe wires carefully so that the shields do not contact the chassis probe shields are 5 v
89. acquired data The upper part of RAM temporarily stores configura tion and data files to improve the system response time Circuitry supporting the Memory Management Unit MMU for multiple process control m An interface to the Controller board allowing access to the system RAM and to the terminal host and auxiliary communication ports Backplane Board This board provides the mechanical and electrical connections between the Controller board the Memory board DAS 9219 and DAS 9220 and the eight slots used for the acquisition and pattern generation modules Signals are carried on bus structures some of which extend outside the Master mainframe to Expansion mainframes DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 1 5 Introduction to DAS Hardware 1 6 Hard and Floppy Disk Drives The operating system software is installed on the hard disk along with other files such as user generated setups and reference memories The DAS 9221 mainframes have been available with 100 Mbyte 127 Mbyte 170 Mbyte and 270 Mbyte SCSI hard disk drives The DAS 9220 mainframes used 40 Mbyte and 80 Mbyte hard disk drives ST506 interface while the DAS 9219 mainframes had 10 Mbyte and 20 Mbyte hard disk drives To determine the size of hard disk in your mainframe refer to the Diagnostic menu An optional 80 Mbyte hard disk drive is available for DAS 9219 9220 main frames If data security or portability 15 a concern you can order your mainframe with a
90. amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Number Number Effective P6460 P6041 7 34 Serial No Discontd Qty Name amp Description OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES PROBE DATA ACQ PROVE PASSIVE 1 X 3 5 FT Mfr Code Mfr Part Number 80009 P6460 80009 P6041 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Effective Number Number 12 0 010 6461 01 010 6461 21 1 334 6148 00 334 6147 00 2 380 0759 00 3 165 2040 10 165 2040 11 4 175 9771 00 175 9771 01 175 9771 02 175 9771 00 175 9771 01 175 9771 02 5 175 9699 00 175 9699 01 175 9699 00 175 9699 01 6 670 8502 01 670 8502 02 670 8502 03 670 8501 01 670 8501 02 670 8502 03 Ed 131 2615 00 8 136 0252 07 9 131 0608 00 10 346 0032 00 010100 010431 B010511 010100 010195 010260 010100 010463 010100 010184 010100 020000 030000 010100 020000 030000 Serial Discontd Qty B010430 010510 010194 010159 010462 B010183 B019999 B029999 B019999 B029999 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 70 20 Name amp Description P6461 P6461E PROBE KIT ASSEMBLY P6461 ONLY PROBE KIT ASSEMBLY P6461E MARKER IDENT MKD P6461 P6461 ONLY MARKER IDENT MKD P6461E P6461E ONLY HSG HALF UPPER P 6461 MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 RE
91. board thinnet transceiver eliminates the need for an external transceiver as required by a thicknet network The thinnet transceiver however 1s active only when selected by an on board jumper The 92LAN software supports FTP server functions as well as remote shell rsh remote copy and the BSD UNIX ping functions of the ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol An optional 92LANP software product is available to enable the DAS to be operated remotely from a host computer via LAN The 92LANSE Module is an Ethernet communication option for the DAS 9221 DAS 9200 5 mainframe The 92LANSE Module consists of a circuit board with connections for Thicknet Thinnet cables and software support for Transport Control Protocol and Internet Protocol TCP IP with FTP File Transfer Protocol The module is compatible with networks complying with the IEEE 802 3 10BASES Thicknet and 10BASE2 Thinnet interface standards The network type is selected with a 92LANSE board jumper block TCP IP networking protocols allow the 92LANSE Module to communicate with operating systems such as UNIX DEC Ultrix 32 DEC VMS and DOS To transfer files to and from a DAS the host computer must have TCP IP capability Current network parameters for the 92LANSE Module can be displayed in an overlay to the Communications menu You can use the Configuration utility config to set or modify the 92LANSE network parameters Bef
92. by the following menu F6 Adjustment Procedures Menu F7 Continue Self Test F8 Exit Self Test Selection Press a function key to do the following F6 Exits the Extended Self Test and displays the Adjustment Procedures menu For more information refer to the 4105 Service Manual F7 Continues the Extended Self Test F8 Exits the Extended Self Test If you do not press a key within 20 seconds after the menu appears the Extended Self Test continues When continuing the test the crosshair blinks intermittently on the screen If the test does not detect any errors after approximately two minutes the crosshair disappears and the Adjustment Procedures menu appears Press function key 8 to return the underscore cursor to the screen NOTE The 4105 Service Manual is not part of the DAS documentation package to obtain this manual contact your Tektronix representative DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 45 Troubleshooting 92017 Terminal Diagnostics 4 6 Three levels of diagnostics check the 9201T terminal the Power Up Self Test Main Self Test and Extended Self Test Before powering up the terminal connect the keyboard to the terminal NOTE The DAS must not be powered on while the terminal diagnostics are performed so the 9201 can control the keyboard Power Up Self Test The Power Up Self Test runs when you turn on the terminal or press the RESET button see Figure 4 2 This test checks the keyboard
93. changing the swap space size refer to Change Swap Size Menu Change Swap Size Menu Use the Change Swap Size menu to change the swap space size of a previously formatted hard disk You can also change the swap space size option This option is used the next time you request the swap space size via the Make Change selection in this menu or when you use the Initiate Format option in the Format Setup menu DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 73 Troubleshooting 4 74 NOTE Changing the size of the swap partition space on your hard disk does not require reformatting the hard disk unless the disk has never been formatted but does require you to rebuild the file system using the Make utility Running the Make utility destroys the data saved on the disk Save all user files using one of the methods described earlier in this section Swap space is the area reserved on the hard disk for temporarily storing program information during DAS operation The swap space is only used when there is not enough memory available on the DAS system The swap partition space is normally used when the following conditions occur m There are more than three types of modules in a DAS system m The DAS system is using very large symbol table files In any of these cases you may need a swap partition space larger than the default When the DAS runs out of swap partition space it cannot operate normally and displays an error message If this happens you s
94. color terminal with a detachable keyboard Earlier versions of the DAS used a 9200T or a 9201T monitor newer versions use an X terminal with a detachable keyboard and mouse Interactive menus Which are manipulated from the keyboard or mouse allow you to define the contents of the system enter parameters and data and control the outputs of the instrument These menus use color coded command fields to show the available selections You can power on and power off your mainframe and terminal from a 9200T or 9201T using the terminal power button This feature is built into DAS 9221 mainframes for DAS 9219 9220 mainframes you must install an optional one button power switch adapter The 9201T is a direct replacement for the 9200T so references in this manual to the 9201T also apply to the 9200T However references to the 4205 Service Manual apply only to the 9201T if you use 9200T refer instead to the 4 05 Service Manual The X terminal requires a 92LANSE LAN local area network module installed in the mainframe You can use the X terminal only with the DAS SE DASXP or DASNT mainframes For service information refer to the TekXpress X Terminal Service Manual Mainframe Hardware mainframe shown in Figure 1 2 consists of the following major inter nal components m Mechanical chassis m Controller board with 16 Mbyte RAM for the DAS 9221 m Memory board with either 2 Mbyte or 8 Mbyte RAM DAS 9219 9220 m Backplane board
95. for the assemblies can be found in Replaceable Electrical Parts The power supply is replaceable as a unit only The part number can also be found in Replaceable Electrical Parts beginning on page 6 1 DAS Mainframe To change between the 115 V and 230 V line voltage selections on the mainframe perform the following steps CAUTION A power supply with Option 04 VDE should operate at 230 V only not at 115 V Option 04 provides a line filter WARNING Disassembly procedures should be performed only by qualified service personnel You may be exposed to dangerous electric shock hazards if you remove the cover Before removing the cover power down the mainframe wait 60 seconds and then disconnect the power cord This procedure allows the power down sequence to complete DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Maintenance 1 Perform steps 8 9 11 12 and 13 of Procedure 7 Removing the Power Supply beginning on page 3 15 2 Remove the three screws holding the power supply frame together as shown in Figure 2 1 Screws 3 Figure 2 1 Location of Power Supply Frame Screws 3 Gently lower the side of the power supply to expose the inside of the power supply 4 Refer to Figure 2 2 to locate the line voltage selection jacks 7134 J136 J137 J138 and J139 at the rear of the Primary board in the power supply DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 2 7 Maintenance Jacks Primary Board
96. have been deleted FREE INODE COUNT WRONG IN An inconsistency in the free inode count has been SUPERBLK FIX detected The actual number of free inodes does not match the number stored in the superblock Type y in response DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 89 Troubleshooting 4 90 Phase 5 Check Free List This phase of the program checks for errors in the free block list Table 4 34 summarizes the error messages that can be generated during Phase 5 testing In the table a word in parentheses following an error message indicates the actual prompt message that appears on the screen Table 4 34 Phase 5 File System Check Error Messages Message EXCESSIVE BAD BLKS IN FREE LIST CONTINUE EXCESSIVE DUP BLKS IN FREE LIST CONTINUE Explanation More than 10 bad block numbers in the free block list have been detected type y in response More than 10 duplicate block numbers in the free block list have been detected type y in response BAD FREEBLK COUNT X BAD BLKS IN FREE LIST X DUP BLKS IN FREE LIST The free block count is incorrect No action is required There are X bad blocks in the free list No action is required There are X duplicate blocks in the free list No action is required X BLK S MISSING FREE BLK COUNT WRONG IN SUPERBLOCK FIX BAD FREE LIST SALVAGE There were X blocks unused by the file system that were notin the free list No action is required An inconsiste
97. hazards may be exposed when you remove the mainframe cover Power down the mainframe and wait 60 seconds before disconnecting the power cord so the power down sequence completes To install or remove a module you must first remove the mainframe s top cover and inner card cage door Use the following steps to remove the top cover 1 Power down the mainframe CAUTION After powering down the mainframe wait 60 seconds before discon necting the power cord This allows the head in the hard disk drive to lock in a safe position and the software to complete file management procedures 2 Disconnect the power cord 3 Press the plastic latches on the left and right lower rear sides of the cover and lift the cover from the back see Figure 3 2 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 3 3 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Press Figure 3 2 Removing the Mainframe Top Cover 4 Tilt the cover off the front of the mainframe Set the cover aside so its inner surface will not be scratched Instructions for removing the card cage door are listed in procedure 2 34 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Removing a Module From the Card Cage GORE ER ITT AAT TAT AAD BEIT AAT This procedure describes how to remove an acquisition or pattern generation module from the mainframe card cage It can
98. name of the DAS must be entered in the appropriate tables on your host so that the system name of the DAS can be converted to the correct Internet address The name can be up to eight alphanu meric characters long To set or change the name of your DAS enter a name and press the Return key To retain the current name press the Return key without entering any other characters You will be returned to the Main menu Set DAS Internet Address Selecting item A from the Main menu lets you set the Internet address for your DAS The Internet address is the IEEE802 network address for your DAS This Internet address must be set to an address other than 0 0 0 0 to permit communication between the DAS and other network devices The Internet address is normally assigned by your system administrator DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Enter the new value in the format XXX XXX XXX XXX where each XXX represents a decimal number in the range of 0 to 255 and press the Return key To retain the current address press the Return key without entering any numbers Set Network Subnet Mask Selecting item M from the Main menu lets you set the subnet mask for your DAS The subnet mask specifies the portion of an Internet address that is common to all node addresses on a particular subnet The subnet mask determines which other network devices the DAS may address directly and which ones it must access through a gateway A value of 0 0 0 0 turn
99. or the Application Bus Controller board 4 34 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 17 92 16 16 Diagnostic Error Codes Error Codes XOXX Test Name DAC Memory Possible Failures Other than 92 16 16 100 Acq Memory Address counter X101 X102 X103 X104 Memory Delay counter Memory Ones Acq Memory Zeros Acq Memory Data independence X105 X2XX X300 Memory Address indepen dence Login Acquisition Word Recognizers X301 Edge Recognizer X400 Glitch Recognizer X401 X5XX T X6XX t Glitch Acquisition HSC to Slow Interacts HSC to Timer Counters Event lines 3 11 7 t HSC to Memory X8XX Complete Acquisition including Clock Path T The 92A16E does not use these tests DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 35 Troubleshooting Table 4 18 92C01 02 03 Diagnostic Error Codes Possible Failures Other than Error Codes Test Name 92C01 02 03 X00X T EXPANSION BUS COMMUNICA TIONS 92C02 03 only 8000 T expansion read write Expansion Slave X10X T EVENT CORRELATION LINES 92C02 03 only X100 T event correlation lines Expansion Slave card in a slot of current expansion mainframe X20X T TIME BASES 92C02 03 only X200 T time base chains Expansion Slave 2011 time base 0 Expansion Slave 202 T time base 1 Expansion Slave X2
100. prevent you from communicating via the 92LAN For more informa tion on these conditions refer to the section Communications Problem Guide Table 4 20 explains the Diagnostics menu s four digit diagnostic error codes for five controller tests Table 4 21 shows the error codes for four shared memory tests DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 20 Power On LAN Controller Tests Test Group Name Diagnostic Error Code Power up Timeout 9000 92LAN Kernel 9001 92LANSRAM 9002 92LAN82586 9003 92LAN Bus or DUART 9004 92LAN DRAM 9005 Table 4 21 Shared Memory Tests Test Group Name Diagnostic Error Code Checksum 9100 Bit Independence 16 bit 9101 Memory Test byte 9102 Memory Test long word 9103 92LAN Boot Up Status After the system power up the 92LAN Overlay of the system s Communication menu provides additional diagnostic information The LAN Boot field in the overlay status section indicates the current 92LAN status This field displays a message such as LAN cable not connected indicating that the 92LAN is not connected to the network correctly For more information on these messages refer to BOOT Messages in Disassembly Reas sembly Procedures of the 92LAN User Installation Manual The LAN Diag Word field in the overlay status section indicates the pass failure result of each ROM based diagnostic test run by the 92LAN controller The 92LAN controller transfers the contents of
101. problems with the 92HS8 Master or 92HS8E Standard interface card refer to Table 4 15 for a description of 92HS8 diagnostic error codes m A bus error that prevents the DAS from recognizing and testing an installed board The result is a diagnostic error code with a digit displayed in the MSB position followed by three zeros for example 1000 The displayed digit indicates the slot number of the untested board m A bus error that generates a diagnostic message in the following format SLOT X FUNCTION Y TEST Z BUS ERROR 9Y0Z where X is the mainframe slot Y is the function number of the test and Z is the test number of the failed function m An interface board diagnostic failure that generates any of the following diagnostic error codes 000 001 002 003 m A problem with sending receiving signal events that generates any of the following diagnostic error codes X001 X303 X304 X803 X804 m A problem with data correlation that causes diagnostic error code X002 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 119 Troubleshooting m Time base problems for 8 channel systems diagnostic error codes X308 and 808 and for multichannel systems diagnostic error codes 500 501 XA00 and XAO1 The following faults and diagnostic error codes indicate possible problems with the 92 58 cabinet refer to Table 4 14 for a description of 92HS8 diagnostic error codes m Diagnostic error codes from X10X through XAOX m Clock prob
102. removable hard disk drive so that setup and data files can be secured overnight or easily transported to another DAS An 80 Mbyte removable drive is available for the DAS 9219 9220 a 127 Mbyte 170 Mbyte or 270 Mbyte removable drive is available for the DAS 9221 Other versions of the removable hard disk drive were available for earlier versions of the mainframe WARNING The removable drive for the DAS 9221 SCSI drive is not inter changeable with the removable drives for the DAS 9219 9220 ST506 interface drives If you install the wrong type of drive into your mainframe you can damage the drive Do not disconnect or remove the removable hard disk drive while the mainframe is powered Doing so will damage the hard disk or corrupt the file system The floppy disk drives are used for loading application software from floppy disk copying files for use on other mainframes and making and restoring backup files Backup procedures with on screen instructions are available A light on the front of the floppy disk drive indicates when a floppy disk is being accessed A 3 5 inch 1 4 Mbyte floppy disk drive is standard in DAS 9221 mainframes with System Software Release 3 Version 1 40 and higher The floppy disk drive 1s also available as an upgrade kit for older systems A 5 25 inch 1 2 Mbyte floppy disk drive was available in earlier versions of the DAS 9220 and DAS 9221 mainframes This disk drive is available as an option for the
103. resulting from attempts by personnel other than Tektronix representatives to install repair or service the product b to repair damage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment or c to service a product that has been modified or integrated with other products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX WITH RESPECT TO THIS PRODUCT IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TEKTRONIX RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER FOR BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HAS ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES kkk Table of Contents General Safety Summary xi Service Safety xv Preface rn sausage aa eee xvii Introduction to DAS Hardware Introduction to DAS Hardware 1 1 Mainframes and 1 2 Terminals A eb ead Bun dais qu u 1 3 Mainframe Hardware
104. status of the three power supply voltages as follows m If any of LEDs 0 7 are lit the 5 V supply is present m If LED 8 is lit the and 17 5 V supplies are present m If LED 9 is lit the 3 V current sink supply is present NOTE You can verify the presence of the power supply voltages by checking the test pads at J890 on the top front of the Backplane board with a digital voltmeter Table 4 4 LED Diagnostic Errors for DAS 9221 Error Codes Possible Failures Other than Test Functions Controller Board FF Reset asserted power supply 00 Level 0 diagnostics complete 01 BOOTROM checksummed none 1X NVRAM none 20 VoltAmps summation a module in a slot 30 Enable PFail exception power supply 31 Enable xBint2 exception a module in a slot 33 System clock none 34 Enable Hard Floppy disk 1 0 exception Expansion 1 0 35 Enable xBINT1 exception a module in a slot 38 3B Communication port interrupts none DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 21 Troubleshooting Table 4 4 LED Diagnostic Errors for DAS 9221 Cont Error Codes Possible Failures Other than t Test Functions Controller Board 3F Enable xBint0 exception a module in a slot 40 47 Communication port registers none 48 4B Communication port transmit none 4 4 Communication port receive none 5X MMU registers none 6X t DRAM none 63 Fan fail power supply fan 66 Exception vector move none 10 171 Flopp
105. submenus Each menu has a list of selections to choose from and lists the current values of the parameters A Help selection is also available for each menu item Main Menu The Main menu displays as soon as you start the utility Figure 4 31 shows an example of the Main menu To select an item in the Main menu enter the character enclosed in the parenthesis following the line number of the item you are interested in and press the Return key DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 97 Troubleshooting DAS Configuration Utility Y PwmN OO DT FS C S R D T 0 N A M G F X L P E U Q H Display Hardware C onfiguration and Diagnostic Results S ave image of current system software Available 9202XT R estore saved image of system software Available None D elete saved image of system software Show Fac t ory Default Network Configuration Set O perating Mode Current 9202XT Set DAS Network N ame Current dasl Set DAS Internet A ddress Current 123 123 125 2 Set Network Subnet M ask Current 255 255 255 0 Set G ateway Internet Address Current 123 123 123 14 Set De f ault X server Name Current eldar 0 0 Set Default X server Internet Address Current 123 21 1 0 Set L ANPCL Port Number Current 10999 Set GPIB P ort Number Current 2 Save changes and E xit to BOOT prom
106. terminal and host port protocol using the Communications menu Optional Expansion and I O Ports The 92C01 92C02 and 92 03 GPIB Expan sion modules are optional interface boards for the DAS These modules function as follows m The 92C01 module provides a GPIB port for the mainframe It was available for earlier versions of the mainframe m The 92C02 module provides a GPIB port and an interface to the DAS 92 9 Expansion mainframe The 92C03 module provides an interface only to the DAS 92 9 Expan sion mainframe Master mainframes have direct memory access DMA capability this feature is not available in Expansion mainframes Therefore 92C01 02 03 modules must be installed in slot 8 of the Master mainframe The GPIB portion of the 92C01 and 92C02 modules does not work in the DAS 92E9 Expansion mainframe however the 92C03 module and the expansion portion of the 92C02 module are fully functional when installed in slot 8 of the Expansion mainframe Therefore you should use the 92C03 module in Expansion mainframes LAN Interfaces The 92LANSE and 92LAN Modules provide a LAN local area network interface for the DAS mainframe The 92LANSE module is standard in a DAS 9221 mainframe used with the X terminals These modules were optional in other mainframes The 92LANSE Module connects directly to the DAS 9221 Controller board and can only be used with DAS 9221 mainframes 92LAN Module is no longer available For information
107. test passes Check that the external loopback test has passed by verifying the following m The LAN Boot Status in the LAN overlay indicates the system is up m The servers available in the LAN overlay are listening m The value of the diagnostic word is zero You can also run the external loopback for the 92LAN Module test in DDM mode as described in Using DDM Mode DDM mode loops the test to check for intermittent connections 4 127 Troubleshooting 4 128 Network Hardware Setup The following steps check the network and 92LAN or 92LANSE hardware Each step first asks you a question then points to an area of possible trouble 1 For 92LAN Module does the LAN overlay LAN Boot Status message indicate that the system is up If the system is not up refer to Boot Messages in this section 2 Forthe 92LAN Module does the DAS Diagnostics menu indicate a PASS for the 92LAN board but the LAN overlay LAN Boot message states that the LAN cable is not connected Check that the Thicknet Thinnet jumper block on the 92LAN board is in the proper position and that the board is properly connected to the network Also refer to Step 6 3 For both LAN modules is the status for the servers shown as Listening If their status is Connected the LAN is being used by another user or is hung Determine if other users are connected 4 Isthe THICK THIN jumper block J686 on the 92LANSE Module or J315 on the 92LAN Module in the proper pos
108. the 96 pin connector of a 92C02 03 module installed in slot 8 of the previous mainframe Master or Expansion The other ends of the cable assembly attach to six connectors on the Expansion Slave board in slot 0 of the next Expansion mainframe in the system This extends the DAS system bus structure to the Expansion mainframe This allows a Master mainframe to control a system containing as many as three Expansion mainframes The DAS 92E9 Expansion mainframe uses the same basic mechanical chassis as other DAS mainframes Refer to Figure 5 7 for an internal cabling diagram DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 5 13 General Circuit Functions Expansion Cable to Assembly to Expansion Slave Board of next 92E9 92 01 02 only GPIB J615 w160 92C 01 02 03 2 Expansion GP IB Probes Instrument Card Ext Typical Event Modules A06 08 09 Slots 2 8 Slots 8 7 8 5057 J290 01 Backplane Board J 690 590 1050 390 Slot 0 92E9 only 05 Expansion Save Board Available only on 92C02 03 Modules 92 9 Expansion Mainframe 07 Expansion Save Board Expansion Cable Assembly From J 615 of 92c02 03 in 9219 or 92E9 Mainframe Figure 5 7 DAS 92E9 Expansion Mainframe Cable Diagram Some of the same major components in the Master mainframe are also part of the DAS 92 9 Expansion mainframe these components include the Backplane board the Card cage and the Power supply The DAS 92 9 Expansion m
109. the bottom down and that you are facing the front of the mainframe Reassembly proce dures are the reverse of the disassembly procedures unless otherwise noted Figure 3 1 shows the DAS mainframe use this figure to locate the major components The DAS 92E9 Expansion mainframe is very similar to the DAS In the disassembly procedures differences between these mainframes are noted RS 232 Ports back of Mainframe Controller Board slot 0 N Power CardCage Supply LS ISA lt Backplane PA Hard and Floppy Disk Drives Figure 3 1 DAS Mainframe Internal Components Memory Board in Slot 1 for DAS 9219 9220 In addition to the illustrations in this section refer to Replaceable Mechanical Parts for a detailed exploded view and parts list for the mainframes DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 3 1 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures General Precautions A Tools Required Observe the following precautions when performing any disassembly reassembly procedures CAUTION After powering down the mainframe with the Standby On switch wait 60 seconds before disconnecting the power cord This allows the mainframe to lock the head in the hard disk drive to a safe position and complete file manage ment procedures m DO NOT attempt any disassembly procedure with the power cord connected m DO NOT operate a mainframe or 92 58 cabinet with the cover removed to prevent overheating m DO NOT
110. the diagnostic word to the system controller via the shared RAM interface If a test fails the diagnostic word field displays a hexadecimal word consisting of 8 hexadecimal characters 4 binary bits character The diagnostic word does not display any leading zeros Bit 31 is the high order bit and bit 0 is the low order bit Each bit corresponds to a specific test If a test fails the associated bit is set to 1 For example if the UART Internal Test bit 7 fails the diagnostic word shows a value of hexadecimal 80 If the LAN cable is not connected to the back panel connector causing the LAN External loopback test bit 19 to fail the diagnostic word contains 80000 Hexadecimal DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 39 Troubleshooting 4 40 Extended 92LAN Diagnostics NOTE A LAN External loopback test failure does not appear as a failure in the system Diagnostics menu If all tests pass the diagnostic word value is 0 If tests were not executed for example if connector pins 1 2 or 2 3 of J155 shorted or all tests failed the diagnostic word is ffffffff Refer to the section Communication Problem Guide for more information about connector 1155 Table 4 22 shows the LAN diagnostic word format Table 4 22 LAN Diagnostic Word Byte 4 Byte 3 Byte 2 Byte 1 Bits 31 24 Bits 23 16 Bits 15 8 Bits 7 0 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX The 92LAN provides additional diagnostics through the Diagnostic T
111. the rear of the Controller board and are accessible through the card cage Shorting the pins together causes the mainframe and all expansion mainframes to power up To power down the mainframes remove the short Also you can power up and power down your DAS 9221 mainframe and terminal using the terminal power button To use this option install a jumper wire between J6110 1 labeled REM and J8101 3 labeled RTS on the Controller board When you turn on the terminal with the mainframe power switch in the OFF position power is applied to the mainframe after the terminal power up diagnostics complete jumper is not installed when the DAS is shipped NOTE If the terminal fails its power up diagnostics with the jumper wire installed the terminal may not display information from the mainframe DAS 9219 9220 Controller Figure 5 5 contains circuit blocks with alphabetical indexes to the following descriptions for DAS 9219 9220 Controller boards DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions NVM e Calender Disk Switches Expansion Backolane Memory Time Base Mainframe nn Board nn a Interface b Interface b d Control Bus Static Memory Clock Floppy d Interface c DIP amp Leds f Power Fail Figure 5 5 DAS 9219 9220 Controller Board Block Diagram a b wm c wa d DAS 9200 T
112. three screws on the top of the plate Disconnect the two ribbon cables from the top board Strobe board and pull the side of the board out Unscrew the four screws in the recessed portion of the plate Lift the plate and remove it from the main board Disconnect the cable from the board by grasping the pin connector from each side and pulling the connection apart Reassembly of the probe is the reverse of the disassembly procedure Use the following steps to disassemble the P6463 or P6463A probe With a flat blade screw driver unlatch the latches on the side of the P6463 A probe Remove the upper half of the probe housing and set it aside To remove the ID Logic board the smaller board unscrew the four mounting screws with a POZIDRIV screwdriver Unplug the ID Logic board from the Buffer Driver board by gently pulling the two boards apart CAUTION The ID Logic board is connected to the pod ID switch through a two wire cable Take care not to stress the cable s connections during disassem bly procedures Unnecessary strain on the cable may cause damage to the cable DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures 4 If necessary free the pod ID switch from the lower probe housing by slightly loosening the mounting nut and lifting the switch out 5 To remove the Buffer Driver board gently pull up on the red and black power leads to free them from the lower probe housing Grasp the board an
113. to responses If code 0 this number is also used to match requests to responses This is the length in bytes ofthe data packet This identifies the type of message Figure 4 40 92LAN Snoopy Mode ICMP Example Message DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 137 Troubleshooting 4 138 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference m X General Circuit Functions DAS Mainframe This chapter describes the general functions of the circuitry on DAS major components System components include the DAS mainframes including the DAS 92E9 Expansion Mainframe acquisition and pattern generation modules probes communication modules and terminal This manual does not discuss the circuit functions of the terminal refer to the 4105 Service Manual 9200T the 4205 Service Manual 9201T or the TekXpress X Terminal Service Manual 9202XT 9203XT 9204XT or 9205XT for this information The terminal service manuals are not part of the DAS documentation package contact your local Tektronix representative for ordering information The DAS mechanical chassis houses all mainframe components and options A card cage within this chassis holds modules probes connect to the modules through openings in the rear of the chassis The major mainframe components consist of the following items m Backplane board m Controller board m Memory board for DAS 9219 9220 only m Hard and Floppy Disk D
114. to troubleshoot the mainframe These signals travel between the backplane and the power supply Six test pads for the signals are located below the power supply test pads on the top front corner of the backplane You can check the test pads for active TTL levels with a digital multimeter or an oscilloscope Table 4 26 shows the name associated with the labels on the test pads and describes the functions of the signals Table 4 26 Test Pad Signal Descriptions Label CL TOF Name CURRENT LIMIT TURNOFF Description This active low signal travels from the backplane to the power supply and shuts down the power supply instument module could draw too much current and activate this signal This active high signal travels from the power supply to the Controller through the backplane The signal indicates to the Controller board that the front panel switch is in the OFF position or that a FAN FAIL has been detected When the Controller board receives the TOF signal itaccesses the hard disk to shutdown the operating system orderly The Controller board then sends SD to the power supply 55 PF SUPPLY STABLE POWER FAIL This active high signal travels from the power supply to the Controller board through the backplane The signal indicates that the 5 V supply is stable This active low signal travels from the power supply to the Controller board through the backplane If the signal maintains a TTL high for gre
115. two coaxial wires tightly with masking tape to temporarily splice them together Pull the faulty coaxial wire through the compressed mesh sleeve so the replacement coaxial wire is drawn into and through the mesh sleeve Stop when the replacement conductor is located in the proper position in the cable wire bundle Unwrap and remove the masking tape from the splice of the two coaxial wires and discard the faulty wire At each end of the replacement coaxial wire insert and latch the female contacts for both the signal limp conductor and the shield rigid conductor conductors into the cable header Reinsert the cable header into the lower half of the header housings The cable header should be oriented so the signal conductor side of the header is towards the key of the housing half 4 117 Troubleshooting 92A96 Coaxial Probe Cable Cable Header Coaxial Wire Figure 4 36 Removing a Coaxial Conductor Wire 15 Carefully relocate each coaxial wire into the channels of the lower housing half 16 Replace the upper housing cover and reinstall the screws at each end of the cable assembly 17 Stretch the mesh sleeving to its full length 18 Replace the color coded labels removed in step 5 with the appropriate colored label 19 This completes the coaxial cable assembly repair Test the cable assembly to ensure that the installation is successful 4 118 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshootin
116. 0 211 0034 00 131 2052 00 361 1306 00 Serial No Effective B010100 B010306 B010319 B010338 B010100 B011639 B011639 B010100 B010100 Serial No Discont d B010305 B010318 B010337 B011831 B061008 B061008 B061008 B061008 B030214 B030214 Qty amp Description PP PPE 16 16 10 20 20 5 92HS8 92HS8 CIRCUIT BOARDS MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME MAINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME AINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME AINTENANCE KIT MAINFRAME HINGE DOOR ADJ USTABLE 5 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL NUT PL ASSEM WA 8 32 X 0 344 STL CD PL CIRCUIT BOARD ASSY MEMORY REPLACEABLE ORDER 650 1987 SCR ASSEM WSHR 6 32 X 0 312 PNH STL POZ CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 36 0 1 CTR 0 230MLG X 0 195 TAIL 30 GOLD STIF CIRCUIT BD 15 0 SCR ASSEM WSHR 6 32 X 0 312 PNH STL POZ PLATE S TAB P OLY CARBONATE SCR ASSEM WSHR 6 32 X 0 312 PNH STL POZ SKT PL IN ELEK CHIP CARRIER 68 CONTACT HT SK MICROCKT CHIP CARRIER ALUMINUM CIRCUIT BOARD ASSY ACQUISTION NOT REPLACEABLE ORDER 650 1987 SCR ASSEM WSHR 6 32 X 0 312 PNH STL POZ CONN RF J ACK SMB 50 OHM STR PCB GOLD GOLD 0 293 H X 0 155 TAIL 3 0 045 SQ TAIL 0 038 DIA CTR COND 0 2 SQ PCB 0 312 HEX SKT PL IN ELEK CHIP CARRIER 68 CONTACT SK MICROCKT CHIP CARRIER ALUMINUM CONN BOX SHUNT FEMALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 CTR 0 385 H 30 GOLD BLACK JUMPER CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 36 0 1 CTR 0 230MLG X 0 195 TA
117. 0 407 3592 01 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 012120800 361 1416 00 ORDER BY DESC 211 0060 00 211008000 361 1416 00 671001100 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 62741 98 0300 3560 8 98 0300 3561 6 62742 62743 62744 407 3593 00 ORDER BY DESC 7 29 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont a Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty amp Description Code Mfr Part Number STANDARD ACCESSORIES 105 0985 00 2 EJ ECTOR CKT BD NYLON TK1163 ORDER BY DESC 334 6798 0 1 SET IDENT MKD CHANNEL NOMENCLATURE 07416 ORDER BY DESC SLOT NUMBER SHEET 7 30 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Tektronix Part Serial No Effective Number 670 9478 00 670 9478 01 670 9478 02 670 9478 03 670 9478 04 670 9478 05 670 9478 06 670 9478 07 671 0610 00 671 0610 01 671 0610 02 136 0813 00 214 3868 00 136 0729 00 131 3714 00 211 0381 00 211 0405 00 220 0032 00 214 0579 00 136 0881 00 386 5339 00 386 5339 01 131 0608 00 131 0993 00 334 4050 00 131 3087 00 131 0265 00 010100 020100 030100 040100 040328 040390 040499 040498 050000 050250 050328 010100 020171 010100 010100 011610 Serial No Discontd Qty amp Description B01999
118. 0 426 2444 00 B040798 426 2449 00 010100 050573 426 2449 01 050574 441 1998 00 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description 2 PrP FP WNN NN SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 20 40 POS 0 1 X 0 6 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN ACCOM 0 008 0 015 X 0 014 0 022 IC SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 14 28 POS 0 1 X 0 6 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN ACCOM 0 008 0 0015 X 0 014 0 022 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 10 0 1 CTR 0 380 H X 0 090 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ 30GOLD REAR SHRD END PLZ CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 3 90H 0 230 MLG X 0 1 TAIL PLZ WALL CTR PLZ 30 GOLD 0 15 PCB TO SQ PIN SOCKET PGA P CB MOT 68000 68 POS 10 X 10 0 1 X 0 1 CTR 0 250 H X 0 110 TAIL TIN SYMMETRICAL PAT 1006 LIF GOLD STRAP RETAINING 0 075 DIA X 4 0 L MLD RBR HOLDER BATTERY 2 3A LITHIUM 94V O POLYEST CONN HDI PCB MALE STR 4 X 92 368 POS 0 01 CTR 0 460 H X 0 120 TAIL 30 GOLD W CTR GUIDE PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 312 L PNH SST POZI SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 PNH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 THK SST UT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 THK SST UT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 THK SST N N SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 438 L PNH SST POZIDRIVE G G UIDE PIN 0 585 X 0 080 2 56 SST SET OF 2 UPPORT CKT BD NYLON 5 HARD DISK DRIVE 10 5124 WINCHESTER HARD DISK DRIVE 20 MEGABYTE SEAGATE STD FOR DAS9219 9229 OPT12 FOR DAS9220 HARD DISK DRIVE 20 MEGABYTE
119. 0 650 1973 01 650 1973 02 650 1973 03 650 1973 04 650 1973 05 650 1973 06 650 1973 08 650 1973 09 212 0023 00 212 0001 00 348 0149 00 255 0334 00 352 0795 00 200 3253 00 366 1522 00 211 0510 00 334 4645 00 437 0363 00 348 0845 00 Serial No Effective 010100 B010122 B010143 B010182 B010231 B010310 B010331 B010380 B041177 010100 B010122 010184 B010311 B011758 B011865 B041177 010100 B010122 B010174 B010196 B010233 B010310 B010347 B010374 010100 010448 010143 Serial No Discontd Qty B010121 B010142 010181 010230 010309 010330 010379 B041176 B010121 B010183 B010310 8011757 B011864 B041176 B010121 B010173 B010195 B010232 B010309 B010346 B010373 B041176 B010447 B011628 B011831 Mfr Name amp Description Code POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSYSTANDARD 115V 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSYSTANDARD 115V 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V 80009 A04 DAS 9200 MAINFRAMES ONLY POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 04 VDE 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 04 VDE 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 04 VDE 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 04 VDE 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 04 VDE 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 04
120. 0 150 TAIL 0 240 H 30 GOLD CONN BOX SHUNT FEMALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 CTR 0 385 H 30 GOLD BLACK JUMPER HOUSING HALF LOWER PLASTIC ASSY SP ELEC 11 SGL 11 TW PR 28 AWG 80 01 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 312 PNH STL RETAINER PROBE ALUMINUM STANDARD ACCESSORIES LEAD SET ELEC FLYING 34 COND 12 0 L MANUAL TECH INSTR P 6463A DAS 9 16 CHANNEL PATTERN GENERATION PROBE Mfr Code 80009 07416 07416 TK1163 80009 TK0435 TK6027 80009 80009 TK0435 TK1742 0588 09922 09922 22526 22526 1163 60224 0435 5 400 1Y013 2548 Mfr Part Number 010050100 334 7938 00 334 7038 00 ORDER BY DESC 671027302 ORDER BY DESC 929852 01 11 30 175969901 671179300 ORDER BY DESC 1 8 X 13 64 0 ORDER BY DESC DILB14P 108 DILB18P 108 65820 035 65474 006 380 0873 00 901950 ORDER BY DESC 343 1292 01 65133 ORDER BY DESC DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 012 1012 01 012 1236 00 012 1236 20 020 1386 01 020 1587 00 175 9290 00 196 2963 00 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty we me e 17 Name Description OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES CABLE INTCON DAS9100 SERIES TO PROBE LEAD SET ELEC FLYING 34 COND 8 0 L LEAD SET ELEC FLYING 34 COND 14 0 LACCESSORY OF 12 206 0364 00
121. 0 250 OD STAINLESS STEEL SLOT CABLE INTCON 92LANSE CABLE INTCON 92LANSE CABLE INTCON 92LANSE STANDARD ACCESSORIES MANUAL TECH USERS 92LANSE ADAPTER CONN BNC T MALE TO 2 FEMALE TERMN COAXIAL 50 OHM BNC VSWR DC 4GHZ 1 15 CABLE INTCON 50 OHM COAX 180 0 LDAS9200 TO HOST COMPUTER ASSY INTCON COAXIAL RFD 1 50 OHM 108 L BNC MALE BOTH ENDS SHEET TECHNICAL USERS GUIDE NATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 22526 22526 09922 05469 1465 80009 80009 80009 2548 00779 64537 2469 2469 80009 Mfr Part Number 671245200 671245201 671245202 69145 214 65474 006 DILB16P 108T 5555 15MD ORDER BY DESC 012143100 012143101 012143102 ORDER BY DESC 221 543 2 T190CS 012 1290 00 012 0205 00 061364902 7 15 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty Name amp Description Code Part Number 9200T 36 1 334 6710 00 1 MARKER IDENT MKD 9200T 80009 334671000 2 334 5204 00 1 MARKER IDENT MKD CAUTION 80009 334520400 3 334 6270 00 1 PLATE IDENT MKD POWER ON OFF BRIGHTNESS 80009 334627000 4 670 7935 16 T CIRCUIT BD ASSY DISPLAY CONTROL 80009 670793516 A2 5 670 7936 41 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY TERMINAL CONTROL 80009 670793641 Al 6 119 2374 01 1 KEYBOARD ASSY 9200T 01963 KXNZ 8754 119 2493 03 1 KEYBOARD ASSY 920
122. 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 THK SST Mfr Code 00779 5Y400 TK0435 5Y400 TK0303 09922 09922 60381 17217 1Y013 17217 06383 TK1337 22526 0GZV8 80009 TK0435 80009 80009 0 260 5Y 400 09922 09922 22526 TK0392 0 01 Mfr Part Number 745115 2 ORDER BY DESC 11691 300 214 3711 00 332 612 DILB24P 108 DILB18P 108 500 0935 00 HTN1167B 61636 HTN 1167 B SST1 5M 500 1001 00 67950 001 855 50 0 1 426143400 ORDER BY DESC 131205200 361130600 361 1306 01 214 3711 00 DILB18P 108 DILB16P 108T 67884 004 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 7 55 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont jd Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty amp Description Code Mfr Part Number 22 41 386 5339 00 010100 011609 1 STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS 80009 386533900 386 5339 01 011610 1 STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS 80009 386533901 AB 1 CIRCUIT BOARD ASSY STANDARD INTERFACE 49 131 3087 00 2 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 420 H X 22526 67950 001 0 140 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ 50 136 0729 00 1 SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 8 16 POS 0 1 0 3 09922 DILB16P 108T 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN 51 131 3714 00 1 CONN RCPT ELEC FEMALE 540 PIN 22526 67884 004 52 214 1337 00 1 PIN SPRING 0 25 L X 0 103 OD STL CD PL 0 01 ORDER BY DESC 7 56 DAS 9200 Technic
123. 0 4113 00 200 4110 00 200 4111 00 3 012 0205 00 4 119 4330 00 5 161 0066 00 6 012 1445 00 7 011 0123 00 B010100 B060835 011 0168 00 B060836 8 103 0030 00 9 119 4254 01 B010100 B060805 119 4899 01 119 5030 01 119 5030 02 10 012 1457 00 012 1442 00 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Discont d Qty amp Description 9203XT 9205XT TERMINAL COLORMONITOR 17 INCH PANASONIC 9203XT MONITOR ONLY COLOR MONITOR 17 INCH COLOR MONITOR DIGITAL CONTROLLER MULTI SCAN TYPE 9205XT MONITOR ONLY CABINET ASSY ESLIPSE TOKENRING LUNAR 9205XT MONITOR ONLY COVER TOP ASSY SHIELD COVER TOP ASSEMBLY COVER BOTTOM BOTTOM CHASSIS ASSEMBLY COVER REAR PLASTIC COVER PWR SPLY POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY 9203XT MONITOR ONLY CA ASSY INTCON COAXIAL RF D 1 50 OHM 108L BNC MALE ENDS POINTER ASSY MOUSE FOR BEETLE ASSY P WR 3 18 AWG 250V 10A 98 INCH STR IEC320 RCPT X NEMA 5 15P US CA ASSY INTCON SHLD CMPST MLD 7 26 AWG 10FT 9 POS MALE DSUB DB9M X9 POS FEMALE DSUB DBOF WIJ ACK SCREWS DUAL SHLD TERMN COAXIAL 500HM BNC VSWRDC 4GHZ 1 15 TERMINATOR BNC MALE STR 50 OHN 1 WATT 1 5 L GRAY PLASTIC ADAPTER CONN BNC T MALE TO 2 FEMALE 101 KEYBOARD INCLUDED WITH TERMINAL KEYBOARD 101 NORTH AMERICAN 1 PS 2 CABLE 9205XT ONLY POWER SUPPY 90 265 VAC 47 TO 63 HZ INPUT POWER 40W OUTPUT 5V AT 4A 12V AT 24 3 X 5 X 14 9203XT ONLY NOT SHOWN POWER SUPPLY 40W 5V 4A 12V 1A 45
124. 0 Mbyte Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown The 100 Mbyte hard disk drive used in the DAS 9221 mainframes is no longer available The fixed SCSI 3 5 inch drive is mounted in an adapter to allow installation into the 5 25 inch media frame See Figure 4 15 for the jumper location DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 53 Troubleshooting The 100 Mbyte removable hard drive is no longer available as an option for DAS 9221 mainframes It is the same SCSI 3 5 inch drive that is used as the fixed drive It has a tan front panel with a warning label reminding you to only use the drive in a DAS 9200 5 series mainframe Otherwise 1t looks similar to the 80 Mbyte removable drive The jumper location is the same as the 100 Mbyte fixed hard disk see Figure 4 15 Terminator Resistor DC Power Connector Figure 4 15 Jumper Locations on the 100 Mbyte Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 54 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 127 Mbyte hard disk drive Figure 4 16 a fixed SCSI 3 5 inch drive 18 mounted in an adapter to allow installation into the 5 25 inch media frame The drive is shipped with no Drive Select jumpers installed The 170 Mbyte hard disk drive Figure 4 16 looks similar to the 127 Mbyte hard disk drive Locations of the Drive Select pins termination resistors and connections are similar The drive is shipped with no Drive Select jumpers installed The 270 Mbyte hard disk drive
125. 00 18 671 0777 01 8 010139 CIRCUIT BD ASSY INTERFACE MEDIA 80009 671077701 DAS 9200 OPTION 14 ONLY 19 671 0778 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY INSTR INTERFACE 92F14 80009 671077800 DAS 9200 OPTION 14 ONLY A20 670 9501 00 010100 B019999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670950100 A20 670 9501 01 010100 B029999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670950101 A20 670 9501 02 4 B030100 B049999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670950102 A20 670 9501 03 050100 B069999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670950103 A20 670 9501 04 8 070100 B070157 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670950104 A20 670 9501 05 070158 B070192 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670950105 A20 670 9501 06 8 070193 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670950106 92A60 ONLY A20 670 9501 04 010100 B020118 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670950104 A20 670 9501 05 020119 B020142 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670950105 A20 670 9501 06 8 020143 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670950106 92A60D ONLY A21 670 9678 00 010100 B039999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670967800 6 8 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Number A21 A21 A21 A21 A21 A21 A21 A21 A21 A22 A22 A22 A22 A22 A22 A22 A22 A22 A23 A23 A23 A23 A23 A23 A23 A23 A23 A24 A245100 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Tektronix Part Number
126. 00 1 CASE CRYG PROBE 12 25 X 8 0 X 3 875 PLASTIC BLUE 53718 RQ3 7 8 343 0149 00 1 STRAP TIEDOWN E 6 75 L PLASTIC 06383 ORDER BY DESC NOT SHOWN 070 8480 00 1 MANUAL TECH INSTRUCTION 92F221MAINFRAME TK2548 ORDER BY DESC UPGRADE 7 18 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 6 1 200 3208 00 2 212 0093 00 3 119 2058 00 4 386 5341 01 5 333 4007 00 6 212 0001 00 7 129 0103 00 8 210 0455 00 9 174 2665 00 10 131 0890 00 11 441 1733 02 12 212 0001 00 13 214 3839 00 14 670 8729 01 15 131 3715 00 16 351 0778 01 AA i vx 19 211 0404 00 20 220 0032 00 21 131 1343 00 22 131 3480 00 23 131 3712 01 24 211 0405 00 25 220 0032 00 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description w N lt A re rme 16 16 32 DAS 9221 CHASSIS GUARD FAN CARDCAGE SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 2 625 HEX HD STL FAN TUBEAXIAL 24VDC 24W 3350 RP M 240 CFM STIF CIRCUIT BD EDGE CARD ALUMINUM PANEL REAR DAS9221 SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL POST BDG ELEC ASSEMBLY NUT PLAIN HEX 0 25 28 X 0 375 BRS NP ASSY SP ELEC 3 25 L DB9 TO 10 PIN HDR DAS 9221 CONN HARDWARE DSUB J ACK SCREW 4 40 X 0 3121 HEX HD STL CD PL W 2 FLAT WASHERS 1 LOCKWASHER 4 40 NUT INCLUDES HARDWARE CHAS CARD CAGE ALUMINUM SCREW MACH
127. 0000 030100 030229 030385 030863 030100 030651 020100 020166 020166 Serial No Discont d B019999 B030099 B030228 B030384 B030862 B030650 B020165 B020165 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description 92C02 CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION GPIB A08 SOCKET PGA PCB MOT 68000 68 POS 10 X 10 0 1 X 0 1 CTR 0 250 H X 0 110 TAIL CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 2 X 8 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 095 TAIL 30 GOLD CONN RCPT ELEC FEMALE 540 PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 55 CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 05 50 0 248 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 50 GOLD PHZ BRZ W FERRULE CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 25 0 1 CTR 0 390 MLG X 0 112 TAIL 0 33 H STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 20 40 POS 0 1 X 0 6 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 11 22 POS 0 1X 0 4 0 175 H X0 130 TAIL BECU TIN SOCKET DIP PCB STR 2 X 10 20 POS 0 1 X 0 3 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL CONN HDI PCB FEMALE RTANG 4 X 35 140 POS 0 1 CTR 0 580 H X 0 180 TAIL 30 GOLD CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 6 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 195 TAIL 30 GOLD SOCKET DIP PCB 24 POS 2 X 12 0 1 X 0 3 CTR 0 210 H X 0 120 TAIL STAN
128. 003 670950004 671060900 SP1 1A SP1 1A 670850201 670850202 670850203 OL7153AS15TPL 165204001 165204011 165204001 165204011 165204010 165204011 165204010 165204011 165204010 165204011 165204010 165204011 165204010 165204011 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Tektronix Serial No Number Part Number Effective A12J 304 165 2040 10 B010100 12 304 165 2040 1 8 021047 A13 670 8501 01 010100 A13 670 8501 02 B020000 A13 670 8501 03 B030000 A13DS108 150 0057 01 A13J 104 165 2040 10 010100 13 104 165 2040 11 8 020741 A13 105 165 2040 10 010100 A13 105 165 2040 1 8 020741 A13J 106 165 2040 10 010100 A13 106 165 2040 1 8 020741 A13 204 165 2040 10 010100 A13J 204 165 2040 11 8 020741 A13J 205 165 2040 10 010100 13 205 165 2040 11 8 020741 A13J 206 165 2040 10 010100 13 206 165 2040 11 8 020741 A13J 207 165 2040 10 010100 13 207 165 2040 1 8 020741 A13J 304 165 2040 10 B010100 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Serial No Discont d B021046 B019999 B029999 B020740 B020740 B020740 B020740 B020740 B020740 B020740 B020740 Name amp Description MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANDER MAIN CIRCUIT BD ASSY EX
129. 010533 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 32K MEMORY 80009 671157902 A28 671 1579 03 010534 B010550 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 32K MEMORY 80009 671157903 A28 671 1579 04 010551 8010864 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 32K MEMORY 80009 671157904 A28 671 1579 05 010865 B060757 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 32K MEMORY 80009 671157905 92A96D ONLY A28F 116 159 0116 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE 1A 125V 0 45EC0 17 TK0946 5 4 1 A28F117 159 0116 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE 1A 125V 0 4SEC0 17 TK0946 5 4 1 29 671 1580 00 8 010100 B010107 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISTION 128K MEMORY 80009 671158000 29 671 1580 01 010108 8010111 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 128K MEMORY 80009 671158001 A29 671 1580 02 010112 B010336 CIRCUIT BD 55 ACQUISITION 128K MEMORY 80009 671158002 A29 671 1580 03 010337 8010722 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 128K MEMORY 80009 671158003 A29 671 1580 04 8 010723 8060757 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 128K MEMORY 80009 671158004 92A96XD ONLY A29F116 159 0116 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE 1A 125V 0 45EC0 17 0946 5 4 1 A29F117 159 0116 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE 1A 125V 0 4SEC0 17 0946 5 4 1 6 10 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Tektronix SerialNo Serial No Mfr Number Part Number Effective Discontd amp Description Code Mfr Part Number 92A96 OPTION 01 ONLY A30 671 02
130. 03 T time base 2 Expansion Slave X204 T time base 3 Expansion Slave X30X DDMA 92C01 02 only X300 DMA registers Main Controller board X301 DMA memory swap 302 DMA interrupts Main Controller Expansion Slave X40X GPIB 92 01 02 only 400 GPIB register Main Controller board X50X SCSI 92C02 only X500 SCSI register X60X T ALT SCSI 92C02 03 Expansion Slave X600 T alt SCSI register T The Diagnostics menu reports these errors against the 92E9 Expansion Slave board 4 36 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 92LAN Diagnostics 92LAN has diagnostic firmware that executes at system power on The 92LAN Module on board ROM stores the code for these diagnostic tests The 92LAN diagnostics tests consist of two groups of tests the controller test and the shared memory tests On system power on the 92LAN controller executes its diagnostics As these tests execute the 7 segment display located on the left rear of the 92LAN board displays a series of patterns If any tests fails the display s decimal point lights and an F character is displayed after all tests finish If all tests pass a P character is displayed after all tests finish During a power up sequence 92LAN diagnostic tests are partially or fully executed several times due to occasional reset activity during level O and level 1 diagnostics NOTE Due to time restrictions some 92LAN diagnostics tests do not run at power up For information on accessing an
131. 05 1540 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 407 4096 00 407 4096 01 7112 312 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 334 8029 00 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 174211700 98 0300 5385 8 98 0300 3905 5 98 0300 3903 0 10049300 10049301 10049302 10049303 10049304 10049305 10049306 10049307 10049308 98 0300 5581 2 66314 66179 012142400 66179 012142400 66179 012142400 66179 ISSO CO C C X 7 43 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 17 20 21 22 23 7 44 Tektronix Part Serial No Number 012 1424 00 206 0364 00 196 3353 00 334 8030 00 010 0492 01 174 2117 01 196 3347 00 174 2527 00 012 1424 00 174 2527 00 012 1424 00 174 2527 00 012 1424 00 174 2527 00 012 1424 00 407 4096 00 196 3353 00 206 0364 00 334 8030 00 334 8244 00 334 8245 00 334 8246 00 334 8247 00 334 8248 00 334 8249 00 334 8250 00 334 8251 00 070 7832 02 070 9185 01 020 1888 00 020 1890 00 020 1386 01 020 1890 01 Effective B010191 B010100 B040141 B010100 B010727 B010100 B010512 B010100 B010191 B010100 B030251 Serial No Discont d B040140 B010726 B010511 010190 030250 040140 Qty 12 144 Name Description LEADSET ELEC 8 CH LEADSET 9249650 TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR LEA
132. 0736 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232406 671 2324 07 B050737 B060989 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232407 671 2324 08 B060990 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232408 A70DAS 9229 ONLY 32 211 0244 00 2 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 PNH STL CD PL POZ 0435 7772 312 33 129 1423 00 5 SPACER POST 0 44 L 4 40 THRU INT EXCEPT 0 07 TOP 5Y400 ORDER BY DESC 0 312 DIA 34 210 0004 00 5 WASHER LOCK 4 INTL 0 015 THK STL 78189 1204 00 00 0541 35 211 0661 00 5 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL CD PL POZ TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 36 131 5428 00 1 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 2 X 50 0 050 CTR 0 480 H X 22526 87434 150 0 100 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES END PLZ PRESS IN MTG POST 30 6010 0 01250 37 131 0993 00 4 CONN BOX SHUNT FEMALE STR 1 X 2 01 CTR 0 385 30 22526 65474 006 GOLD BLACK J UMPER 38 131 1857 00 1 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 36 0 1 CTR 0 230MLG X 58050 082 3644 5510 0 100 TAIL GOLD 39 386 5323 00 5 SUPPORT CKT BD NYLON 06915 3 01 40 136 0755 00 1 SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 14 28 POS 0 1 X 0 6 09922 DILB28P 108 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN ACCOM 0 008 0 0015 X 0 014 0 022 41 131 5438 00 4 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 2 X 5 0 100 CTR 0 0365 H X 22526 66506 066 0 105 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ 0 025 DIA GXT 42 131 5267 00 2 CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 2 X 40 0 1 CTR 0 235MLG X 53387 N 2480 6122 TB 0 110 TAIL 30GOLD 7 20 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanic
133. 08 643575 2 7 363 BA ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 7 73 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number STANDARD ACCESSORIES 34 18 012 1289 00 1 CABLE INTCON 5 375 L 92LAN TO DAS9200 TK2469 012 1289 00 19 211 0008 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 20 342 0884 00 16 INSULATOR SHLD BNC PLASTIC 00779 221586 1 21 103 0030 00 2 ADAPTER CONN BNC T MALE TO 2 FEMALE 00779 221543 2 22 011 0123 00 2 TERMN COAXIAL 50 OHM BNC VSWR DC 4GHZ 1 15 64537 190 5 23 012 1290 00 1 CABLE INTCON 50 OHM COAX 180 0 L DAS9200 TO HOST TK2469 012 1290 00 COMPUTER 070 7245 00 1 MANUAL TECH USERS INSTL 92LANCOMM MODULE FOR 80009 ORDER BY DESC DAS9200 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 012 1126 00 1 CABLE INTCON 50 OHM COAX ETHERNET 120 0FT N PLUG 0 4 012 1126 00 X N PLUG THICK PVC 60KN01 012 1101 00 1 CABLE INTCON 50 OHM COAX ETHERNET 30FT N PLUGX 80009 012110100 N PLUG THICK PVC ECS WORKSTATION TP 012 1127 00 1 TRANSCIEVER CABLE INTCON 50 OHM COAX ETHER 80009 012112700 50 FT N P 003 1287 00 1 LUG X N PLUG THICK PVC 60 01 80009 003128700 119 2032 00 1 TOOL KIT TAPPING TRANSCEIVER ETHERNET COMPATIBLE 0 4 2010 15 7 74 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp
134. 0872604 670872800 670872801 670872802 671001100 670873000 670873001 670873002 670873003 670873004 670873005 670873006 670872700 670872701 670872702 670872703 670872704 670947800 670947801 670947802 670947803 670947804 670947805 670947806 670950000 670950001 670950002 6 5 Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Number gt 1205108 12 104 12 104 gt gt gt 12 105 12 105 gt gt 121106 121106 gt gt 12 204 12 204 gt gt 12 205 gt 12 205 gt 121206 121206 gt gt 12 207 12 207 gt 6 6 Tektronix Part Number 670 9500 03 670 9500 04 671 0609 00 159 0114 00 159 0114 00 670 8502 01 670 8502 02 670 8502 03 150 0057 01 165 2040 10 165 2040 11 165 2040 10 165 2040 11 165 2040 10 165 2040 11 165 2040 10 165 2040 11 165 2040 10 165 2040 11 165 2040 10 165 2040 11 165 2040 10 165 2040 11 Serial No Effective B030100 B030250 B040100 010100 020000 030000 010100 021407 010100 010100 010100 021047 010100 021047 010100 021047 010100 021047 010100 021047 Serial No Discont d B030249 B039999 B019999 B029999 B021046 B021046 B020147 B021046 B020147 B021046 B021046 Name Description CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQU
135. 09 670960203 47 12 131 0787 00 16 TERMINAL PIN PCB PRESSFIT MALE STR 0 025 50 0 448 22526 47359 001 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 0 600 L PHOS BRZ 50 GOLD 13 670 9603 00 B010100 B011242 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN 80009 670960300 670 9603 01 B011243 B030721 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN 80009 670960301 670 9603 02 B030722 B039999 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN 80009 670960302 670 9603 03 B040100 B040341 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN 80009 670960303 670 9603 04 B040342 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN 80009 670960304 A46 M 136 0993 00 B010100 B030721 4 SOCKET PGA PCB 181 POS 17 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 170 H X 63058 181H101B1 1 0 180 TAIL CLOSED CTR NON SYMMETRICAL PAT 1741 15 136 0252 07 70 SOCKET PINTERM SINGLE PCB T G 0 030 H 0 054 PCB 22526 75060 2 0 012 0 22 PIN SIZE W O DIMPLE 16 175 9702 00 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC 3 22 AWG 23 0L TK1375 ORDER BY DESC 17 346 0032 00 1 STRAP RETAINING 0 075 DIA X 4 0 L MLD RBR 98150 2829 75 4 18 150 0057 00 1 LAMP INCAND 5V 0 115A 7153AS 15 WIRE LD 80009 150005700 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 7 65 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number 28 19 131 0608 00 16 CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 055Q 0 248 22526 48283 018 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 50 GOLD P HZ BRZ W FERRULE USED FOR A46 140 amp J 580 20 131 2615 00 1 CONN HDR PCB MALE 2 X 17 01 C
136. 1 348 0149 00 72 255 0334 00 334 4645 00 73 352 0795 00 14 200 3253 00 75 366 1522 00 76 211 0510 00 77 437 0363 00 78 348 0845 00 79 348 0001 00 80 212 0082 00 81 426 2511 00 B060100 82 119 4758 00 B060100 7 22 Qty Name amp Description 4 1 4 SCREW MACHINE 3MM 8MM PNH PHILLIPS BRACKETASSY MEDIA SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL CLAMP CABLE FCM MOUNT BRACKET SUPPORT STAB MEDIA TO POWERSPLY SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL BRACKET SUPPORT STAB MEDIA TO CARD CAGE SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL POWERSUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V A04 DAS 9200 MAINFRAMES ONLY POWERSUPPLY ASSY DAS9221 OPT 04 A04 DAS 9200 OPTION 04 ONLY POWERSUPPLY ASSY DAS 9221 OPT A1 A5 A04 DAS 9200 OPTIONS A1 A5 ONLY POWERSUPPLY ASSY DAS9221 1B 3 PHASE A01 DAS 9200 OPTION 1B ONLY SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL STRAP TIEDOWN E 6 75 L PLASTIC GROMMET PLASTIC BLACK U SHAPE 0 88 ID PLASTIC CHANNEL 12 75 X 0 175 X 0 155 NYLON MARKER IDENT MKD TEKTRONIX USEHOLDER 20A 250V GRAY CAP FUSEHOLDER U W 3AG FUSE KNOB YEL 0 156 ID X 1 0 OD X 0 25 H SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL CABINET ASSY 8541 DAS9200 SERIES SUBPART OF CAB ASSY SEE FIG 1 ITEM 1 FOOT CABINET SMOKE TAN LEXAN INCLUDED AS PART OF 437 0363 XX FOOT CABINET BLACK RUBBER SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 1 25 PNH STL BRACKET CHASSIS 3 5 IN TO 5 25 IN CONVERSION ENABLE
137. 100 ORDER BY DESC 670951400 671076000 671076001 ORDER BY DESC 747420 4 211037600 11527 436 131 0890 00 67884 004 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 386533900 386 5339 01 DILB40P 108 ORDER BY DESC 333 3279 01 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 3089 402 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 441 1733 02 7 9 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Number Number 2 21 212 0023 00 212 0001 00 22 214 3839 00 23 670 8729 00 670 8729 01 24 131 3715 00 25 351 0778 00 351 0778 00 351 0778 01 26 211 0404 00 27 220 0032 00 220 0032 00 28 131 1343 00 29 131 3480 00 30 131 3712 00 131 3712 01 31 211 0381 00 211 0405 00 32 220 0032 00 33 131 2230 00 34 378 0271 00 35 211 0244 00 36 386 5486 00 37 670 8725 00 670 8725 01 670 8725 02 670 8725 03 670 8725 04 670 8725 05 670 8725 06 38 211 0244 00 39 131 0608 00 7 10 Serial No Effective 010100 011832 010100 010630 010100 010193 010676 010193 010193 010676 011639 010100 011180 010100 010193 010100 010186 010261 010469 010648 011286 011376 Serial No Discont d B011831 B010629 B010192 010675 010675 011179 010192 010185 010260 010468 010647 011285 011375 Qty amp Description 2 2 4 1 1
138. 131 3714 01 9 220 0032 00 10 211 0405 00 11 407 4096 00 407 4096 01 12 211 0244 00 13 334 8244 00 13 334 8245 00 13 334 8246 00 13 334 8247 00 13 334 8029 00 14 334 8248 00 334 8249 00 334 8250 00 334 8251 00 15 174 2117 00 174 2117 01 010 0492 00 16 380 0964 00 17 10 0493 00 10 0493 01 10 0493 02 10 0493 03 10 0493 04 10 0493 05 10 0493 06 10 0493 07 10 0493 08 18 352 0939 00 19 196 3347 00 20 174 2527 00 012 1424 00 174 2527 00 012 1424 00 174 2527 00 012 1424 00 174 2527 00 ooooooooo Serial No Effective 010100 011610 010100 060758 010100 020100 010100 B040141 010100 010727 010100 010512 010100 Serial No Discont d B011609 B060757 B019999 B040140 B010726 B010511 010190 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty A gt A N N o Name amp Description STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 8 16 POS 0 1 X 0 3 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN CONN HDI PCB FEMALE RTANG 4 X 135 540 POS 0 1 CTR 0 480 MLG X 0 120 TAIL 30 GOLD W DUAL GUIDE PINS NUT 2 56 0 188 X 0 062 55 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE BRACKET CABLE ALUMINUM BRACKET CABLE ALUMINUM SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 PNH STL CD PL POZ MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CABLE LABEL BLUE MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CABLE LABEL GREEN MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CABLE
139. 161 50 73743 12161 50 73743 12161 50 73743 12161 50 7 51 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont ja Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty amp Description Code Mfr Part Number 21 25 342 0613 00 1 INSULATOR FILM TRANSISTORS MICA 2K262 ORDER BY DESC 26 342 0202 00 1 INSULATOR PLATE TRANSISTOR MICA 91500 10 21 023 106 27 1 SEMICOND DVC DI NOT REPLACEABLE 28 210 0406 00 2 NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 BRS CD PL 73743 12161 50 29 210 0022 00 2 WASHER LOCK 6 EXT STL CD PL 80009 210002200 30 342 0449 01 1 INSULATOR PLATE TRANSISTOR ALUMINA 80009 342044901 31 211 0511 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 5 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 32 342 0458 00 1 INSULATOR PLATE TRANSISTOR MICA 08530 1339 1 2 33 200 2269 00 1 COVER XSTR GMA125 0JROS ORDER BY DESC 34 196 1157 01 1 LEAD ELECTRICAL 18 AWG 5 5 L 5 4 TK1386 ORDER BY DESC 35 210 0457 00 1 NUT PL ASSEM WA 6 32 X 0 312 STL CD PL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 36 334 3379 05 1 MARKER IDENT MKD GROUND SYMBOL 80009 334337905 37 214 3709 00 1 HEAT SINK XSTR 6 TO 220 2 TO 3P ALUMINUM 5Y400 214 3709 00 38 211 0661 00 2 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL CD PL P OZ TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 39 131 0993 00 1 CONN BOX SHUNT FEMALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 CTR 0 385 H 30 22526 65474 006 GOLD BLACK JUMPER 40 131 0589 00 1 TERMINAL PIN PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 025 SQ 0 343 22526 48283 087 MLG X 0 122 T
140. 1693 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 650193105 650 1931 06 B011694 8011737 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 650193106 650 1931 07 011738 011825 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 650193107 650 1931 08 B011826 B049999 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 650193108 650 1931 09 050100 051063 1 POWER SUPPLY 55 1 5 80009 650193109 650 1931 10 061064 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 650193110 650 1973 00 010100 010447 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 650197300 650 1973 01 B010448 B010628 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 650197301 650 1973 02 B010629 B011106 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 650197302 650 1973 03 011107 011227 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 650197303 650 1973 04 8011228 8011327 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 650197304 650 1973 05 8011328 8011511 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 650197305 650 1973 06 8011512 011824 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 650197306 650 1973 07 8011825 B049999 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 650197307 650 1973 08 050100 061031 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 650197308 650 1973 09 061032 061162 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 650197309 67 212 0023 00 010100 011831 2 SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 212 0001 00 011832 2 SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 68 343 0149 00 2 STRAP TIEDOWN E 6 75 L PLASTIC 06383 ORDER BY DESC 69
141. 17217 23633 2 927 2K262 22526 22670 24546 24931 26742 27264 3M099 30161 30817 39766 5Y 400 50434 52152 52814 52961 53217 53387 53718 54491 54583 58050 6D224 Manufacturer THERMALLOY CO INC CONTROL DATA CORP ROSEVILLE OPERATIONS TERMINALS AND SMALL SYSTEMS GORE W LAND ASSOCIATES INC RICHEY ELECTRONICS INC AMERICAN PRECISION INDUSTRIES INC BOYD CORP BERG ELECTRONICS INC DUPONT 6 NAMEPLATE INC DALE ELECTRONICS A VISHAY INTERTECHNOLOGY INC CO SPECIALTY CONNECTOR CO INC METHODE ELECTRONICS INC MOLEX INC PORTLAND SCREW CO AAVID ENGINEERING INC INSTRUMENT SPECIALTIES CO INC MERRILL MFG CORP TRIAX METAL PRODUCTS INC DIV OF BEAVERTON PARTS MFG CO HEWLETT PACKARD CO OPTOELECTRONICS DIV MINNESOTA MINING AND MFG CO INDUSTRIAL SPECIALTIES DIV TECH ETCH INC NORTHWEST STAMPING TECHNICAL WIRE PRODUCTS INC DBA TECKNIT INC MINNESOTA MINING MFG CO GRACE W R AND CO POLYFIBRON DIV AIRMOLD TDK ELECTRONICS CORP TEKA PRODUCTS INC CONTEX TRI TEK ENGINEERING CORP DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Address 2021 W VALLEY VIEW LN PO BOX 810839 2401N FAIRVIEW AVE 555 PAPER MILL ROAD PO BOX 9329 7441 LINCOLN WAY 5455A SE ALEXANDER HILLSBORO OR 6136 NE 87th AVE PO BOX 20038 857 OLD TRAIL RD 2040 15TH AVE WEST 550 HIGH ST 2100 EARLYWOOD DR PO BOX 547 7447 W WILSON AVE 2222 WELLINGTON COURT 6520 BASIN ST ONE KOOL PATH PO BOX 400
142. 1TD VT 100 5Q CONN 80009 119249303 92001 ONLY 118 6271 00 1 KEYBOARD ASSY W O ENCLOSURE 80009 118627100 INCLUDES 9200 KEYCAP SET 7 366 0634 00 1 PUSH BUTTON SET 9200T LEG ENDS 80009 366063400 8 118 5459 01 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY COILED W RD 5 PIN DIN CONN 80009 118545901 4 9 161 0066 00 1 CA ASSY PWR 3 18 AWG 250V 10A 98 INCH STR 08445 161 0066 00 IEC320 RCPT X NEMA 5 15P US 10 012 0911 00 1 CABLE INTCON SHLD CMPST RS232 MLD 15 24AWG 10FT 2435 ORDER BY DESC DUAL SHLD 25 POS MALE DSUB DB25M X 25 POS FEMALE DSUB DB25F 15 POS LOAD FOR MORE COMPLETE INFORMATION REFER TO 070 4225 XX amp 070 5877 XX 7 76 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Effective Number Number 31 1 334 6709 00 52 334 6720 00 3 670 8903 45 4 119 2493 03 118 6271 00 118 4998 00 6 366 0634 00 7 161 0066 00 161 0213 00 8 012 0911 00 012 1253 00 9 334 8327 00 10 012 1398 00 B010100 B020604 B010100 B020604 Serial No Discontd Qty B020603 B020603 Name amp Description 9201T MARKER IDENT MKD 9201T MARKER IDENT BLANK CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN LOGIC W O FIRMWARE Al KEYBOARD ASSY 9201TD VT 100 5Q CONN KEYBOARD ASSY W O ENCLOSURE A5 INCLUDES DAS9200 KEYCAP SET CABLE ASSEMBLY COILED INCLUDES DAS 9200 KEYCAP SET PUSH BUTTON SET 9200T LEG ENDS ASSY
143. 200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description 1 A CONN DSUB PCB PNL F EMALE RTANG 37 POS 0 112 CTR 0 545 MLG X 0 155 TAIL 4 40 THD 0 025 SQ TAIL STIF CIRCUIT BD 11 5 SCR ASSEM WSHR 6 32 X 0 312 PNH STL POZ HEAT SINK ELEC HYBRID CIRCUIT HEAT SINK XSTR TO 220 OR TO 202 SOCKET DIP PCB STR 2 X 12 24 POS 0 1 X 0 6 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN ACCOM 0 008 0 015 X 0 014 0 022 LEADS SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 9 18 POS 0 1 X 0 3 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN CA ASSY SP ELEC SHLD TW PR CA ASSY SP ELEC 2 26 AWG 16 0 L RIBBON CAASSY SP ELEC 26 28 AWG 22 25 L RIBBON CA ASSY SP ELEC 2 33 AWG 10 0 L RIBBON STRAP TIEDOWN E 5 5 L MIN PLASTIC WHITE CABLE ASSY RF 2 50 OHM COAX 80 0 L CIRCUIT BOARD ASSY MASTER INTERFACE NOT REPLACEABLE ORDER 650 1987 XX CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 420 H X 0 140 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ CONN RF PLUG SMB PCB MALE RTANG 50 OHM 0 381 H X 0 15 TAIL 0 043 DIA CTR COND 0 040 SQ TAIL FRAME MICROCKT R7612D SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 5 PNH STL CONTACT ELEC MICROCKT 1 4 X 1 4 HYPCON SPACER PLATE 0 003 THK 1 395 SQ BRASS SPACER PLATE 0 003 THK 1 395 SQ BRASS HEAT SINK ELEC HYBRID CIRCUIT SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 9 18 POS 0 1X 0 3 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2X 8 16 POS 0 1X 0 3 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN CONN RCPT ELEC FEMALE 540 PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X
144. 20191901 020191900 020191901 020191900 020191901 020191900 020191901 GTS TECH ESD KI 070824701 010050800 020 2107 00 020 2108 00 020 2109 00 7 45 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 11 12 13 14 15 7 46 Tektronix Part Serial No Number 010 0508 00 380 0994 00 334 8011 00 334 8031 00 211 0661 00 671 1806 00 131 4955 00 131 4945 00 260 2314 00 131 3151 00 214 0668 00 386 1130 00 380 0995 00 348 0910 00 105 1034 00 174 2348 00 Effective Serial No Discont d Qty amp Description 92A96 OPTION 01 A30 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 4 X 25 0 1 CTR 0 640 H X ICRO P INTFC 90 CHANNEL INTERFACE 92496 OPTION 01 ONLY HOUSING ADAPTER UPPER INTERFACE LEXAN ARKER IDENT MKD 90 CHANNEL MARKER IDENT MKD 92A96 90 CH I F SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL CD PL POZ CIRCUIT BD ASSY 90 CHANNEL INTERFACE Mfr Code 80009 TK1163 07416 07416 0435 80009 1465 0 155 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ 30G OLD 2 2 X 25 W O LATCH CONN HDR PWR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 2 0 165 CTR 0 394 27264 H X 0 138 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES PLZ LATCHING TIN 94V 2 9 A SWITCH PUSH SPST 0 4 VA MAX 20VDC CONN DIN PCB MALE RTANG 3 X 32 0 1 CTR 0 437 H X 0 104 TAIL 30 GOLD HEATSINK SEMIC TRANSISTOR TO 5 TO 39 TWO PIECE
145. 219 9220 Only 5 11 Hard and Floppy Disk Drives 5 11 Power Supply REED puc qe ee eph pe fem x 5 13 DAS 92 9 Expansion Mainframe 5 13 Expansion Slave Board 5 15 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference iii Table of Contents 92A16 16E Data Acquisition Module 5 16 P6461 E Data Acquisition Probe 5 17 P6460 Data Acquisition Probe 5 17 92A60 90 Data Acquisition Module 5 17 92A60 90 Controller Board 5 18 92A60 90 Memory Board 5 19 92A60 90 Buffer 5 19 92 496 and 92C96 Data Acquisition Modules 5 20 92HS8 8E High Speed Data Acquisition Module 5 21 92516 Pattern Generation 5 23 92532 Pattern Generation 5 25 P6464 and P6465 Pattern Generation Probes 5 25 P6463A Pattern Generation Probe 5 26 928X109 118 Pattern Generation Module 5 26 92C01 02 03 GPIB and Expansion Modules 5 27 IDEAN
146. 2617 PORTLAND OR 97211 0068 BIRMINGHAM B5 55 ENGLAND KEENE NH 03431 RIVERDALE NJ 07457 SALEM OR 97303 TACOMA WA 98499 3904 TUALATIN OR 97062 8051 PORTLAND OR 97214 3502 PORTLAND OR 97223 WEST CHESTER PA 19380 MILPATAS CA 95035 7 3 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Manufacturers Cross Index Cont Mfr Code TK2435 TK2469 TK2541 TK2548 TK6027 OAMX4 OANT4 08445 062 8 0 E80 0 05 0 260 0KBZ5 0KBZ8 0 01 0 05 0 563 00141 00613 00779 01963 05469 05820 06090 06383 06915 07416 08530 09922 1Y013 11897 12327 74 Manufacturer MEC IMEX INCORPORATED UNITREK CORPORATION AMERICOR ELECTRONICS LTD XEROX BUSINESS SERVICES DIV OF XEROX CORPORATION APTRONICS CORP TCL INC DIAGRAPH OF THE NORTHWEST ELECTRI CORD MFG CO INC HUBER AND SUHNER INC CONNECTOR RESOURCES UNLIMITED TRIQUEST CORP COMTEK MANUFACTURING OF OREGON METALS MORELLIS Q D PLASTICS SHELLEY RAGON INC DIST STAUFFER SUPPLY NORTH STAR NAMEPLATE QUALITY TECHNOLOGIES CORP PIC DESIGN CORP USM CORP SUB OF EMHART INDUSTRIES INC MOLLY FASTENER DIV AMP INC CHERRY ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS CORP BEARINGS INC EG AND G WAKEFIELD ENGINEERING RAYCHEM CORP PANDUIT CORP RICHCO PLASTIC CO NELSON NAME PLATE CO RELIANCE MICA CORP BURNDY CORP ACACIA DEANCO PLASTIGLIDE MFG CORP FREEWAY CORP Address 6TH FLOOR 162 CHANG AN E ROAD SEC 2 3000 LEWIS CLARK WAY SUITE 2 2682 W COY
147. 29 00 32 348 0830 00 33 343 0985 00 34 348 0617 04 35 348 0596 00 36 390 0935 00 37 346 0120 00 38 441 1593 00 39 407 3405 00 40 212 0106 00 41 220 0555 00 42 407 3403 00 43 212 0106 00 44 220 0555 00 45 426 2093 00 46 213 0760 00 47 010 0431 00 48 220 0413 00 49 334 1215 00 334 1215 01 334 1215 02 334 1215 03 334 1215 04 334 1215 05 334 1215 06 334 1215 07 334 1215 08 334 1215 09 50 134 0138 00 51 391 0183 00 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qiy amp Description 8 PrP Po F N N SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 312 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 250 PNH STL FRAME SECT CAB 91HS8 SCREW TP G TF 8 32 X 0 875 SP CL TAPTITE FILH STL STRIP TRIM CORNER W STEP TOP PVC EARTHBROWN STRIP TRIM COR W STEP BOT PVC EARTH BRN SHLD GSKT ELEK RIGHT CORNER SHLD GSKT ELEK LEFT CORNER RTNR ELEK SHLD LEFT amp RIGHT FOOT CABINET BOT EARTH BROWN POLY CARBONATES PAD CAB FOOT 0 69 X 0 255 X 0 06 PU CABINET SIDE 3 5 X 22 131 EARTH BROWNDRW C 1155 STRAP TIEDOWN E 5 5 L MIN PLASTIC WHITE CHAS POWERSUPPLY 91HS8 BRACKET CKT BD TOP SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 875 FLH 100 DEG STL NUT PLAIN HEX 8 32 X 0 25 HEX STL CD PL BRACKET CKT BD BOTTOM SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 875 FLH 100 DEG STL NUT PLAIN HEX 8 32 X 0 25 HEX STL CD PL FRAME CABINET REAR FINISHED 3 5 X FULL RACK SCREW TPG TF 8 32 X 0 875 SPCL TAPTITE FILH STL PROBE BUFFER 1GHZ H
148. 2XT 9203XT 9204XT or 9205XT terminal you can use the Configuration utility to update the internal Flash ROM Updating the Flash ROM is only necessary when the terminal software or fonts require updating with a new version You may also need to update the Flash ROM as a result of any service work done to the terminal If you desire to update the Flash ROM you first must set the network configuration parameters DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting NOTE You do not need to update the Flash ROM in the 9202XT terminal to change the Internet address Use the other selections in the Configuration Utility Main menu to update the internet information for the DAS Update the 9202XT internet information in the 9202XT Boot Monitor Internet addresses and other networking parameters are normally assigned by your system administrator After setting the parameters select U in the Configuration Utility Main menu to begin the Flash ROM update process You are asked to confirm your actions before starting the operation Enter y to confirm your actions A series of messages are displayed When the operation is ready to load the X terminal software information appears on the screen Follow the steps listed below and the displayed instructions to update the Flash ROM The following steps assume that you have a 9202XT the procedure is similar for other TekXpress X terminals Read the entire Flash ROM procedure on the terminal s
149. 3 9 131 0993 00 40 CONN BOX SHUNT FEMALE STR 1X 2 0 1CTR 0 385 H 30 22526 65474 006 GOLD _BLACK JUMPER 10 386 5339 00 B010100 B011609 1 STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS 80009 386533900 386 5339 01 011610 1 STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS 5Y400 386 5339 01 11 131 3087 00 4 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 420 H X 22526 67950 001 0 140 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ 12 131 3617 00 1 CONN RCPT ELEC CKT BD RTANG 80009 131361700 92532 STANDARD ACCESSORIES 010 6464 00 2 PROBE PATT GEN 50MHZ 80009 010646400 196 2963 00 1 LEAD SET ELEC 2 23 AWG 3 156 LEACHES 2LEADS 9M860 ORDER BY DESC 206 0364 00 1 TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR 80009 206 0364 00 334 6093 00 1 LABEL MKD 6464 07416 ORDER BY DESC 334 6157 00 1 MARKER IDENT MKD 6460 EXT CONT PROBE 92516 07416 ORDER BY DESC PATTERN GENERATOR 92532 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES P6041 1 PROBE PASSIVE 1X 3 5 FT 80009 P6041 003 1134 00 1 ALIGN TOOL ELEK 18 0603 TKOAJ 32 1902 00 020 1392 01 1 ACCESSORY KIT OPTIONAL 80009 020139201 020 1484 01 1301663 1 ACCESSORY KIT DAS9219 29 E9 PKG OF 4PROBE 80009 020148401 RETAINER 343 1292 01 7 60 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Serial No Discont d Tektronix Part Serial No Number Effective 6403 196 2963 00 206 0364 00 334 6093 00 003 1134 00 343 1292 01 343 1438 00 070 5950 01 070 7562 01 070 5950 02 070 5475 00 P6041 DAS 9200 Technician s
150. 3 175 4066 02 175 4066 02 4 343 1048 00 5 670 9624 00 6 211 0259 00 7 131 3151 00 8 260 2314 00 9 380 0769 00 10 348 0910 00 11 334 6779 00 12 407 3417 00 13 211 0121 00 14 012 1165 00 15 010 0456 00 070 5949 00 P6041 020 1386 01 Tektronix Part Serial No Effective Serial No Discont d DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description PRP FP Ne 010 6470 00 010 6471 00 PROBE BUFFER RETARGETABLE MICROPRCR SPRT PROBE BUFFER RETARGETABLE MICROPRCR SPRT 92A90 92A90D ONLY MARKER IDENT MKD BUFFER PROBE 010 6470 00 ONLY HOUSING HALF UPPER PROBE ASSY SP ELEC 108 33 AWG 72 0 L RIBBON 010 6470 00 ONLY ASSY SP ELEC 108 33 AWG 72 0 L RIBBON 010 6471 00 ONLY CLAMP CABLE 2 24 L NY LON CIRCUIT BD ASSY BUFFER PROBE A24 SEE REPL SCR ASSEM WSHR 2 56 X 0 437 PNH STL POZ CONN DIN PCB MALE RTANG 3 X 32 0 1 CTR 0 437 H X 0 104 TAIL 30 GOLD SWITCH PUSH SPST 0 4 VA MAX 20VDC SEE 24A100 REPL HOUSING HALF LOWER PROBE FOOT CKT BD HSG 92A60 MARKER IDENT BLANK STANDARD ACCESSORIES BRACKET MTG UPPER CABLE SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 438 PNH BRS NP POZ LEAD SET ELEC 12 WIDE 10 0 L ADAPTER PROBE DESKEW MANUAL TECH USERS 92A60 90DATA ACQ MODULE OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES PROBE PASSIVE 1 X 3 5 FT ACCESSORY KIT PACKAGE OF 12 206 0364 00 Mfr Code 80009 80009 07416 TK1163 53387 53387 06383 80009 0435 00779 95146 1163
151. 30 00 9 011 0168 00 10 119 4330 00 11 119 4899 00 11 119 4899 01 Tektronix Part Serial No Effective B060860 B060860 Serial No Discont d 1 1 Qty amp Description 9206XT 9206XT OPTION 4X MONITOR COLOR 15 INCH 0 28 DOT PITCH PC TYPE 90 264 VAC 9206XT ONLY MONITOR 17 INCH COLOR MULTISCAN TYPE 30 65KHZ HORISCAN RANGE 9206XT OPTION 4X ONLY MECH ASSY LOGIC ASSEMBLY POWER SUPPLY 19W 5 1V 2 5A 12V 0 5A 87 264VAC 47 63HZ IEC INPUT CONNECTOR 183CN OUTPUT CABLE W MINIDIN UL CSA TUV IEC CA ASSY INTCON COAXIAL RFD 1 500HM 108L BNC MALE BOTH ENDS ASSY INTCON SHLD CMPST MLD 7 26 AWG 10FT 9POS MALE DSUB DB9M X9POS FEMALE DSUB DB9F W ACK SCREWS DUAL SHLD ASSY PWR 3 18 AWG 250V 10A 98 INCH STR IEC320 RCPT X NEMA 5 15P US CABLE INTCON SHLD COMPST VGA MCD 30 INCH 3 750 HM DUAL SHLD COAX 15 POS DUB MALE MALE 9206XT CABLE VGA SAMSUNG MONITOR 9 PIN TO 15 PIN HIGH DENSITY CA ASST INTCON SHLD COMPST RGB VGA MLD 3 75 OHM DUAL SHLD 36 L 15 POS HIGH DENSITY DSUB MAKE X3 BNC MALE STR SILVER GRAY 9206XT OPTION 4X ADAPTER CONN BNC T MALE TO 2 FEMALE TERMINATOR BNC MALE STR 50 OHM 1 WATT 1 5 GRAY PLASTIC POINTER ASSY MOUSE FOR BEETLE KEYBOARD KEYBOARD 1014NORTH AM W PS ECABLE KEYBOARD KEYBOARD 101 NORTH AM W PS ECABLE FOR MORE COMPLETE INFORMATION REFER TO 070 9169 99 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Mfr Code
152. 34 28 AWG 59 0 L RIBBON LEAD 22526 81325 002 196 2963 00 17 SET ELEC 2 23 AWG 3 156 LEACHES 2LEADS 9M860 ORDER BY DESC DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 7 67 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 15 16 17 18 19 7 68 Tektronix Part Serial No Number 010 0501 00 334 7938 00 334 7038 00 380 0735 00 671 0273 02 211 0661 00 136 0939 00 175 9699 01 671 1793 00 211 0661 00 210 0906 00 129 0198 00 136 0728 00 136 0756 00 131 4226 00 131 0993 00 380 0873 00 175 9677 01 211 0097 00 343 1292 01 012 1236 10 070 7971 00 Effective Serial No Discont d B061008 Qty amp Description PP Rp FPP PP PP nA P6463A PROBE PAT GEN 9 16 CHANNEL MUXED 50MHZ 25MHZ W ACC MARKER IDENT MARKED P6463A MARKER IDENT MARKED P6463 HOUSING HALF UPPER CIRCUIT BD ASSY ID LOGIC SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL CDPL POZ SKT PL IN ELEK CKT BD MY 2 X 11 0 1 SPACING CA ASSY SP ELEC 2 26 AWG 6 0 L CIRCUIT BD ASSY P6463A BUFFER DRIVER SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL CDPL POZ WASHER FLAT 0 125 OD X 0 2 OD X 0 035 FBR SPACER POST 0 75 L 4 40 EA END BRS 0 188 HEX SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 7 14 POS 0 1X 0 3 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 9 18 POS 0 1X 0 3 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 280 MLG X
153. 348 0149 00 1 GROMMET PLASTIC BLACK U SHAPE 0 88 ID OKBZ5 70 255 0334 00 1 PLASTIC CHANNEL 12 75 X 0 175 X 0 155 NYLON 11897 122 NN 2500 060 334 4645 00 010624 1 MARKER IDENT MKD TEKTRONIX TK0860 ORDER BY DESC 1 352 0795 00 1 FUSEHOLDER 20A 250V GRAY 75915 345 101 010 72 200 3253 00 1 CAP FUSEHOLDER U W 3AG FUSE 75915 345 101 020 73 366 1522 00 1 KNOB YEL 0 156 ID X 1 0 OD X 0 25 H 80009 306152200 74 211 0510 00 1 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL 0435 ORDER BY DESC 75 437 0363 00 1 CABINET ASSY 8541 DAS9200 SERIES OJRO5 437 0363 00 SUBPART OF CAB ASSY SEE FIG 1 76 348 0845 00 1 FOOT CABINET SMOKE TAN LEXAN TK1951 ORDER BY DESC INCLUDED AS PART OF 437 0363 00 77 348 1061 00 011096 011264 4 FOOT CABINET PU POLYMER 52152 5 5012 BLACK 348 1061 00 011265 4 FOOT CABINET PU POLYMER 52152 5 5012 BLACK 78 212 0082 00 011265 4 SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 1 25 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 7 13 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number 79 131 0566 00 2 BUS CONDUCTOR DUMMY RES 0 094 OD X 0 2251 24546 0207 USED WITH 400K FLOPPY DRIVE 80 334 4935 00 1 MARKER IDENT MKD ULL 07416 334 4935 00 81 334 5954 00 1 MARKER IDENT MKD CSA CERTIFIED FRENCH 22670 ORDER BY DESC 82 334 8608 00 1 MARKE
154. 4011 165204010 165204011 165204010 165204011 165204010 165204011 165204010 165204011 165204010 165204011 165204010 6 7 Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Tektronix SerialNo Serial No Mfr Number Part Number Effective Discontd amp Description Code Mfr Part Number 13 304 165 2040 11 B020741 MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE 80009 16520401 PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD P6461E ONLY 14 670 9514 00 010100 019999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670951400 671 0470 00 8 020100 049999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 671047000 DAS 9200 MAINFRAME ONLY A15 671 0760 00 010100 B010505 CIRCUIT BD ASSY LAN INTERFACE 80009 671076000 A15 671 0760 01 0100506 CIRCUIT BD ASSY LAN INTERFACE 80009 671076001 16 671 0610 00 8 050100 050249 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 80009 671061000 16 671 0610 01 8 050250 050327 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 80009 671061001 16 671 0610 02 8 050328 051041 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 80009 671061002 16 671 0610 03 8 051042 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 80009 671061003 924016 ONLY A17 671 0609 00 8 040100 B040817 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 80009 671060900 A17 671 0609 01 040818 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 80009 671060901 92 016 ONLY 18 671 0777 00 010100 010138 CIRCUIT BD ASSY INTERFACE MEDIA 80009 6710777
155. 402 Data Range Recognizer 1 2 Path 92 60 90 Application Bus 403 Address Range Recognizer 1 2 Path 92 60 90 Application Bus T These circuits reside on the 92A60 90 Memory board DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 29 Troubleshooting 4 30 Table 4 12 92A60 90 60D 90D Memory Diagnostic Error Codes Possible Failures Other than Error Codes Test Name 92A60 90 Memory X00X ACQUISITION MEMORY BLOCK X000 Bank Select Test 92A60 90C X001 RAM March 92A60 90C Application Bus 92A96 and 92C96 Configuration Errors The 92A96 and 92C96 Modules display additional information when errors occur Table 4 13 lists the possible errors Refer to the 92A96 amp 92C96 Module User Manual for more information on these errors Table 4 13 92A96 and 92C96 Diagnostic Error Codes Possible Failures Other than Error Codes Test Name Module X00X ACQUISITION MEMORY X000 Mem Full Bit X001 Ripple MAR X002 MAR TC Carry X003 Bank Select 004 AcqRAM Banks 0 62 005 AcqRAM Banks 1 3 X10X TIMESTAMP X100 Gray to Binary X101 TStamp Rollover X102 TSReset FastClk X20X CSM X200 CSM RAM X201 START Clock Paths X202 Async Clock Select X30X RTC X300 RTC Array Access X301 State RAM X302 Clock Counters X303 Microcode X304 Cal mode Acquire DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 13 92 96 and 92C96 Diagnostic Error Codes Cont Possib
156. 415 01 B010612 B011831 407 3415 02 B011832 51 212 0023 00 010100 011831 210 0001 00 8011832 58 006 6698 00 8 010217 59 343 1280 00 60 407 3503 00 61 212 0023 00 B010100 8011832 212 0001 00 B011832 62 211 0510 00 63 407 3504 00 64 212 0023 00 010100 011831 212 0001 00 011832 65 211 0510 00 66 650 1807 00 010100 010185 650 1807 01 010186 010447 650 1807 02 010448 010623 650 1807 03 010624 010993 650 1807 04 010994 011301 650 1807 05 011302 011689 650 1807 06 011690 011759 650 1807 07 011760 011824 650 1807 08 011825 049999 650 1807 09 050100 051063 650 1807 10 061064 7 12 Qty amp Description HARD DISK DRIVE 40 MB 5 25 INCH 13 DAS9219 9229 STD DAS9220 HARD DISK DRIVEWINCHESTER 3 5 40MB W BRACKET DAS 9220 29 FR SECT MTG HARD DISK 3 5 TO 5 25 HALFHEIGHT DAS 9220 29 FR SECT NTG HARD DISK 3 5 TO 5 25 HALFHEIGHT SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 312 PNH STL FLOPPY DISK DR 5 25 DBL DENS 2 SIDED 0 5MB STD FOR DAS9219 9229 OPT 15 9220 FLOPPY DISK DR 5 25 MINI FLOPPY 1 2MB 1 2H FLOPPY DISK DR 5 25 MINI FLOPPY 1 6MB HALF HIGH 10 FOR DAS 9219 9229 STD FOR 9220 SCREW MACHINE 3MM 8MM PNH PHILLIPS BRACKET ASSY MEDIA BRACKET ASSY MEDIA BRACKET ASSY MEDIA SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL WASHER LOCK 2 INTL 0 013 THK STL ENVELOPE POLY 4 5 X 5 5 POLYETHYLENE PRESSURE SENSITIVE CLAMP CABLE FCM MOUNT BRACKET S
157. 50V NORTH AMERICAN 9202XT ONLY CA ASSY P WR 3 18 AWG 250V 10A 98 INCH STR IEC320 RCPT X NEMA 5 15P US 9204XT CA ASSY INTCON SHLD CMPST MLD 7 26 AWG 10 FT 9 POS MALE DSUB DB9M X 9 POS FEMALE DSUB DB9F W ACK SCREWS DUAL SHLD CABLE INTCON 9 PIN VGA TO 3 PIN BNC SHLD CMPST RGB MOLDED 3 750HM 72 IN DB9 MALE X 3 MALE BNC SILVER GRAY CA ASSY INTCON COAXIAL RFD 1 50 OHM 108 L BNC MALE BOTH ENDS ADAPTER CONN BNC T MALE TO 2 FEMALE TERMN COAXIAL 50 OHM BNC VSWR DC 4GHZ 1 15 FOR MORE COMPLETE INFORMATION REFER TO 070 8431 97 amp 070 8860 98 Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 38 1 119 4273 00 B050482 B059999 119 4273 01 B060100 B060859 2 119 4254 01 B010100 B060805 119 4899 01 3 119 4330 00 4 161 0213 00 161 0066 00 5 012 1445 00 012 1288 00 6 012 0205 00 7 103 0030 00 8 011 0123 00 7 78 Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 0B445 80009 80009 TK2469 00779 64537 Mfr Part Number 119427300 119427301 119425401 119489901 119433000 ECM 161 0213 00 161006600 012144500 012020500 221 543 2 190 5 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective 39 1 119 4278 00 119 4625 00 B060100 B060859 2 437 0442 01 200 4109 00 20
158. 60 90 User Manual for a description of connecting the buffer probe Tables 4 11 and 4 12 list the 92A60 90 error codes 4 28 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 11 92 60 90 600 900 Controller Diagnostic Error Codes Error Codes X00X Test Name INSTRUMENT CONTROL BLOCK Possible Failures Other than 92A60 90 Controller X000 Programmatic Control X001 X10X X100 X101 Event Bus Control CLOCK GENERATOR BLOCK J umper Position Register P arity Event Lines 1 4 X102 X103 X104 X20X Gate Array RAM Bus Interface RAM March State Login Phase Selection MEMORY CONTROL BLOCK 200 201 202 30 Memory Address Register T Timestamp Counter T Post Trig Delay Counter T REAL TIME CONTROLLER BLOCK 92 60 90 Application Bus 92 60 90 Application Bus 92 60 90 Application Bus 300 RTC RAM 301 302 303 Word Recognizer ICs Word Recognizer 1 8 Events State Flag Events 92A60 90M Application Bus 304 X305 X306 307 Event Bus Interface Counter Timer Register Counter Operation Timer Operation 92 60 90 Application Bus Event Lines 1 16 92 60 90 Timestamp Counter 9200 Time bases 0 3 Application Bus 308 40 400 401 Counter Timer Event ACQUISITION DATA PATH BLOCK Word Recognizer 1 8 Data Path Word Recognizer 9 16 Data Path 92 60 90 Application Bus 92 60 90 Application Bus
159. 65 175 9777 00 LEAD ASSY ELEC 3 20 AWG 5 0 L TK2469 175 9777 00 04 965 TO J 1 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE 6 4 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Number A05 A05 05 05 05 06 06 06 07 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 09 09 09 09 09 D D es E DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Tektronix Part Number 670 8726 00 670 8726 01 670 8726 02 670 8726 03 670 8726 04 670 8728 00 670 8728 01 670 8728 02 671 0011 00 670 8730 00 670 8730 01 670 8730 02 670 8730 03 670 8730 04 670 8730 05 670 8730 06 670 8727 00 670 8727 01 670 8727 02 670 8727 03 670 8727 04 670 9478 00 670 9478 01 670 9478 02 670 9478 03 670 9478 04 670 9478 05 670 9478 06 670 9500 00 670 9500 01 670 9500 02 Serial No Effective 010100 B010129 B010155 B010263 B010331 010100 020000 030100 010100 020000 030100 030145 030229 030385 030863 010100 020000 020138 020154 020174 010100 020100 030100 040100 040328 040390 040499 010100 020100 020421 Serial No Discont d B010128 B010154 B010262 B010330 B019999 B030099 B019999 B020137 B030144 B030228 B030384 B030862 B019999 B020137 B020153 B020173 B019999 B029999 B039999 B040327 B040389 B040498 B040987 B019999 B020420
160. 670 9678 01 670 9678 02 670 9678 03 670 9678 04 670 9678 05 670 9678 06 670 9678 04 670 9678 05 670 9678 06 670 9489 00 670 9489 01 670 9489 02 670 9489 03 670 9489 04 670 9489 05 671 0772 00 671 0772 01 671 0772 02 670 9677 00 670 9677 01 670 9677 02 670 9677 03 670 9677 04 670 9677 05 671 0773 00 671 0773 01 671 0773 02 670 9624 00 260 2314 00 Serial No Effective B020100 B040100 B050100 B070100 B070503 B070800 010100 020310 020692 010100 010100 020000 040000 060000 070100 060100 070100 070165 010100 010100 020000 030000 060100 070104 060100 070100 070508 Serial No Discont d B029999 B049999 B069999 B070502 B070799 B020309 B020691 B019999 B019999 B039999 B059999 B069999 B069999 B070164 B019999 B019999 B029999 B059999 B070103 B069999 B070507 Name Description CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 92A90D OLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 92A90 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 92A60 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY 92A60 SHALLOW MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY 92A60 SHALLOW MEMORY CIR
161. 71 0772 00 B060100 B069999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 92A60 SHALLOW MEMORY 80009 671077200 671 0772 01 B070100 B070164 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 92A60 SHALLOW MEMORY 80009 671077201 671 0772 02 B070165 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 92A60 SHALLOW MEMORY 80009 671077102 22 92A60 ONLY 670 9677 00 010100 019999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670967700 670 9677 02 B020100 B029999 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670967702 670 9677 03 B030100 B059999 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670967703 670 9677 04 B060100 B070103 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670967704 670 9677 05 B070104 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670967705 671 0773 00 B060100 B069999 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 92A90 SHALLOW MEMORY 80009 671077300 671 0773 01 B070100 B070507 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 92A90 SHALLOW MEMORY 80009 671077301 671 0773 02 070508 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 92A90 SHALLOW MEMORY 80009 671077302 1 A23 92490 ONLY 671 0712 00 010100 019999 CIRCUIT BD 55 60 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071200 671 0712 01 8020100 8020113 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 60 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071201 671 0712 02 8020114 8020116 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 60 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071202 671 0712 03 8020117 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 60 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071203 1 A25 92A60D 671 0713 00 010100 020102 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 90 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071300 671 0713 01 8020103 8020271 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 90 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071301 671 0713 02 B020272 B020297 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 90 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071302 671 0713 03 B020298 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 90 CH DEEP MEMO
162. 74 00 010100 B010159 CIRCUIT BD ASSY BUFFER DRIVER 80009 671027400 A30 671 0274 01 010160 B010354 CIRCUIT BD ASSY BUFFER DRIVER 80009 671027401 A30 671 0274 02 010355 CIRCUIT BD ASSY BUFFER DRIVER P6463 ONLY 80009 671027402 A30 671 1793 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY P 6463A BUFFER DRIVER P6463A ONLY 80009 671179300 A31 671 0273 00 B010100 B010159 CIRCUIT BD ASSY D LOGIC 80009 671027300 A31 671 0273 01 B010160 B010354 CIRCUIT BD ASSY ID LOGIC 80009 671027301 A31 671 0273 02 B010355 CIRCUIT BD ASSY ID LOGIC 80009 671027302 6463 6463A ONLY A32 671 2674 00 B010100 B010292 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 512K 80009 671267400 A32 671 2674 01 B010293 B060757 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 512K 9249650 ONLY 80009 671267401 A32 671 3254 00 B060758 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 512K 92C96 ONLY 80009 671325400 A32 671 3255 00 B060758 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 512K 92C96D ONLY 80009 671325500 A32 671 3256 00 060758 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 512K 92C96XD ONLY 80009 671325600 A32 671 3257 00 B060758 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 512K 92C96SD ONLY 80009 671325700 A32F 116 159 0116 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE 1A 125V 0 4SEC0 17 0946 5 4 1 A32F117 159 0116 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE 1A 125V 0 45EC0 17 TK0946 5 4 1 A33 671 3463 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 2M 92A96UD ONLY 80009 671346300 A33F116 159 0116 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE 1A 125V 0 45EC0 17 TK0946 5 4 1 A33F117 159 0116 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE 1A 125V 0 45EC0 17 TK0946 5 4 1
163. 75977101 175977102 175977100 175977101 175977102 175969900 175969901 175969900 175969901 670850201 670850202 670850203 670850101 670850102 670850203 65820 005 75060 012 48283 018 2829 75 4 7 35 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 12 11 150 0057 01 12 175 9770 00 13 337 3357 00 14 380 0760 00 15 206 0364 00 206 0364 00 013 0225 00 16 196 3047 00 010100 010536 196 3047 01 010537 196 3047 00 010100 010259 196 3047 01 010260 334 6093 00 17 348 1073 00 020 1386 00 010100 030664 020 1386 01 030665 020 1386 00 010100 030465 020 1386 01 030466 020 1442 00 020 1484 01 010100 061008 020 1484 01 010100 061008 7 36 Qiy amp Description 1 1 21 17 10 10 c LAMP INCAND 5V 0 115A WIRE LD AGED amp SEL CAASSY SP ELEC 2 26 AWG 13 750 L SHIELD ELEC 3 8 X 2 174 P OLY CARBONATE HSG HALF LOWER P 6461 STANDARD ACCESSORIES TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR P6461 ONLY TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR P6461E ONLY GRABBER IC LEAD Y ELLOW 2 047 L GRIPS LEAD TO 0 137 DIA MAX LEAD SET ELEC PODLET 2 1L LEAD SET ELEC PODLET 2 1L P6461 ONLY LEAD SET ELEC PODLET 2 1L LEAD SET ELEC PODLET 2 1L LABEL MKD P6464 PAD CUSHION 0 35 X 1 95 P OLYURENTHANE GRAY W ADHESIVE BACK OPTI
164. 80009 80009 22526 22526 22526 22526 TK0392 0 01 0 01 58050 1471 22526 22526 3 099 0392 0 01 58050 5 400 0435 06915 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 0435 22526 Mfr Part Number ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC USM C8 32 670872900 670872901 50017 1540A 11268 002 11268 002 11031 102 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 082 3643 5502 MKDSF 3 7 5 08 67883 342 50004 1368F ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 082 0843 5 08 378 0271 00 1112 312 LCBS 2 3R 670872500 670872501 670872502 670872503 670872504 670872505 670872506 1112 312 48283 018 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 2 40 136 0757 00 41 136 0755 00 42 131 1789 00 43 131 2567 00 44 136 0849 00 45 346 0032 00 46 352 0742 00 41 131 3713 00 48 211 0381 00 010100 010192 211 0404 00 010193 49 220 0032 00 010100 010192 220 0032 00 010193 010675 220 0032 00 010676 50 211 0375 00 010100 010192 351 0778 00 010193 010675 351 0778 01 010676 51 386 5323 00 52 119 2224 00 010100 010527 119 2225 00 010528 119 2225 00 010100 010527 119 3290 00 010100 011762 119 3705 00 011763 426 2389 00 04062
165. 80009 80009 80009 07416 80009 Mfr Part Number P6461 196304700 61490 206 0364 00 020148401 070594804 ORDER BY DESC P6041 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Number 1 1 670 9500 00 670 9500 01 670 9500 02 670 9500 03 670 9500 04 671 0609 00 2 136 0813 00 3 214 3868 00 4 136 0729 00 5 131 3714 00 6 211 0405 00 7 220 0032 00 8 214 0579 00 9 386 5339 00 386 5339 01 10 131 0608 00 11 131 0993 00 12 334 4050 00 13 131 3087 00 P6461E 196 3047 00 196 3047 01 206 0364 00 020 1484 01 334 6093 00 062 9142 00 Tektronix Part Serial No Effective 010100 020100 020421 030000 030250 B040000 010100 011610 010100 010260 Serial No Discont d B019999 B010420 B029999 B030249 B039999 B011609 B010259 B061008 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description 1 1 92 16 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISTION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION A11 SKT PL IN ELEK CHIP CARRIER 68 CONTACTS HEAT SINK SEMIC IC LCC68 ALUMINUM TEXTOOL SOCKET LID ROOF STYLE SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2X 8 16 POS 0 1 X 0 3 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN CONN RCPT ELEC FEMALE
166. 80009 165204813 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD A36 400 165 2048 10 010100 B019999 MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204810 A36 400 165 2048 11 B020000 B032447 MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204811 A36 400 165 2048 12 8032448 B039999 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204812 A36 400 165 2048 13 8 040000 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204813 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD A36 406 165 2048 10 010100 B019999 MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204810 A36 406 165 2048 11 B020000 B032447 MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204811 A36 406 165 2048 12 8 032448 B039999 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204812 A36 406 165 2048 13 8 040000 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204813 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD 6 500 165 2048 10 8 010100 B019999 ICROCKT LINEAR 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204810 A36 500 165 2048 11 B020000 B032447 ICROCKT LINEAR 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204811 A36 500 165 2048 12 8 032448 039999 ICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204812 6 12 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Number A36 500 36 506 A36 506 A36 506 36 506 A36 600 A36 600 A36 600 A36 600 A31 A40 A40 A40 AM A45 A45 A45 A46 A46 A46 A46 A46 A46F 120 A46F 170
167. 9 B029999 B039999 B040327 B040389 B040498 B040497 B049999 B050249 B050327 B020170 B011609 B011609 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 1 1 92416 CIRCU CIRCU CIRCU CIRCU T BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION T BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION T BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION T BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION A10 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION A16 SKT PL IN ELEK CHIP CARRIER 68 CONTACTS HEATSINK SEMIC IC LCC68 ALUMINUM TEXTOOL SOCKET SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 8 16 POS 0 1X 0 3 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN CONN RCPT ELEC FEMALE 540 PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 312 L PNH SST POZI SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 55 TERM TEST POINT PCB TEST POINT EYELET 0 05 ID 0 4 L X 0 052 WIDE X 0 032 THK TIN PL W 0 045TIP CHAMFER SOCKET PGA PCB 133 POS 14 X 14 0 1 CTR 0 165 H X 0 125 TAIL CLOSED CTR NON SYMMETRICAL PAT 141 STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 025 SQ 0 248 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 50 GOLD PHZ BRZ W FERRULE CONN BOX SHUNT FEMALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 CTR 0 385 H 30 GOLD BLACK JUMPER MARKER IDENT MKD FACTORY SET CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 420 H X 0 140 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ CONN RF PLUG SMB PC
168. 9 343 1095 00 20 426 1985 00 21 386 5017 00 22 343 1094 00 23 196 0797 00 24 348 0390 00 25 380 0710 00 26 334 4856 00 334 6157 00 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty Name amp Description e me NJ UN errn P6460 MARKER IDENT MKD DIAGNOSTIC HOUSING P ROBE UPPER PC SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 75 FLH 100 DEG STL NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 BRS CD PL STRAIN RLF CA LOWER STRAIN RLF CA UPPER ASSY PROBE 2 METERS CA ASSY SP ELEC 22 28 AWG 76 0 L CA ASSY SP ELEC 22 28 AWG 76 0 L COVER HOLE POLYCARBONATE GRAY COVER HOLE POLYCARBONATE GRAY CUSHION HYBRID SILCON SPONGE CIRCUIT BD ASSY 672 1119 01 WITHOUT CABLE A70 SEE FIGURE 13 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 1 X 10 0 15 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 120 TAIL 30 GOLD CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 1 X 10 0 15 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 270 TAIL 30 GOLD SPACER PROBE ACETAL SLATE GRAY CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 090 TAIL 0 240 H 30 GOLD MATING PIN 0 15 FROM PCB SWITCH PUSH T NO CONTACT BLACK BTN BUSHING SW MTG AL WASHER LOCK 8 INTL 0 02 THK STL STRAP TIEDOWN E 5 5 L MIN PLASTIC WHITE CLAMP HYB CKT 0 295 ID ALUMINUM FRAME WINDOW 010 6460 00 PLATE PRESSURE P OLY CARBONATE RETAINER CONN SILICONE FOAM FLEX CIRCUIT 36 CONDUCTOR COPPER CUSHION PROBE 1 5 X 2 0 X 0 125 HOUSING PROBE LOWER PC MARKER IDENT MKD P6460 ACQUISITION PROBE 92A16 E ONLY MARKER IDENT MKD P6460 EXT CONT PROBE 92516 PATTERN GENERAT
169. 92LANSE Module X305 Lance Chip Registers 92LANSE Module X306 Lance Chip Initialization 92LANSE Module X307 Internal Loopback 92LANSE Module 92A60 90 Configuration Errors The 92A60 90 modules display additional information when configuration errors exist Errors occur if the modules are installed in an incorrect order or if the buffer probe is connected to the Controller board incorrectly If a 92A60M or 92A90M board is not installed in the slot preceding a 92A60C or 92A90C board the test displays the message Preceding slot has card that may damage 92A60C or 92A90C controller card If a 92A60C or 92A90C board is not installed in the slot following a 92A60M or 92A90M board the test displays the message Next higher slot has card that may damage 92A60M or 92A90M memory card NOTE The diagnostics do not display the 92A60 90 messages if the preceding or following slot is empty Diagnostics only check for problems that could damage the 92A60 90 Since an empty slot does not damage the board the test does not display a message Also when a 92A90C board is adjacent to a 92A60M board or 92A60C board is adjacent to a 92A90M board the test does not display these messages If a buffer probe cable is incorrectly attached to a 92A60C or 92A90C Controller board the DAS prevents the use of that module and displays the message Buffer probe connections may damage A60 or A90 Controller card Refer to the 92A
170. A33F118 159 0116 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE 1A 125V 0 45EC0 17 TK0946 5 4 1 A36 670 8742 00 B010100 B010673 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN 80009 670874200 A36 670 8742 01 B010674 B020402 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN 80009 670874201 A36 670 8742 02 B020403 B029999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN 80009 670874202 A36 670 8742 03 B030000 B039999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN 80009 670874203 A36 670 8742 04 B040000 B040938 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN 80009 670874204 A36 670 8742 05 B040939 B049999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN 80009 670874205 A36 670 8742 06 B050000 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN P6464 ONLY 80009 670874206 A36F120 159 0124 00 FUSE PLUG IN 3A 125V 0 05 SEC RADIAL LEADS 75915 272003 A36F 170 159 0124 00 FUSE PLUG IN 3A 125V 0 05 SEC RADIAL LEADS 75915 272003 A36H340 165 2051 00 MICROCKT DGTL DESKEW IC HYBRID 80009 165205100 A36 100 165 2048 10 010100 B019999 MICROCKT LINEAR 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204810 A36 100 165 2048 11 020000 8032447 MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204811 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 6 11 Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Tektronix SerialNo Serial No Mfr Number Part Number Effective Discontd amp Description Code Mfr Part Number A36J 100 165 2048 12 B032448 B039999 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204812 A36 100 165 2048 13 B040000 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204813 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD A36 200 165 2048 10 B010100 B019999 MICROCKT
171. AIL 0 465 L 50 GOLD W FERRULE 41 214 0579 00 13 TERM TEST POINT PCB TEST POINT EYELET 0 055ID 0 4 L X 0 260 ORDER BY DESC 0 052 WIDE X 0 032 THK TIN PL W 0 045 TIP CHAMFER 42 175 9795 00 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC 9 22 AWG 17 0 L RIBBON TK2469 175 9795 00 43 175 9793 00 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC 10 22 AWG 24 0 L RIBBON TK2469 175 9793 00 44 175 9687 00 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC 3 22 AWG 19 0 L RIBBON TK2469 175 9687 00 45 175 9688 00 1 ASSY SP ELEC 10 22 AWG 22 0 L RIBBON TK2469 175 9688 00 46 253 0135 01 1 PLASTIC STRIP VINYL FOAM 0 062 X 0 5 X 1296 0 DOUBLE 80000 253013501 SIDED 0 05 FT253 0135 00 Al 1 TRANSISTRO RF NOT REPLACEABLE 48 211 0020 00 1 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 1 125 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 49 210 0586 00 1 NUT PL ASSEM WA 4 40 X 0 25 STL CD PL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 50 352 0725 00 1 HOLDER TOROID PLASTIC 0JROS ORDER BY DESC a 4 REPLACEABLE 7 52 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 21 52 211 0020 00 211 0021 00 53 210 0586 00 54 352 0725 00 55 352 0086 00 56 343 0549 00 57 204 0906 00 58 200 2264 00 59 131 2663 00 60 211 0661 00 61 210 0586 00 200 eigens 63 211 0661 00 64 131 0608 00 65 175 9791 00 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description Ser re A re
172. AS L shaped retaining bracket DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures The remaining steps describe how to disassemble the expansion cable assembly 7 Remove the three screws from the top of the expansion cable assembly 8 Remove the top cover to access the cables and board within the housing 9 To remove the bottom cover turn the housing face down and remove two screws For reassembly separate these smaller size screws from the others 10 To remove the expansion cable board from the housing turn the housing face up and remove the two screws holding the board to the bottom cover Tip the board up on one side and remove it from the housing being careful not to damage any cables Procedure 11 The Expansion mainframes do not have a Controller board instead they have an Removing the Expansion Expansion Slave board Perform the following procedure for removing the Slave Board DAS 92E9 Expansion Slave board from the Expansion mainframe only CAUTION Many components within the mainframe are extremely susceptible to static discharge damage Follow the standard handling precautions for static sensitive devices in Maintenance when servicing this instrument 1 Perform procedure 1 on page 3 3 procedure 2 on page 3 5 procedure 3 on page 3 6 and procedure 10 on page 3 20 NOTE You may need to pinch together the nylon supports on the Expansion Slave board to separate it from the bottom cov
173. ATOR MDL CIRCUIT BD ASSY PATTERN GENERATOR MDL DAS 92516 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAX MUX 010 6403 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY PATTERN GENERATOR MDL CIRCUIT BD ASSY PATTERN GENERATOR MDL CIRCUIT BD ASSYPATTERN GENERATOR MDL DAS 92532 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN P6465 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN P6465 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN P6465 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN P6465 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN P6465 FUSE PLUG IN 3A 125V 0 05 SEC RADIAL LEADS RES THERMAL 1 85 AMP 20 DEG C LEADED CIRCUIT BD ASSY STROBE CIRCUIT BD ASSY STROBE CIRCUIT BD ASSY STROBE Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 75915 06090 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 165204813 165204810 165204811 165204812 165204813 165204810 165204811 165204812 165204813 670880800 670959310 670959311 670959312 671124400 670959410 670959411 670959412 670960300 670960301 670960302 670960303 670960304 272003 RXE185 670960200 670960201 670960202 6 13 Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Tektronix SerialNo Serial No Number Part Number Effective Discont d 47 670 9602 03 020100 56 670 9767 00 56 989 159 0159 00 57 670 9768 00 58 650 1987 00 010100 010305 58 650 1987 01 010306 010318 58 650 1987 02
174. B MALE RTANG 50 OHM 0 381 H X 0 15 TAIL 0 043 DIA CTR COND 0 040 SQ TAIL Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 53387 30161 09922 22526 3M099 TK0392 0 01 0 260 63058 80009 5 400 22526 22526 07416 22526 0GZV8 Mfr Part Number 670947800 670947801 670947802 670947803 670947804 670947805 670947806 670947807 671061000 671061001 671061002 2 0068 05400 00 510368800000 DILB16P 108T 67884 004 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC PGA 133M STGTV 386533900 386 5339 01 48283 018 65474 006 ORDER BY DESC 67950 001 855 50 0 1 7 31 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 7 32 Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number P6461 196 3047 00 196 3047 01 206 0364 00 020 1484 01 070 5948 04 334 6093 00 P6041 Effective Discont d 010100 010536 010537 061008 Qty amp Description STANDARD ACCESSORIES 8 CHAN 200MHZ ACQ PROBE INC LEADSET CLIPS LEAD SET ELEC PODLET 2 1L LEAD SET ELEC PODLET 2 1L TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR ACCESSORY KIT DAS 9219 29 E9 PKG OF 4PROBE RETAINER 343 1292 01 MANUAL TECH USERS 92A16 DATA ACQUISITION MDL LABEL MKD P 6464 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES PROBE PASSIVE 1 X 3 5 FT Mfr Code 80009 80009 1Y013
175. BY DESC SQ PIN 3 X 5 X 1 45 UL CS TUV 156 4382 00 IC MEMORY CMOS DRAM I MEG X 32 70NS MODULE WITH 80009 ORDER BY DESC WORD WIDE MONOLITHIC DEVICES 42100A32 SIMM72 119 4254 01 010100 B060805 KEYBOARD ASSY IBM101 NORTH AMERICAN ACCOM XP 80009 ORDER BY DESC PRODUCTS 119 4899 01 KEYBOARD KEYBOARD 101 NORTH AM W PS 2 CABLE 80009 ORDER BY DESC 9206XT amp 9206XT OPTION 4X 671 3311 01 CRT BD ASSY MAIN LOGICCOLOR 80009 ORDER BY DESC 671 3225 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY NEW FLASH ROM XP35X OPT 1A 80009 ORDER BY DESC 156 4382 00 IC MEMORY CMOS DRAM 1 MEG X 32 70NS MODULE WITH 80009 ORDER BY DESC WORD WIDE MONOLITHIC DEVICES 421000A32 SIMM72 6 20 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Gs Replaceable Mechanical Parts This section contains a list of the replaceable mechanical components for the DAS 9200 System Use this list to identify and order replacement parts Parts Ordering Information Replacement parts are available through your local Tektronix field office or representative Changes to Tektronix products are sometimes made to accommodate improved components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest improvements Therefore when ordering parts it is important to include the following information in your order m Part number see Part Number Revision Level below m Instrument type or model number m Instrument serial number m Instrument modification number if applicable If you order a part that has been replaced wit
176. CTR PLZ 30GOLD 2 2 X 25 W 0 0 195 TAIL 30 GOLD CONN RF PLUG SMB PCB MALE RTANG 50 OHM 0 381 H X UISTION 8K MEMORY UISTION 8K MEMORY UISTION 8K MEMORY UISTION 8K MEMORY UISTION 8K MEMORY UISTION 8K MEMORY UISTION 8K MEMORY UISTION 32K MEMORY UISITION 32K MEMORY UISITION 32K MEMORY UISITION 32K MEMORY UISITION 32K MEMORY UISITION 32K MEMORY UISTION 128K MEMORY UISITION 128K MEMORY UISITION 128K MEMORY UISITION 128K MEMORY UISITION 128K MEMORY ACQUISITION ACQUISITION ACQUISITION ODULE ODULE ODULE 0 15 TAIL 0 043 DIA CTR COND 0 040 SQ TAIL Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 27264 1465 58050 0GZV8 Mfr Part Number 671157800 671157801 671157802 671157803 671157804 671157805 671157806 671157900 671157901 671157902 671157903 671157904 671157905 671158000 671158001 671158002 671158003 671158004 671267400 671267401 671267402 671325400 671325500 671325600 671325700 671346300 39 29 1048 131 4955 00 082 3643 5502 855 50 0 1 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 17 6 Tektronix Part Number 386 5339 00 386 5339 01 7 136 0729 00 8
177. CUIT BD ASSY 92A60 SHALLOW MEMORY 92A60 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 92A90 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY 92A90 SHALLOW MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY 92A90 SHALLOW MEMORY CIRCUIT BD ASSY 92A90 SHALLOW MEMORY 92A90 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY BUFFER PROBE 92A60 60D 90 90D ONLY SWITCH PUSH SPST 0 4 VA MAX 20VDC Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 95146 Mfr Part Number 670967801 670967802 670967803 670967804 670967805 670967806 670967804 670967805 670967806 670948900 670948901 670948902 670948903 670948904 670948905 671077200 671077201 671077202 670967700 670967701 670967702 670967703 670967704 670967705 671077300 671077301 671077302 670962400 011 6 0 6 9 Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Tektronix SerialNo Serial No Mfr Number Part Number Effective Discontd amp Description Code Mfr Part Number A25 671 0712 01 B020000 B020113 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 60 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071201 A25 671 0712 02 8 020114 B020116 CIRCUIT BD AS
178. D ELECTRICAL 9 AWG 72 0 L BRAID MARKER IDENT MKD 92A96 PROBE LOCATION STANDARD ACCESSORIES PROBE SET 100 PODLETS W HOUSINGS amp HOLDERS TESTED AND LABELED ASSP SP ELEC 25 W GNDS 60 0 L RIBBON LEAD SET ELEC PODLET 3 0 L CAASSY SP ELEC 10 22 AWG 4 75 L LEADSET ELEC 8 CH LEADSET 92A96 CA ASSY SP ELEC 10 22 AWG 4 75 L LEADSET ELEC 8 CH LEADSET 92A96D CA ASSY SP ELEC 10 22 AWG 4 75 L LEADSET ELEC 8 CH LEADSET 92A96XD CA ASSY SP ELEC 10 22 AWG 4 75 L LEADSET ELEC 8 CH LEADSET 9249650 BRACKET CABLE ALUMINUM LEAD ELECTRICAL 9 AWG 72 0 L BRAID TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR ARKER IDENT MKD 92A96 PROBE LOCATION MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CABLE LABELBLUE MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CABLE LABEL GREEN ARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CABLE LABEL GRAY ARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CABLE LABEL ORANGE MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CHANNEL GROUPING BLUE MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CHANNEL GROUPING GREEN ARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CHANNEL GROUPING GRAY ARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CHANNEL GROUPING ORANGE ANUAL TECH USER DAS9200 92A96 D XD ANUAL TECH USER DAS9200 92496 amp 92C96 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES KIT 25 Y CABLES ACCESSORIES KIT 25 CHANNEL PROBE SET W LEADSETS AND GRABBERS ACCESSORY KIT PACKAGE OF 12 206 0364 00 GRABBERS ACCESSORIES KIT 25 CHANNEL PROBE SET W LEADSETS AND GRABBERS Mfr Code 80009 80009 1Y013 07416 53387 53387 1Y013 1Y013 80009 80009 2548 80009
179. DARD ACCESSORIES CABLE INTCON 6 0L GPIB BACK PANEL CABLE ASSEMBLY SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 312 PNH SST CABLE INTCON 2 0M L MANUAL TECH USERS 92C01 02 03 MANUAL TECH USERS 92C01 02 03 MANUAL TECH INSTR SHEET 92C02 03MO DULE Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 00779 22526 22526 TK0392 0 01 22526 22526 80009 5 400 09922 09922 09922 00779 22526 00779 1Y013 TK1875 14868 80009 80009 2548 Mfr Part Number 670873000 670873001 670873002 670873004 670873005 670873006 916220 2 65610 116 67884 004 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 48283 018 75867 008 386533900 386 5339 01 DILB40P 108 DILB22P 108 DILB20P 108 533444 4 68025 106 2 641933 1 62598 ORDER BY DESC C156327 B 070596200 070596200 ORDER BY DESC 7 71 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 7 72 Tektronix Part Number 670 8727 00 670 8727 01 670 8727 02 670 8727 03 670 8727 04 131 3049 00 131 3714 00 211 0405 00 220 0032 00 131 0608 00 386 5339 00 386 5339 01 131 3892 00 131 3961 00 070 5962 00 070 7460 00 Serial No Effective 010100 020000 020138 020154 020174 010100 011610 Serial No Discont d B019999 B020137 B020153 B020173 B020173 B011609 Qty amp Description 92C03 CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION CIRCUI
180. DAS 9219 mainframe This drive reads floppy disks written in 360 Kbyte 400 Kbyte format however 1t cannot write to disks of this type For write operations use only 96 TPI tracks per inch double sided high density floppy disks with this drive A 5 25 inch 400 Kbyte floppy disk drive was standard in the DAS 9219 mainframe This drive can read or write to floppy disks in 360 Kbyte 400 Kbyte format only Use only 48 double sided double density floppy disks with this drive do not use 96 TPI high density disks DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Introduction to DAS Hardware RS 232 Ports The DAS 9219 9220 mainframes have three 25 pin DCE RS 232 ports and the DAS 9221 mainframe has three 9 pin DCE RS 232 ports Other devices access these ports through openings on the rear panel The three ports have the following functions m The terminal port connects the mainframe to a display device Baud rates are 38400 default 19200 9600 4800 2400 1200 600 300 and 110 m The host port connects the mainframe to a host computer system with a null modem cable Baud rates are 38400 19200 9600 default 4800 2400 1200 600 300 and 110 m The auxiliary port connects the mainframe to other RS 232 compatible devices for example a printer Baud rates are 38400 19200 9600 default 4800 2400 1200 600 300 and 110 The host and auxiliary ports transmit eight data bits no parity and one stop bit You can configure the
181. DER BY DESC 6 407 3498 00 1 BRKT EJ ECTOR DAS9229 TK1943 ORDER BY DESC 7 212 0023 00 B010100 B011831 2 SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 212 0001 00 B011832 2 SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 8 105 0985 00 2 EJECTOR CKT BD NYLON TK1163 ORDER BY DESC 7 8 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Number 2 1 200 3208 00 2 212 0093 00 3 119 2058 00 4 386 5241 00 386 5341 01 5 670 9514 00 671 0760 00 671 0760 01 6 361 1350 00 7 131 0812 01 8 211 0376 00 9 220 0438 00 10 131 0890 00 11 131 3714 00 12 211 0381 00 211 0405 00 13 220 0032 00 14 386 5339 00 386 5339 01 15 136 0757 00 16 333 3279 00 333 3279 01 17 212 0023 00 212 0001 00 18 129 0103 00 19 210 0455 00 20 441 1733 00 441 1733 01 441 1733 02 Tektronix Part Serial No Effective B010100 B010506 B010100 B010506 B010100 B010193 B010100 B011610 B010100 B011832 B010100 B011832 B010100 B010308 B011579 Serial No Discont d B030334 B010505 B010192 B011609 B011831 B011831 B010307 B011578 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description PP A AA xn REN oo mk DAS 9219 20 CHASSIS GUARD FAN CARD CAGE SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 2 625 HEX HD STL FAN TUBEAXIAL 24VDC 24W 3350 RP M 240 CFM STIF CIRCUIT BD EDGE CARD ALUMINUM
182. ECHNOLOGY AMCA INTERNATIONAL CORP CONTINENTAL SCREW CO DIV FISCHER SPECIAL MFG CO AMPHENOL CORP R F CONNECTORS OPNS LITTELFUSE INC SUB TRACOR INC DOT DIV A UNITED CARR DIV OF TRW INC ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC SHAKEPROOF DIV TEKTRONIX INC GRAYHILL INC SWITCHCRAFT INC SUB OF RAYTHEON CO MICRODOT MFG INC GREER CENTRAL DIV ELCO INDUSTRIES INC BOYD CORP BRADY W H CO CORPHQ INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS DIV ELECTRONIC SUB ASSEMBLY MFG CORP ESAM Address 16640 SW 72ND AVE TWO PANASONIC WAY 1016 CLEGG COURT 1414 MASSACHUSETTS AVE 910 PAGE AVENUE 500 MC CARTHY BLVD 31 FARINELLA DR 50 SPRING STREET PO BOX 575 920 DISC DRIVE 459 MT PLEASANT 111 INDUSTRIAL RD 1 KENNEDY AVE 800 E NORTHWEST HWY 250 KNOTTER RD 0 BOX 767 ST CHARLES ROAD 14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR PO BOX 500 561 HILLGROVE AVE PO BOX 10373 5555 ELSTRON AVE 3221W BIG BEAVER RD 1101 SAMUELSON RD 13885 RAMOMA AVE 2221 W CAMDEN RD PO BOX 2131 930SE M STREET PO BOX 376 City State Zip Code PORTLAND OR 97224 SECAUCUS NJ 07094 PETALUMA CA 94952 1152 BOXBOROUGH MA 01719 2205 FREMONT CA 94538 MILPITAS CA 95035 EAST HANOVER 07936 RAMSEY NJ 07446 SCOTTS VALLEY CA 95066 4544 NEW BEDFORD MA 02742 COLD SPRING KY 41076 9749 DANBURY CT 06810 5803 DES PLAINES IL 60016 3049 CHESHIRE CT 06410 ELGIN IL 60120 BEAVERTON OR 97077 0001 LA GRANGE IL 60525 5914 CHICAGO IL 60630 1314 TROY MI 48098 ROCKF
183. ELEC 10 WIDE 9 843 L ACCESSORY PKG 40 PIN UNIVERSAL PROBE INTERFACE LEADSET ELEC DIAGNOSTIC LEADSET ELEC 12 WIDE 10 0L LEAD SET ELEC GROUND OR VL SENSE LEAD 4 0 L BLACK W PAMONA CLIP PKG OF 10 ADAPTER CONN GPIB TO PROBE CLIP TEST 16 PIN TEST CLIP AP1 923700 OR POMONA 3916 ADPTR TEST CLIP 16 DIP ADPTR TEST CLIP 40 DIP ADPTR TEST CLIP 40 DIP HOUSING TERM MALE ADAPTER Mfr Code 1Y013 80009 1Y013 80009 80009 1Y013 80009 80009 1Y013 1Y013 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 61502 020138601 61503 344004600 ORDER BY DESC 61501 012080000 020104100 61507 012098901 103020900 003070900 015033000 015033900 015033902 380056005 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mir Number Number Effective Discontd Qty amp Description Code Mfr Part Number 92A60 92A60D 92A90 amp 92A90D MEMORY BOARD 14 1 670 9489 00 B010100 B019999 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670948900 670 9489 01 B020100 B029999 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670978901 670 9489 02 B030100 B039999 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670948902 670 9489 03 B040100 B059999 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670948903 670 9489 04 B060100 B069999 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670948904 670 9489 05 B070100 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670948905 6
184. ET SUPPORT STAB MEDIA TO CARD CAGE SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL Mfr Code 22526 22526 0392 0 01 0 01 58050 1471 22526 0392 0 01 58050 5 400 0435 06915 06915 5 400 5 400 0435 0435 80009 06383 1943 0435 0435 0435 0435 1943 0435 0435 0435 Mfr Part Number 11268 002 11031 102 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 082 3643 5502 MKDSF 3 7 5 08 67883 342 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 082 0843 SD08 378 0271 00 1112 312 LCBS 2 3R BHC 3 01 407 3415 01 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 343015400 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 7 27 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 9 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 41 48 49 7 28 Tektronix Part Number 650 1807 01 650 1807 02 650 1807 03 650 1807 04 650 1807 05 650 1807 06 650 1807 07 650 1807 08 650 1807 09 650 1877 01 650 1877 02 650 1877 03 650 1877 04 650 1877 05 650 1877 06 650 1877 07 650 1931 01 650 1931 02 650 1931 03 650 1931 04 650 1931 05 650 1931 06 650 1931 07 650 1931 08 650 1973 0
185. F 0 125 DIA THRU MTG PLASTIC SHELL SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 625 PNH POZ CD PL WASHER FLAT 0 09 ID X 0 188 OD X 0 02 BRS WASHER LOCK 2 SPLIT 0 02 THK STL NUT PLAIN HEX 2 56 X 0 188 BRS CD PL ASSY SP ELEC 4 18 AWG 3 0 L CONN EDGECARD PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 610 H X 0 170 TAIL 0 2 X 0 1 PCB 0 225 CARD DEPTH 30 GOLD CONN EDGECARD PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 10 0 1 CTR 0 610 H X 0 135 TAIL 0 2 X 0 1 PCB 0 225 CARD DEPTH 30 GOLD HARD DISK DRIVE 3 5 IN 20MEG W FT FACADE FRONT PLATE 92F 14 REMOVABLE MEDIA 119 3289 00 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 PNH STL LT EMITTING DIO RED 635NM 35MA FRAME SECTION BOTTOM PLASTIC SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL THUMBS CREW 6 32 1 0 L SST BRACKET MTG AS ALUMINUM Mfr Code 80009 0 260 00141 0 260 5Y 400 0435 80009 80009 0435 80009 0 260 00779 0 01 12327 0392 73743 1Y013 00779 00779 0198 80009 0435 0 563 0 260 0435 0 260 0 260 Mfr Part Number 020167700 426 2296 00 4314 213 1026 00 407 3773 00 ORDER BY DESC 671077700 671077701 ORDER BY DESC 166003100 214 4156 00 552116 1 211 0430 00 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 12157 50 ORDER BY DESC 1 583485 8 1 583485 2 8425F 118781700 ORDER BY DESC MV57124A 426 2295 00 ORDER BY DESC 213 1026 00 407 3772 00REV DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont
186. Fig amp Index Number 4 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 535 36 37 38 39 40 41 Tektronix Part Serial No Number 343 1280 00 343 0149 00 671 0778 00 211 0313 00 131 4496 00 131 4457 00 211 0081 00 210 1008 00 210 0053 00 210 0405 00 131 4461 00 131 1343 00 174 1312 00 174 1313 00 004 3463 00 202 0206 00 343 0149 00 070 7120 00 Effective B011639 Serial No Discont d DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description gt CLAMP CABLE FCM MOUNT STRAP TIEDOWN E 6 75 L PLASTIC CIRCUIT BD ASSY INSTR INTERFACE 92F14 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 5 PNH STL CD PL POZ TERMINAL LUG 0 02 X 0 3 MALE QIK DISC 21 DEG BEND CU CONN RIBBON PCB FEMALE STR 50 POS 0 085 CTR 0 412 H X 0 125 TAIL 0 125 DIA THRU MTG INTEGRAL STANDOFF PLASTIC SHELL SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 562 PNH STL WASHER FLAT 0 09 ID X 0 188 OD X 0 02 BRS WASHER LOCK 2 SPLIT 0 02 THK STL NUT PLAIN HEX 2 56 X 0 188 BRS CD PL CONN HDR PWR PCB MALE STR 1X 4 0 200 CTR 0 400 H X 0 150 TAIL TIN DUAL PLZ 0 084 DIA PIN 10 AMP CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 36 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 195 TAIL 30 GOLD J 2 REQUIRES 34 PINS 3 REQUIRES 20 PINS ASSY SP ELEC 34 28 AWG 16 0 L RIBBON REPLACES W398 IN DAS ASSY SP ELEC 20 28 AWG 19 0 L RIBBON REPLACES W298 IN DAS STANDARD ACCESSORIES CUSH MATL PKG 11 375 X 7 0 X 2 25 INSERT2 1 TO 2 3 LB
187. Figure 4 16 looks similar to the 127 Mbyte and the 170 Mbyte hard disk drives Locations of the Drive Select pins termination resistors and connections are similar The drive is shipped with no Drive Select jumpers installed Drive Select Pins No jumpers installed SCSI Header Terminator Resistors DC Power Connector Figure 4 16 Jumper Locations on the 127 170 and 270 Mbyte Hard Disk Drives Factory Settings Shown DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 55 Troubleshooting Floppy Disk Drive Jumper 4 56 Positions The 1 2 Gbyte hard disk drive Figure 4 17 looks similar to the 127 Mbyte and the 170 Mbyte hard disk drives Locations of the Drive Select pins and connections are similar The drive is shipped with the TE jumper installed and no Drive Select jumpers 0 2 installed as shown in Figure 4 17 SCSI Header DC Power Connector Figure 4 17 Jumper Locations on the 1 2 Gbyte Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown A 127 Mbyte 170 Mbyte or 270 Mbyte removable hard drive is available as an option for DAS 9221 mainframes It is the same SCSI 3 5 inch drive that is used as the fixed drive It has a tan front panel with a warning label reminding you to only use the drive in a DAS 9200 SE series mainframe The floppy disk drive circuit boards have several jumpers that are set at the factory You should never change these jumper positions However 1f you suspect that the drives are the s
188. IES MAINFRAME 80009 070595908 012 0911 00 1 CABLE INTCON SHLD CMPST RS232 MLD 15 24 AWG 10 FT DUAL SHLD 25 POS MALE DSUB DB25M X 25POS FEMALE TK2435 ORDER BY DESC DSUB DB25F 15 POS LOAD 016 0845 00 1 ADPTR RACKMOUNT OPT 05 80009 016084500 070 5961 02 1 MANUAL TECH DAS 9200 80009 070596102 016 1080 00 011809 1 ACCESSORY PKG RS232 POWER SWITCH ADAPTER 1Y013 51 65416 7 14 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discontd Qty Name amp Description 9219 20 21 E9 POWER CORD OPTIONS 3 1 161 0213 00 1 CABLE ASSY PWR 3 16 AWG 2 5 METERS T GREY 105 DEG C MCA 3T X BME 35 13A 250V NORTH AMERICAN STANDARD ONLY 2 161 0209 00 1 CABLE ASSY PWR 3 1 0MM SQ 220V 2 5 METERS EUROPEAN OPTION 1 EUROPEAN ONLY 3 161 0210 00 1 CABLE ASSY PWR 3 1 0MM SQ 240V 2 5 METERS UNITED KINGDOM OPTION A2 UNITED KINGDOM ONLY 4 161 0211 00 1 CABLE ASSY PWR 3 1 0MM SQ 240V 2 5 METERS AUSTRALIAN OPTION A3 AUSTRALIAN ONLY 5 161 0208 00 1 CABLE ASSY PWR 3 16 AWG 2 5 METER S T GREY 105 DEG C NORTH AMERICIAN 13A 250V US 220V OPTION A4 NORTH AMERICAN ONLY 6 161 0212 00 1 CABLE ASSY PWR 3 1 0MM SQ 220V 2 5 METERS OPTION A5 SWISS ONLY 7 161 0218 00 1 CABLE ASSY PWR 3 14 AWG 100 1 5 T BLK 60 DEG C 5 20P X BME 35 15A 125V OPTION 1A ONLY
189. IGH SPEED DATA A58A1 NUT SLEEVE 4 40 X 0 562 HEX BRS CD PL CLIP CABLE MKR BLACK PLASTIC CLIP CABLE MKR BROWN PLASTIC CLIP CABLE MKR RED PLASTIC CLIP CABLE MKR ORANGE PLASTIC CLIP CABLE YELLOW PLASTIC CLIP CABLE MKR GREEN PLASTIC CLIP CABLE MKR BLUE PLASTIC CLIP CABLE MKR VIOLET PLASTIC CLIP CABLE MKR GRAY PLASTIC CLIP CABLE MKR WHITE PLASTIC BUTTON PLUG 0 625 HOLE STL BLOCK LATCHING ZINC Mfr Code 0435 0435 80009 12228 TK1112 TK1112 52961 52961 80009 0 05 TK2122 80009 06383 5Y 400 5Y 400 3M099 0 01 5 400 3 099 0 01 5 400 12228 80009 80009 0J R05 0 ROS 0 805 0 805 0 805 0 805 0 805 0 805 80009 0J ROS 11132 1465 Mfr Part Number ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 426205900 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 343098500 ORDER BY DESC 348 0596 00 390093500 SST1 5M ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 010043100 220041300 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 334127508 ORDER BY DESC 5548172 ORDER BY DESC 7 49 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mir Number Number Effective Discontd Qty Name amp Description Code
190. IL 30 GOLD FRAME MICROCKT R7612D SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 5 PNH STL CONTACT ELEC MICROCKT 1 4 X 14 HYPCON SPACER PLATE 0 003 THK 1 395 SQ BRASS Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 94222 TK0435 0 01 0435 58050 5 400 0435 80009 0435 53387 05820 0435 24931 53387 05820 22526 58050 80009 0435 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 650198700 650198701 650198702 650198703 E6 10 301 20 ORDER BY DESC 210 0458 00 17691 300 082 3643 5502 ORDER BY DESC 17691 300 386523800 17691 300 2 0068 05400 07 MODEL 665 17691 300 32 R105 1 2 0068 05400 07 MODEL 665 65474 006 082 3643 5502 426143400 ORDER BY DESC 131205200 361130600 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Number 22 24 131 3372 00 25 386 5239 00 26 211 0658 00 27 214 3711 00 28 214 2518 00 136 0751 00 136 0756 00 174 0268 00 29 175 9796 00 30 175 9686 00 175 9794 00 32 346 0120 00 33 174 0762 00 2942 ee 35 131 3087 00 36 131 0265 00 37 426 1434 00 38 211 0034 00 39 131 2052 00 40 361 1306 00 361 1306 01 41 214 3711 00 42 136 0756 00 43 136 0729 00 44 131 3714 00 45 211 0405 00 46 220 0032 00 Tektronix Part Serial No Effective B030000 B010100 B010100 B010100 B010247 Serial No Discont d B061008 B030214 B030214 B010246 DAS 9
191. INE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL FASTENER BLIND 0 56 L 8 32 THRU CIRCUIT BD ASSY BACKPLANE 01 CONN HDI PCB MALE STR 4X 135 540 POS 0 1 CTR 0 46 H X 0 177 TAIL 30 GOLD W DUAL GUIDE PINS O UIDE P IN 0 585 X 0 080 2 56 SST SET OF 2 EA PINS W WASHERS amp NUTS NOT REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 PNH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 THK SST CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 36 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 195 TAIL 30 GOLD TERMINAL BLOCK 7 PIN CONN HDI PCB FEMALE RTANG 3 X 92 368 POS 0 1 CTR 0 48 MLG X 0 145 TAIL 30 GOLD W CTRGUIDE PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 55 Mfr Code 39766 83385 63227 5Y 400 5Y 400 0435 0588 73743 1Y013 0 01 5 400 0435 00613 80009 22526 22526 0392 0 01 58050 1471 22526 0392 0 01 Mfr Part Number ORDER BY DESC OBD PD24B2QNN 03228 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 3089 402 67931 131 0890 00 441 1733 02 ORDER BY DESC USM C8 32 670872901 50017 1540A 11031 102 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 082 3643 5502 MKDSF 3 7 5 08 50004 1368F ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 7 19 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty amp Description Code Mf
192. IRCUIT BD ASSY ID LOGIC SEE 5 211 0661 00 4 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL CDPL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC POZ MACHINE 6 2 1 SKT PL IN ELEK SEE A31J 200 REPL 1 1 CAASSY SP ELEK SEE A315300 REPL 8 2 1 BD ASSYBUFFER DRIVER SEE 0 9 211 0661 00 4 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 25 PNH STL CDPL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC POZ MACHINE 10 210 0906 00 4 WASHER FLAT 0 125 OD X 0 2 OD X 0 035 FBR TK1742 1 8 X 13 64 0 11 136 0728 00 5 SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 7 14 POS 0 1 X 0 3 09922 DILB14P 108 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN 12 136 0756 00 2 SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 9 18 POS 0 1 X 0 3 09922 DILB18P 108 CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN 13 129 0198 00 4 SPACER POST 0 75 L 4 40 EA END BRS 0 188 HEX TK0588 ORDER BY DESC M 1 CONNECTOR SEE A30 360 15 175 9677 01 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC 11 SGL 11 TW PR 28 AWG 80 01 60224 901950 16 380 0873 00 1 HOUSING HALF LOWER PLASTIC TK1163 380 0873 00 STANDARD ACCESSORIES 070 6204 01 1 MANUAL TECH INSTR 6463 80009 ORDER BY DESC OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 012 1236 00 1 LEAD SET ELEC FLYING 34 COND 8 0 L 1 01 3342 012 1012 01 1 CABLE INTCON DAS9100 SERIES TO PROBE 80009 012101201 020 1386 00 010100 010502 3 ACCESSORY KIT PACKAGE OF 12 013 0217 00 80009 020138600 020 1386 01 B010503 3 ACCESSORY KIT PACKAGE OF 12 206 0364 00 80009 020138601 020 1587 00 1 COMPONENT KIT P6463 OPTIONAL ACCESS 80009 020158700 175 9290 00 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC
193. ISITION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISTION CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 92A16E ONLY REPLACED WITH A17 FUSE WIRE LEAD 1A 125V AXIAL LEADS FUSE WIRE LEAD 1A 125V AXIAL LEADS 92A16E ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD MAIN P6461 ONLY LAMP INCAND 5V 0 115A WIRE LD AGED amp SEL MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PROBE PODLET MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PROBE PODLET MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET ICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET ICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 ICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET ICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 61857 61857 80009 80009 80009 53774 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 670950
194. IT BD ASSY CONTROLLER 80009 670872506 A02BT905 146 0050 00 BATTERY DRY 3V 1200MA 2 3A LITHIUM 61058 2 3 DAS 9200 MAINFRAMES ONLY A02U565 160 3948 00 MICROCKT DGTL 4096 X 8 EPROM PRGM2732A 3 80009 160394800 A03 670 9514 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MEMORY 80009 670951400 STANDARD FOR DAS 9219 amp 9220 ALSO SEE A14 A04 650 1807 10 POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V DAS 9200 MF 80009 650180710 A04 650 1807 10 POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V DAS 92E9 80009 650180710 A04 650 1877 08 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 04 DAS 9200 MF 80009 650187708 A04 650 1877 08 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 04 DAS 92E9 80009 650187708 A04 650 1931 10 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT A1 A5 DAS 9200 MF 80009 650193110 A04 650 1931 10 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT A1 A5 DAS 92E9 80009 650193110 A04 650 1973 09 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE DAS 9200 MF 80009 650197309 A04 650 1973 09 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE DAS 92E9 80009 650197309 A04F120 159 0057 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE CERAMIC O 01A 250V3AB TIME DELAY CSA 71400 MDA 1 100 230V OPERATION OPTIONS A1 A5 amp 04 A04F120 159 0256 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE 15A 250V FAST 75915 314015 115V OPERATION STD MAINFRAME A04W290 175 9776 00 LEAD ASSY ELEC STRD 22 AWG 300V 18 0 L 1Y013 61921 04 967 TO 01 290 A04W865 161 0214 00 CABLE ASSY PWR 2 16 AWG 300V 26 0 L TK1333 CC23385 04 865 TO CARD CAGE FAN A04W866 174 0267 00 CAASSY SP ELEC 3 22 AWG 22 0L TK2469 174 0267 00 04 866 TO CARD CAGE FAN A04W9
195. LABEL GRAY MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CABLE LABEL ORANGE MARKER IDENT MKD 92496 SLOT NUMBERS 1 32 NOT SHOWN MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CHANNEL GROUPING BLUE ARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CHANNEL GROUPING GREEN ARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CHANNEL GROUPING GRAY MARKER IDENT 92A96 D XD CHANNEL GROUPING ORANGE ASSY SP ELEC 25 W GNDS 60 0 L RIBBON ASSP SP ELEC 25 W GNDS 60 0 L RIBBON 92A96 ONLY PROBE SET 100 PODLETS W HOUSINGS amp HOLDERS HOUSING INTERFA 2 X 25 W LATCHING FEATURE PODLET CA ASSY 12 0 L BLACK PODLET CA ASSY 12 0 L BROWN PODLET CA ASSY 12 0 L RED PODLET CA ASSY 12 0 L ORANGE PODLET CA ASSY 12 0 L YELLOW PODLET CA ASSY 12 0 L GREEN PODLET CA ASSY 12 0 L BLUE PODLET CA ASSY 12 0 L PURPLE PODLET CA ASSY 13 0L HOLDER PODLET POLY CARBONATE LEAD SET ELEC PODLET 3 0 L CAASSY SP ELEC 10 22 AWG 4 75 L LEADSET ELEC 8 CH LEADSET 92A96 CA ASSY SP ELEC 10 22 AWG 4 75 L LEADSET ELEC 8 CH LEADSET 92A96D CA ASSY SP ELEC 10 22 AWG 4 75 L LEADSET ELEC 8 CH LEADSET 92A96XD CA ASSY SP ELEC 10 22 AWG 4 75 L Mfr Code 80009 5Y400 09922 22526 0 01 0392 5 400 5 400 0435 07416 07416 07416 07416 07416 07416 07416 07416 07416 80009 53387 53387 53387 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 53387 1Y013 1Y013 80009 1Y013 80009 1Y013 80009 1Y013 Mfr Part Number 386533900 386 5339 01 DILB16P 108T 500
196. LE AVENUE 14181 SW MILLIKAN WAY 9450 PINENEEDLE DR 47621 WESTINGHOUSE DRIVE 6701 SW MC EWAN 312 EAST MAIN ST ONE ALLEN MARTIN DRIVE 1005 AMES AVENUE 3000 LEWIS AND CLARK HWY PO BOX 4200 1812 16TH AVE 919 SW 150TH 810 SE SHERMAN 1281 S NE 25TH 610 N MARY AVENUE BENSON RD PO BOX 1004 504 MT LAUREL AVE 2800 FULLING MILL PO BOX 3608 3600 SUNSET AVE 3634 EUCLID P BOX 6925 60 AUDUBON RD 300 CONSTITUTION DRIVE 17301 RIDGELAND 5825 N TRIPP AVE 3191 CASITAS 341 39 ST RICHARDS AVE 3101 SW 153RD DRIVE 2701 W EL SEGUNDO BLVD 9301 ALLEN DR City State Zip Code TAIPEI TAIWAN ROC VANCOUVER WA 98601 ELK GROVE VILLAGE IL 60007 BEAVERTON OR 97077 MENTOR OH 44061 0270 FREMONT CA 94539 LAKE OSWEGO OR 97035 WESTFIELD PA 16950 EXXEX VT 05451 MILPITAS CA 95035 VANCOUVER WA 98661 2999 BEAVERTON OR 97076 4200 FOREST GROVE OR 97116 SEATTLE WA 98166 1829 PORTLAND OR 97214 HILLSBORO OR 97124 SUNNYVALE CA 94086 MIDDLEBURY CT 06762 TEMPLE PA 19560 1410 HARRISBURG PA 17105 WAUKEGAN IL 60087 3214 CLEVELAND OH 44101 WAKEFIELD MA 01880 1203 MENLO PARK CA 94025 1111 TINLEY PARK IL 60477 3048 CHICAGO IL 60646 6013 LOS ANGELES CA 90039 2410 BROOKLYN NY 11212 2903 NORWALK CT 06852 BEAVERTON OR 97006 HAWTHORNE CA 90250 3318 CLEVELAND OH 44125 4632 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Manufacturers Cross Index Cont Mfr Code 13103 15920
197. LENE FOAM 5 004 3961 00 CUSH MATL PKG 11 25 X 6 75 X 11 125 0 5 2 PIECES ANTI TK2076 004 3961 00 STATIC URETHANE FOAM 6 202 0206 00 1 CASE CRYG PROBE 12 25 X 8 0 X 3 875 PLASTIC BLUE 53718 RQ3 7 8 343 0149 00 1 STRAP TIEDOWN E 6 75 L PLASTIC NOT SHOWN 06383 ORDER BY DESC 020 1935 00 1 COMPONENT KIT REMOVABLE HARD DISK MECHANICAL 80009 020193500 COMPATIBILITY KIT NOT SHOWN 070 8306 00 1 MANUAL TECH INSTRUCTION 92F18 80 80009 070830600 ABLE HARD DISK DRIVE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS DAS 9221 OPTION 18 020 2003 00 1 COMPONENT KIT REMOVEABLE 105MB HARD DISKDRIVE 80009 020200300 W CARTRIDGE 7 441 2018 00 1 CHASSIS DISK DR FRAME CARTRIDGE DAS 9221 0JE80 9000 900 03 8 119 4359 00 050100 050450 1 DISK DRIVE WINCHESTER 3 5 105MB 63852 LPS105S 119 4588 00 050451 050695 1 DISK DRIVE WINDCHESTER 3 5 127MB 63852 ELS127S 119 4787 00 B050696 B060898 1 DISK DRIVE WINCHESTER 3 5 170MB 63852 ELS170S 119 5089 00 B060899 B061104 1 DISK DRIVE WINCHESTER 3 5 270MB 63852 QM30270MV F 119 5491 00 061105 1 DISK DRIVE WINCHESTER 3 5 1 2 GB 63852 0 31280 5 9 211 0614 00 4 SCR ASSEM WSHR 6 32 X 0 250 PNH STL CD PL POZ W 83385 ORDER BY DESC EXT LK WSHR 10 004 3463 00 1 CUSH MATL PKG 11 375 X 7 0 X 2 25 INSERT2 1TO 2 3LB 2076 ORDER BY DESC CU FT ANTISTATIC POLYETHYLENE FOAM 11 004 3961 00 1 CUSH MATL PKG 11 25 X 6 75 X 11 125 0 5 2 PIECES ANTI TK2076 004 3961 00 STATIC URETHANE FOAM 12 202 0206
198. MIL SQ PIN 90 265 VAC 47 TO 63HZ 45 MIL SQ PIN 3 X 5 X1 45 US CSA TUV 9205XT ONLY NOT SHOWN CABLE INTCON SHLD CMPST VGA MCD 30INCH 3 75 OHM DUAL SHLD COAX 15P S HIGH DENSITY DSUB MALE BOTH ENDS 9205XT ONLY CA 55 INTCON SHLD CMPST RGB VGA MLD 3 75 OHM DUAL SHLD 36 L 15 POS HIGH DENSISTY DSUB MALE X 3 BNC MAKE STR SILVER GRAY Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 TK2469 80009 80009 80009 64537 80009 00779 80009 80009 TK2578 TK2435 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 012 0205 00 119433000 161006600 012144500 T190CS 011016800 221543 2 ORDER BY DESC 119489901 TO 39 10 0892B PSA 4032T ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 7 79 7 80 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discontd Qty amp Description FOR MORE COMPLETE INFORMATION REFER TO 070 8431 97 amp 070 8860 98 Mfr Code Mfr Part Number DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Number 40 1 119 5434 00 119 4847 00 2 437 0452 00 3 119 4900 00 4 012 0205 00 5 012 1445 00 6 161 0066 00 7 012 1457 00 012 1486 00 012 1442 00 8 103 00
199. Menu After you select a drive the Hard Disk Operations menu displays on the screen Hard Disk Operations Menu a Enter Bad Block Information b Format Hard Disk c Modify Existing Swap Partition Size d Exit default Select capital for verbose a This menu gives you four choices enter bad block information format the hard disk modify the swap partition size or exit the menu If you enter a lowercase letter for example b to format the hard disk the program does not display diagnostic comments if you enter an uppercase letter the program displays diagnostic comments DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 79 Troubleshooting 4 80 If your hard disk drive has bad block information you must select option a to enter the bad block information before you format the hard disk If you try to format the hard disk without entering the bad blocks the program retains bad block information from a previous format However if the disk information block is corrupted the program assumes there are no bad blocks While the disk is being formatted the format program may detect additional bad blocks these bad blocks are automatically added to the information on the disk Since the Hard Disk Format utility verifies bad blocks the program takes approximately one minute per megabyte When you select option a Enter Bad Block Information the format program asks you a series of questions If the hard disk is formatted it asks if i
200. Modifying the swap space size partition destroys all files on the hard N disk To save files from the hard disk copy them onto floppy disks or transfer them to your host using a 92LAN ethernet Module a 92C02 GPIB interface with PCL the backup restore utility in Disk Services or Kermit an RS 232 file transfer protocol Refer to Section 3 of the DAS User Manual for information copying files to floppy disks backup restore utility or For informa on 92LAN or 92C02 refer to the user manual for those modules If the hard disk has never been formatted you must format it before changing the swap partition size The program creates a swap partition after formatting or reformatting the hard disk The default size of the swap partition is based on the size of the hard disk drive Table 4 29 shows the default swap partition sizes If the hard disk was previously formatted you can change the swap partition size without reformatting the hard disk Table 4 29 Default Swap Partition Size Hard Disk Size Swap Partition Size 10 Mbyte 4 068 Kbytes 20 Mbyte 4 068 Kbytes 40 Mbyte 6 840 Kbytes 80 Mbyte 9 090 Kbytes After changing the swap partition size use the f make utility to make a file system and the f install utility to reload all system software Increasing the swap partition size reduces the amount of space available on the hard disk for user files such as setups and reference memories 4 82 DAS 9200 Techni
201. Module a za ecu ERA 5 29 92EANSE Module eo ears ite E A ER IUD dE 5 30 Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical 6 1 Parts Ordering Information 6 1 Using the Replaceable Electrical Parts List 6 1 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts 7 1 Parts Ordering Information 7 1 Using the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List 7 1 Diagrams DIVA STATIS un en en nn ea sen 7 81 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Table of Contents List of Figures Figure 1 1 DAS Basic Configurations 1 1 Figure 1 2 Master Mainframe Internal Components Memory Board in Slot 1 for DAS 9219 9220 1 4 Figure 1 3 DAS Master Mainframe Connected with One Expansion Mainframe cuicos oa e tu en es 1 14 Figure 1 4 Twenty Eight Slots Available with One Master and Three Expansion 1 15 Figure 2 1 Location of Power Supply Frame Screws 2 7 Figure 2 2 Location of Line Voltage Selection Jacks 2 8 Figure 2 3 Position of Line Voltage Selection Jacks for 115 or 230 Operation iue ee entr e ves emeret E rece Rin 2 8 Figure 2 4 Location of DAS 9221 Back Panel Fuse and Line
202. N LOGIC LUNAR TECO COLOR CIRCUIT BD ASSY 2MB FLASH BD CIRCUIT BD ASSY NEW FLASH ROM XP35X OPT 1A IC MEMORY CMOS DRAM 1MEG X 32 70NS MODULE WITH WORD WIDE MONOLITHIC DEVICES 421000AEW SIMM72 KEYBOARD ASSY IBM101 NORTH AMERICAN ACCOM XP PRODUCTS KEYBOARD KEYBOARD 101 NORTH AM W PS 2 CABLE FOR MORE COMPLETE INFORMATION REFER 070 5874 XX amp 070 5877 XX Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 6 19 Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Tektronix SerialNo Serial No Mfr Number Part Number Effective Discontd amp Description Code Mfr Part Number 9205XT 671 2998 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN LOGIC LUNAR MODULAR COLOR 80009 ORDER BY DESC 671 2977 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 2MB FLASH BD 80009 ORDER BY DESC 671 3225 00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY NEW FLASH ROM XP35X OPT 1A 80000 ORDER BY DESC 119 5030 02 POWER SUPPLY 40W 5V 4A 12V 1A 45 MIL 50 PIN 90 265 80009 ORDER BY DESC VAC 47 TO 63HZ 45MIL SQ PIN 3 X 5X 1 45 UL CSA 119 5030 04 POWER SUPPLY 40W 5V 4A 12V 1A 90 264 47 63HZ 0 045 80009 ORDER
203. NT KIT 9201T FIRMWARE 80009 020 1461 03 REPLACEABLE AS A SET A3 119 2493 03 KEYBOARD ASSY 9201TD VT 100 5Q CONN WITH ENCLOSURE 80009 119 2493 00 INCLUDES 9200 KEYCAP SET PN 366 0364 00 4 118 4998 00 CABLE ASSEMBLY COILED 80009 118 4998 00 FOR MORE COMPLETE INFORMATION REFER 070 5874 XX amp 0705877 XX 6 18 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Tektronix Part Number Component Number 671 2482 06 671 2765 00 671 3224 00 119 4254 01 671 2757 00 671 2769 00 671 2521 06 671 2885 00 671 3224 00 671 2769 00 119 4254 01 671 2996 00 671 3225 00 671 3225 00 156 4382 00 119 4254 01 119 4899 01 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Serial No Effective 010100 Serial No Discont d B060805 Name Description 9202XT CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN LOGIC 4 BIT PLANE CIRCUIT BD ASSY FLASH MEG 9202XT CIRCUIT BD ASSY NEW FLASH ROM XP35X OPT 1B 9202XT KEYBOARD ASSY IBM101 NORTH AMERICAN ACCOM XP PRODUCTS 9202XT amp 9203XT CIRCUIT BD ADD LAN CIRCUIT BD ASSY FLASH ROM RS232 9202 amp 9203XT 9203XT CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN LOGIC HIGH RES CIRCUIT BD ASSY 4 MEG SIMM FLASH CIRCUIT BD ASSY NEW FLASH ROM XP35X 0PT 1B CIRCUIT BD ASSY FLASH ROM RS232 9202XT amp 9203XT KEYBOARD ASSY IBM101 NORTH AMERICAN ACCOM XP PRODUCTS 9202XT amp 9203XT 9204XT CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAI
204. OLY VINYL W 52152 80610029243 348 URETHANE FOAM TAPE BACKING RETAINS 6 RIBBON CABLES UL94V 0 12 119 1987 01 B010100 8010305 3 FAN TUBEAXIAL 120VDC 3W 3450RPM 36CFM 80009 119198701 119 1987 02 010306 3 FAN TUBEAXIAL 120VDC 3W 3450RPM 36CFM 80009 119198702 USED FOR A58B134 B152 B160 13 211 0510 00 12 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL 0435 ORDER BY DESC 14 210 0457 00 12 NUTPL ASSEM WA 6 32 X 0 312 STL CD PL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 15 407 3402 00 1 BRACKET CKT BD FRONT LEFT 5Y400 ORDER BY DESC 16 211 0504 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 250 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 17 337 3250 00 2 SHIELD STATIC CAL BOARD 2197 ORDER BY DESC 18 211 0007 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 19 210 0551 00 2 NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 25 ST CD PL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 20 407 3404 00 1 BRACKET CKT BD FRONT RIGHT 5Y400 ORDER BY DESC 21 211 0504 00 2 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 250 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 22 255 0334 00 1 PLASTIC CHANNEL 12 75 X 0 175 X 0 155 NYLON 11897 122 NN 2500 060 23 334 6311 00 1 MARKER IDENT MKD CAUTION 07416 334 6311 00 24 407 3301 00 1 BRACKET CKT BD RIGHTALUMINUM 5Y400 ORDER BY DESC 7 48 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 20 25 211 0507 00 26 211 0504 00 27 426 2059 00 28 213 0760 00 29 124 0401 03 30 124 0402 03 31 348 08
205. ONAL ACCESSORIES ACCESSORY KIT PACKAGE OF 12 013 0217 00 ACCESSORY KIT PACKAGE OF 12 206 0364 00 P6461 ONLY ACCESSORY KIT PACKAGE OF 12 013 0217 00 ACCESSORY KIT PACKAGE OF 12 206 0364 00 P6461E ONLY ACCESSORY OPT P6461 ACCESSORY KIT DAS9219 29 E9 PKG OF 4 PROBE RETAINER 343 1292 01 P6461 ONLY ACCESSORY KIT DAS9219 29 E9 PKG OF 4 PROBE RETAINER 343 1292 01 Mfr Code 3774 1Y013 2K262 TK1113 80009 80009 TK1915 80009 1Y013 80009 1Y013 07416 85471 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number OL7153AS15TPL 61692 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 206 0364 00 206 0364 00 973649103 196304700 61490 196304700 61490 ORDER BY DESC 348 1073 00 020138600 020138601 020138600 020138601 020144200 020148401 020148401 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 13 1 334 4855 00 2 380 0711 00 3 211 0086 00 4 210 0406 00 5 358 0674 00 6 358 0675 00 7 175 6807 00 B010100 B036539 175 9843 00 B036540 B052755 175 9843 01 B052756 8 200 2731 00 B010100 B061398 200 2731 00 B061399 9 348 0782 00 10 672 1119 02 11 131 1811 00 12 131 1812 00 13 361 0758 01 14 131 2615 00 15 260 0735 01 16 358 0660 00 17 210 0008 00 18 346 0120 00 1
206. OR Mfr Code 07416 TK1163 TK0435 73743 TK1163 TK1163 6D224 6D224 6D224 80009 80009 85471 80009 22526 22526 80009 22526 81073 80009 0 01 06383 5 400 0KBZ5 0KBZ5 0KBZ5 80009 TK1415 1163 22670 07416 Mfr Part Number ORDER BY DESC 380 0711 00 ORDER BY DESC 12161 50 ORDER BY DESC 358 0675 00 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 901951 200273100 200273100 348 0782 00 REV 672111902 65595 110 65603 110 361075801 65820 005 39 3 358066000 ORDER BY DESC 55 1 5 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 386 5017 00 ORDER BY DESC 196079700 ORDER BY DESC 380 0710 00 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 7 37 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 7 38 Tektronix Part Serial No Number 012 0987 00 020 1386 01 012 0989 00 344 0046 00 070 4345 00 012 0747 00 012 0800 00 020 1041 00 012 0556 00 012 1000 00 012 0989 01 103 0209 00 003 0709 00 015 0330 00 015 0339 00 015 0339 02 380 0560 05 Effective Serial No Discont d Qty amp Description STANDARD ACCESSORIES LEAD SET ELEC 10 WIDE 5 0 L ACCESSORY KIT PACKAGE OF 12 206 0364 00 LEAD SET ELEC GROUND OR VL SENSE LEAD 4 0 L BLACK W PAMONA CLIP CLIP ELECTRICAL ALLIGATOR 1 56 LSTL BRT DIPPED SHEET TECHNICAL INSTR 010 6460 00 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES LEAD SET ELEC 10 WIDE 25 CML LEAD SET
207. ORD IL 61101 CHINO CA 91710 MILWAUKEE WI 53209 GRANTS PASS OR 97526 3248 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Manufacturers Cross Index Cont Mfr Code 91500 94222 95146 98159 98978 Manufacturer ASHEVILLE SCHOONMAKER MICA CO SOUTHCO INC ALCO ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS INC RUBBER TECK INC INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONIC RESEARCH CORP DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Address 910 EFFERSON AVE P 0 BOX 318 210 N BRINTON LAKE RD 1551056000 ST 19115 HAMILTON AVE PO BOX 389 135 W MAGNOLIA BLVD PO BOX 7704 City State Zip Code NEWPORT NEWS VA 23607 6120 CONCORDVILLE PA 19331 NORTH ANDOVER MA 01845 1014 GARDENA CA 90247 BURBANK CA 91502 7 7 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Fig 8 Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number DAS 9219 20 21 1 1 437 0363 00 1 CABINET ASSY 8541 DAS9200 SERIES 0 805 437 0363 00 2 334 6310 00 1 MARKER IDENT MKD TEKTRONIX DAS9200 DIGITAL 22670 ORDER BY DESC ANALYSIS SYSTEM 3 386 5365 00 1 PANEL SW MTG DAS9229 TK1951 386 5365 00 DAS9221 ONLY 4 334 8327 00 1 MARKER IDENT MARKED DAS SE 0 05 ORDER BY DESC 334 8740 00 1 MARKER IDENT MARKED DAS XP 92FXSE 0KB05 ORDER BY DESC 334 8739 00 1 MARKER IDENT MARKED DAS NT 92FXNET 0 05 ORDER BY DESC 5 331 0497 00 1 MASK FACADE BLACK LEXAN W ADHESIVE 07416 OR
208. ORIES KIT 25 CH AND GRABBERS ACCESSORIES KIT 25 CH AND GRABBERS 92A96XD ACCESSORIES KIT 25 CH AND GRABBERS ACCESSORIES KIT 25 CH AND GRABBERS 92 965 D ACCESSORY KIT 8 CHANNEL LEADSET P KG 0 12 ACCESSORY KIT 8 CHANNEL LEADSET PKG OF12 92 96 ACCESSORY KIT 8 CHANNEL LEADSET PKG OF12 ACCESSORY KIT 8 CHANNEL LEADSET PKG OF12 924960 924965 92A96XD ACCESSORY KIT 8 CHANNEL LEADSET PKG OF12 ACCESSORY KIT 8 CHANNEL LEADSET PKG OF12 ACCESSORY KIT 8 CHANNEL LEADSET PKG OF12 ACCESSORY KIT 8 CHANNEL LEADSET PKG OF12 ANNEL PROBE SET W LEADSETS ANNEL PROBE SET W LEADSETS ANNEL PROBE SET W LEADSETS ANNEL PROBE SET W LEADSETS ANNEL PROBE SET W LEADSETS ANNEL PROBE SET W LEADSETS ACCESSORIES KIT 92A96 ANTI STATIC APPLICATION KIT MANUAL TECH SERVICE 92A96 MODULE MICRO P INTFC 90 CHANNEL INTERFACE ACCESSORY KIT 8 CHANNEL LEADSETS PKG OF 6 ACCESSORY KIT 6 8 CHANNEL LEAD SETS 12 Y CABLES 72 KLIPCHIPS ACCESSORY KIT 50 CHANNEL PROBE SET 50 PODLETS 6 8 CHANNEL LEADSETS KLIP CLIPS 12 Y CABLES 72 KLIPCHIPS 2 RIBBON CABLES LABELS Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 TK0623 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 020189001 020189001 020189001 020189001 020189001 020189001 020189001 020191900 0
209. PANDER MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD EXTENDER MAIN P6461E ONLY LAMP INCAND 5V 0 115A WIRE LD AGED amp SEL P6461E ONLY MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET ICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET ICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD MICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET ICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 NOT INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT BOARD ICROCKT LINEAR P 6461 REPLACEABLE PODLET Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 3774 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 165204010 165204011 670850101 670850102 670850103 OL7153AS15TPL 165204010 165204011 165204010 16520
210. PCB MALE STR 0 02550 0 248 INE 2 56 X 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 09922 22526 TK0392 0 01 22526 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 50 GOLD PHZ BRZ W FERRULE CONN BOX SH GOLD BLACK JUMPER SOCKET PGA PCB 149 POS 15 X 15 0 1 X 0 1 CTR 0 250 H UNT FEMALE STR 1 X 2 0 1 CTR 0 385 H 30 22526 00779 X 0 125 TAIL TIN NON SYMET RICAL LIF PAT 1518 STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS KEY POLARIZING KEY FOR HEADER CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 2 X 20 0 1 CTR 0 365 H X 0 112 TAIL SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ 30 GOLD CONN RF PLUG SMB PCB MALE RTANG 50 OHM 0 381 H X 80009 5Y 400 0 78 22526 0GZV8 0 15 TAIL 0 043 DIA CTR COND 0 040 SQ TAIL Mfr Part Number 670950100 670950101 670950102 670950103 670950104 670950105 670950106 670950104 670950105 670950106 670967800 670967801 670967802 670967803 670967804 670967805 670967806 670967804 670967805 670967806 DILB16P 108T 67884 004 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 48283 018 65474 006 55275 3 386533900 386 5339 01 ORDER BY DESC 66506 025 855 50 0 1 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Number 16 0 010 6470 00 010 6471 00 1 334 6416 00 2 380 0768 00
211. PLACEABLE PODLET MICROCKT LINEAR 500MHZ COMPARATOR PRODE PODLET H2040 P6461 CA ASSY SP ELEC 11 TR PR 32 AWG 4 28 AWG 80 0 L CA ASSY SP ELEC 11 TW PR 32 AWG 4 28 AWG 80 0 L CA ASSY SP ELEC 11 TW PR 32 AWG 4 28 AWG 80 0 L P6461 ONLY CA ASSY SP ELEC 11 TR PR 32 AWG 4 28 AWG 80 0 L CA ASSY SP ELEC 11 TW PR 32 AWG 4 28 AWG 80 0 L CA ASSY SP ELEC 11 TW PR 32 AWG 4 28 AWG 80 0 L P6461E ONLY CA ASSY SP ELEC 2 26 AWG 6 0 L CA ASSY SP ELEC 2 26 AWG 6 0 L P6461 CA ASSY SP ELEC 2 26 AWG 6 0 L CA ASSY SP ELEC 2 26 AWG 6 0 L P6461E CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN CIRCUIT BD ASSY MAIN A12 P6461 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANDER MAIN CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANDER MAIN CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANDER MAIN A13 6461 ONLY CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 090 TAIL 0 240 H 30 GOLD MATING PIN 0 15 FROM PCB SOCKET PIN TERM SINGLE PCB T G 0 030 H 0 05 4PCB 0 012 0 22 PIN SIZE W O DIMPLE CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 02550 0 248 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 50 GOLD PHZ BRZ W FERRULE P6461 ONLY STRAP RETAINING 0 075 DIA X 4 0 L MLD RBR Mfr Code 80009 80009 07416 07416 TK1113 80009 80009 60381 80009 60381 60381 80009 60381 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 22526 22526 22526 98159 Mfr Part Number 010646101 010646121 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 165204010 165204011 175977100 1
212. PWR 3 18 AWG 250V 10A 98 INCH STR IEC320 RCPT X NEMA 5 15P US CABLE ASSY PWR 3 16 AWG 2 5METER SJ T GREY 105 DEG C MCA 3T X BME 35 13A 250V NORTH AMERICAN CABLE INTCON SHLD CMPST RS232 MLD 15 24 AWG 10 FT DUAL SHLD 25POS MALE DSUB DB25M X 25 POS FEMALE DSUB DB25F 15 POS CABLE INTCON SHLD RS232 15 COND 144 L DB25 MALE DB25 FEMALE MARKER IDENT MARKED DAS SE ASSY INTCON SHLD CMPST MLD 8 26 AWG 121 0 L DSUB 25 POS FEMALE DB25 X DSUB 9 POS MALE DB9 ALUMINIZED MYLAR W BRAID FOR MORE COMPLETE INFORMATION REFER TO 070 5874 XX amp 070 5877 XX DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 0B445 0B445 2435 60224 0 05 60224 Mfr Part Number 334670900 334672000 670890345 119249303 118627100 118499800 366063400 ECM 161 0066 00 161 0213 00 ORDER BY DESC 901781 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 7 77 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Qty amp Description 9202 8 9204XT 14 INCH COLOR X TERMINAL40 9202 DAS9221 amp DAS 9229 COLOR MONITOR TECO 14 INCH 1024 X 768 COLOW W NEW REAR PANEL 9204XT DAS9221 amp DAS 9229 KEYBOARD ASSY 101 NORTH AMERICAN MEMBRANE 101 KEY W SETUP KEYBOARD 101 NORTH AMERICAN 1 PS 2 CABLE 9204XT ONLY POINTER ASSY MOUSE FOR BEETLE CABLE ASSY PWR 3 16 AWG 2 5METER SJT GREY 105 DEG C MCA 3T XBME 35 13A 2
213. Power Supply een 3 16 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference V Table of Contents vi Figure 3 12 Back Panel Screw Locations for Removing the Card Cape I SER I nex te 3 18 Figure 3 13 Bottom front Screw Locations for Removing the Card Cage er en tee mao xe in A Re x e in 3 19 Figure 3 14 Location of Screws for Elevating 92HS8 Memory Board 3 24 Figure 3 15 Location of Screws for Removing 92HS8 Power Supply 2 ii 000 nn en 3 26 Figure 4 1 Location of SELF TEST and RESET Buttons on the 9200T Rear Panel ne en ae 4 4 Figure 4 2 Location of S TEST and RESET Buttons on the 9201T Front Panel lt 2 22 asun er RR een ae 4 7 Figure 4 3 Extended Self Test Main Menu 4 10 Figure 4 4 Extended Self Test Main Menu with Peripheral Tests 4 12 Figure 4 5 Peripheral Tests Menu 4 12 Figure 4 6 Local Self Test Menu 4 13 Figure 4 7 Extended Self Test Main Menu 4 14 Figure 4 8 Floppy and Hard Disk Drive Power Connector 4 47 Figure 4 9 Switch Locations on the 10 Mbyte Hard Disk Drive Circuit Board Factory Settings Shown 4 48 Figure 4 10 Jumper Locations on the 20 Mbyte Fixed Hard Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 49 Figure 4 11 Jumper Locations on the 20 Mbyte Removable Hard Disk
214. R IDENT IVORY GRAY MARKED 0 05 334 8608 00 STANDARD ACCESSORIES P6041 B010100 B010171 2 PROBE PASSIVE 1X 3 5 FEET 80009 P6041 016 0870 00 B010100 B010375 1 CASE ACCESSORY FLOPPY DISK 1 10 5449 513334 334 6832 00 B010376 1 LABEL MKD DAS9200 07416 334 6832 00 334 6832 01 1 LABEL MARKED DAS9200 07416 334 6832 01 105 0985 00 B010965 2 EJ ECTOR CKT BD NYLON TK1163 ORDER BY DESC 012 1253 00 1 CABLE INTCON SHLD RS232 15 COND 144 L DB25MALE 60224 901781 DB25 FEMALE MAINFRAME TO TERMINALCONNECTION 671 0957 00 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY TRAINING AID 80009 671095700 062 8939 09 1 MANUAL TECH USERS DAS 9200 SERIES SYS PKG 80009 062893909 070 5957 06 1 MANUAL TECH USERS DAS 9219 SERIES SYS 80009 070595706 063 0174 02 1 REMOTE OPERATION PACKAGE 80009 063017402 070 5960 06 1 MANUAL TECH USERS DAS9200 SERIES PROGRAMMATIC 80009 070596006 COMMAND LANGUAGE 070 5958 03 1 MANUAL TECH REF GUIDE DAS9200 SERIES COMMAND 80009 070595803 LANGUAGE PROGRAMMATIC 070 7483 01 1 MANUAL TECH USERS DAS9200 SERIES ACQUISITION 80009 070748301 PATTERN GENERATION OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 012 0689 02 1 CABLE INTCON 192 0 L 021 0188 00 TO MODEM 80009 012068902 012 0153 00 1 CABLE ASSY RF TELEQUIPMENT 80009 012015300 012 1233 00 1 CABLE INTCON 3 METER 4693D TO HOST 80009 012123300 344 0399 00 B061008 CLIP GROUND CU BE 5Y400 344 0399 00 062 8941 00 1 MANUAL TECH SERVICE DAS9200SERVICE INFORMATION 80009 062894100 070 5959 08 1 MANUAL TECH REF DAS9200 SER
215. RUMENT NUTPRESSMOUNT M3 SST NUT SELF LOCKING BRKT STRAIN RLF 92HS8 CABLE ASSY RF 2 50 OHM COAX 80 0 L MANUAL TECH USERS 92HS8 DATA ACQUISITION MDL OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES ACCESSORY KIT 92HS8 RACK MOUNT ACCESSORY PKG 92HS8 VARIABLE DELAY LINE KIT ACCESSORY PKG 92HS8 CLOCK PROBE KIT MANUAL TECH REF DAS9200 SERIES MAINFRAME Mfr Code 80009 0B445 3109 3109 3109 TK2541 3109 1Y013 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 1337 80009 80009 80009 80009 2548 Mfr Part Number 206 0364 00 ECM 161 0118 00 86511000 BS 13 HO5VVF3G0 198 000 13 68 25 1 250 12 HO5VVF 3G 00 61490 198559400 198559500 198889600 220014300 407362600 500 1001 00 070595103 016088400 020160900 020161000 ORDER BY DESC 7 57 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Number 24 1 670 9593 10 670 9593 11 670 9593 12 2 156 1207 02 3 210 0406 00 4 342 0163 01 5 136 0260 04 6 136 0634 01 7 131 3714 00 8 211 0381 00 9 210 0405 00 10 214 0579 00 11 386 5339 00 386 5339 01 12 131 0993 00 13 131 0590 03 14 131 3087 00 15 131 3617 00 010 6464 00 196 2963 00 206 0364 00 334 6093 00 070 5475 00 334 6157 00 070 5950 02 7 58 Tektronix Part Serial No Effective 010100 011610 Serial No Discont d B011609 Qty amp Description 92516
216. RY 80009 671071303 1 A26 92A90D 2 131 0608 00 13 CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 0550 0 248 22526 48283 018 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 50 GOLD PHZ BRZ W FERRULE 3 136 0752 00 2 SOCKET DIP PCB STR 2 X 10 20 POS 0 1 X 0 3 CTR 0 175H 09922 DILB20P 108 X 0 130 TAIL BECU TIN ACCOM 0 008 0 015 X 0 014 0 022 LEADS 4 136 0729 00 1 SOCKET DIP PCB FEMALE STR 2 X 8 16 P0S 0 1 X 0 3 09922 DILB16P 108T CTR 0 175 H X 0 130 TAILBECU TIN 5 131 3714 00 1 CONN RCPT ELEC FEMALE 540 PIN 22526 67884 004 6 211 0405 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE TK0392 ORDER BY DESC 7 220 0032 00 4 NUT 2 56 0 188 X 0 062 55 0KB01 ORDER BY DESC 8 386 5339 00 010100 011609 1 STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS 80009 386533900 386 5339 01 8011610 1 STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS 5Y400 386 5339 01 9 131 1425 00 1 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 1 X 36 0 1 0 230 MLG X 22526 65521 136 0 090 TAIL 30 GOLD STACKABLE DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 7 39 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 10 11 12 7 40 Tektronix Part Number 670 9501 00 670 9501 01 670 9501 02 670 9501 03 670 9501 04 670 9501 05 670 9501 06 670 9501 04 670 9501 05 670 9501 06 670 9678 00 670 9678 01 670 9678 02 670 9678 03 670 9678 04 670 9678 05 670 9678 06 670 9678 04 670 9678 05 670 9678 06 136 0729 00 131 3714 00 211 0405 00 220 0032 00 131 0608 00 131 0993 00
217. Run the REMOVE system file system Install utility Verify option to make sure that no system files have been deleted DUP BAD OWNER 0 MODE M The program has detected duplicate or bad block SIZE S MTIME T DIR F REMOVE numbers associated with this file type y in response Run the file system Install utility Verify option to make sure that no system files have been deleted DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 87 Troubleshooting 4 88 Phase 3 Check Connectivity This phase of the program checks for unreferenced directories Table 4 32 summarizes the error messages that can be generated during Phase 3 testing In the table a word in parentheses following an error message indicates the actual prompt message that appears on the screen Table 4 32 Phase 3 File System Check Error Messages Message UNREF DIR OWNER 0 MODE M SIZE S MTIME T RECONNECT Explanation The program has detected an unreferenced directory you must clear it Type n in response to the RECONNECT prompt The program then prompts you to clear the inode Type y in response to the CLEAR prompt Run the file system Install utility Verify option to make sure that no system files have been deleted SORRY NO lost found DIRECTORY You must rebuild your system First run the file system Make program then use the file system Install utility to reload the System Software SORRY NO SPACE IN lost found You must rebuild your file sys
218. S 3 5 FLOPPY TO FIT INTO A 5 25 MECH OPENING INCLUDES HARDWARE FLOPPY DISK DR 3 5 INCH 1 44MB 1 INCH TWO SIDED DOUBLE DENSITY IBM DAS MAINFRAMES B060100 amp ABOVE ASSY INCLUDED CABLEASSY Mfr Code 0 01 5 400 0435 06383 1943 0435 0435 1943 0435 0435 80009 80009 80009 80009 0435 06383 0KBZ5 11897 0860 15915 15915 80009 0435 0 805 1951 2208 0435 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 211 0383 00 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC FCM3 A 14 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 650180709 650187707 650193109 650197308 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 122 NN 2500 060 ORDER BY DESC 345 101 010 345 101 020 366152200 ORDER BY DESC 437 0363 00 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Number Number Effective Serial No Discont d P6041 105 0985 00 012 1398 00 070 8485 07 070 5960 06 070 5958 03 070 7483 01 671 0957 00 012 1233 00 012 0153 00 012 1398 00 070 5959 08 012 0689 02 012 1399 00 174 2695 00 062 8941 03 070 5961 02 334 6672 00 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty Name amp Description S
219. SEAGATE HARD DISK DRIVE WINCHESTER 5 25 INCH 40MB 24M5 5T412 DAS 9219 HARD DISK DRIVE WINCHESTER 3 5 80MB 24 5 57412 OPT 13 DAS9219 9229 STD DAS9220 BRKT CHASSIS 3 5 TO 5 25HARD FLOPPY DRIVE DAS 9220 BRKT CHASSIS 3 5 TO 5 25HARD FLOPPY DRIVE DAS 9220 BRKT CHASSIS 3 5 TO 5 25HARD FLOPPY DRIVE BRKT CHASSIS 3 5 TO 5 25HARD FLOPPY DRIVE DAS 9221 CHASSIS DISK DR FRAME amp CARTRIDGE Mfr Code 09922 09922 22526 22526 00779 98159 65249 22526 3M099 TK0392 0 01 0 01 0 01 80009 22526 22526 06915 62803 0198 0198 15920 65867 15920 65867 15920 15920 0JE80 Mfr Part Number DILB40P 108 DILB28P 108 65268 008 65461 006 916220 2 2829 75 4 BH2 3A 50016 1368 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 211037500 11268 002 11031 102 3 01 5124 57225 57225 94205 51 571100 94205 51 54459 014 426244900 426244901 5 450 5 7 11 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 2 52 119 3290 00 010100 040119 119 4317 00 B040120 426 2444 00 B040120 426 2389 00 B040620 53 211 0507 00 54 119 1636 00 119 2400 00 B010100 B011795 119 2400 03 011796 55 211 0383 00 56 407 3415 00 B010100 B010611 407 3
220. SY 60 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071202 A25 671 0712 03 020117 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 60 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071203 92A60D ONLY A26 671 0713 00 010100 0201002 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 90 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071300 A26 671 0713 01 8020103 B020271 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 90 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071301 A26 671 0713 02 B020272 B020297 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 90 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071302 A26 671 0713 03 B020298 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 90 CH DEEP MEMORY 80009 671071303 92A90D ONLY 27 671 1578 00 010100 010121 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISTION 8K MEMORY 80009 671157800 A27 671 1578 01 010122 B029999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISTION 8K MEMORY 80009 671157801 A27 671 1578 02 030100 030175 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISTION 8K MEMORY 80009 671157802 A27 671 1578 03 030176 8030185 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISTION 8K MEMORY 80009 671157803 27 671 1578 04 030186 B039999 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISTION 8K MEMORY 80009 671157804 A27 671 1578 05 B040100 B040170 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISTION 8K MEMORY 80009 671157805 27 671 1578 06 040171 060757 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISTION 8K MEMORY 80009 671157806 92496 ONLY A27F116 159 0116 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE 1A 125V 0 45EC0 17 0946 5 4 1 A27F117 159 0116 00 FUSE CARTRIDGE 1A 125V 0 45EC0 17 TK0946 5 4 1 28 671 1579 00 010100 010158 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISTION 32 MEMORY 80009 671157900 A28 671 1579 01 010159 010232 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DATA ACQUISITION 32K MEMORY 80009 671157901 A28 671 1579 02 010233
221. SY DAS9221 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS9221 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS9221 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS9221 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS9221 CONTROLLER DAS 9221 ONLY CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS9221 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS9221 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS9221 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS9221 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS9221 CONTROLLER Mfr Code 80009 80009 15915 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 2W944 2W944 61857 71400 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 670960203 670976700 251015 670976800 650198700 650198701 650198702 650198703 81126 10 8112K 10 552 5 AGC 2 1 2 010043110 672111902 671232401 671232402 671232403 671232404 671232405 671232406 671232407 671232401 671232402 671232403 671232404 671232405 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Number 70 70 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 3301 3301 3303 3503 4300 5300 5301 6300 6301 6900 7102 7103 7200 7201 8102 8200 8202 8900 7009100 700 A71 A71 A71 ATIF DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 2900 120 Tektronix Part N
222. Secondary Board Figure 2 2 Location of Line Voltage Selection Jacks 5 Refer to Figure 2 3 to determine the current line selection W135 W135 136 134 136 134 Primary Board E J Primary Board Secondary Board 8 9 8 0 8 N Secondary Board 8 9 8 0 164 18 16 164 J163 16 115 VAC Operation 230 VAC Operation Figure 2 3 Position of Line Voltage Selection Jacks for 115 V or 230 V Operation NOTE The numbers 8 9 8 0 and 8 N in Figure 2 3 indicate the following wire color code resistor color code standard m Wire 8 9 is a gray wire with a white stripe m Wire 8 0 is a gray wire with a black stripe m Wire 8 N is a gray wire with no stripe 2 8 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Maintenance 6 Change the selection by grasping the plastic boot of the wire with needle nose pliers and moving the wire to the appropriate jack NOTE When installing W135 on J136 or J134 turn W135 180 to insert it on the jack 7 Reassemble the power supply and replace it in the mainframe 8 Remove the fuse from the back panel see Figure 24 and replace the mainframe fuse as follows m 115 V operation uses a 15 A medium blow fuse m 230 V operation uses a 10 A slow blow fuse To determine the fuse part number refer to Replaceable Electrical
223. T BD ASSY EXPANSION CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION CIRCUIT BD ASSY EXPANSION CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 2 X 8 0 1 CTR 0 230MLG X 0 095 TAIL 30 GOLD CONN RCPT ELEC FEMALE 540 PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 55 CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 05 50 0 248 MLG X 0 137 TAIL STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS STIF CIRCUIT BD BRASS CONN HDI PCB FEMALE RTANG 4 X 35 140 POS 0 1 CTR 0 580 H X 0 180 TAIL 30 GOLD CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 6 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 195 TAIL 30 GOLD STANDARD ACCESSORIES MANUAL TECH USERS 92C01 02 03 MANUAL TECH INSTR SHEET 92C02 03MO DULE Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 22526 22526 TK0392 0 01 22526 80009 5 400 00779 22526 80009 2548 Mfr Part Number 670872700 670872701 670872702 670872703 670872704 65610 116 67884 004 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 48283 018 386533900 386 5339 01 533444 4 68025 106 070596200 ORDER BY DESC DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Number 34 1 671 0760 00 2 131 3714 01 3 220 0032 00 4 211 0008 00 5 136 0751 00 6 131 4550 00 7 131 0265 00 8 131 3152 00 9 136 0757 00 10 131 1425 00 11 386 5339 01 12 131 0608 00 13 136 0755 00 14 136 0716 00 15 214 3036 00 16 210 0586 00 17 211 0012 00 Tektronix Part Serial No Effective
224. T Terminal There are two line voltage selection switches on the rear panel of the 9200T see Figure 2 5 Before applying power to the terminal check that the settings of both switches match the nominal voltage level of the AC power outlet that will supply power to the terminal AC Voltage d qc M 22 jew V Figure 2 5 Location of Voltage Selector Switches on the 9200 CAUTION After the 9200T is turned off wait five seconds to discharge the capacitors before turning it on again To change the line voltage selection on the 9200T turn off the terminal and unplug the power cord Switch the line voltage selection switches to the desired position and plug the power cord into the appropriate outlet 230 V operation requires one of the power cord Options A1 A5 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Maintenance 9201T Terminal There is one line voltage selection switch on the rear panel of the 9201T Before applying power check that the setting of this switch matches the nominal voltage level of the AC power outlet that will supply power to the terminal CAUTION After the 9201 is turned off wait five seconds to discharge the capacitors before turning it on again To change the line voltage selection on
225. T software product allows you to monitor and send signals to a system under test using the 37 pin D connector on the rear of the Master mainframe DAS with Option 04 An option to the DAS mainframe Option 04 allows the mainframe to satisfy the German electromagnetic interference requirements Refer to Replaceable Mechanical Parts serial number history of Option 04 on page 7 24 DAS Systems Prior to January 1 1996 DAS mainframes equipped with Option 04 that were sold prior to January 1 1996 satisfied the German electromagnetic interference requirements VDE 0871 Class This VDE option applied to mainframes set for 230 V operation only operation at 115 V exceeds component ratings A mainframe with Option 04 includes the following items m Conductive elastic between the front panel and media mount m Rear panel probe shields m EMI gasket material on the edges of the baseplate m Clip for holding the power supply tightly against the inside of the rear panel m Probe clamps for holding probes to the rear panel Six grounding clamps for RS 232 connectors DAS 9219 9220 only m Conductive paint on the inside of the top cover and baseplate to make a connection to the EMI gasket material along the edges of the baseplate m Screen material on the front panel top cover m EMI gasket material on the inside rear edge of the top cover 1 12 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Introduction to DAS Hardware Follow thes
226. TAL CMOS PLD OTP 22V10 PRGM 156 5912 00 15NS 90MA IG DIGITAL STTL PLD PAL20R 6 156 6381 00 IC DIGITAL CMOS P LD OTP 5064 64 MACROCELL 30NS PRGM 156 6229 00 IC MEMORY CMOS 64K X 8 PRGM 156 3381 00 27C 512 DIP 28 6 DAS 9221 ONLY IC MEMORY CMOS PLD OPT PRGM 156 6229 00 64MACROCELL 30NS CIRCUIT BD ASSY LAN IO ADAPTER CIRCUIT BD ASSY LAN IO ADAPTER CIRCUIT BD ASSY LAN IO ADAPTER DAS 92LANSE ONLY FUSE WIRE LEAD 1 5A 125V FAST BLOW Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 61857 Mfr Part Number 671232406 671232407 160882100 160882100 160882600 160881000 160881500 160881400 160882700 160881700 160882800 160882501 160881100 160881600 160881800 160882000 160881300 160881900 160882300 160893501 160882200 671245200 671245201 671245202 SP5 1 5A DI 6 15 Replaceable Electrical Parts Replaceable Electrical Parts List Cont Component Tektronix SerialNo Serial No Number Part Number Effective Discont d A71F170 159 0235 00 A71F640 159 0153 00 A71U810 160 5647 01 51 260 2305 00 010100 011637 51 260 2355 00 011638 51 260 2305 00 040100 040327 51 260 2355 00 040328 W298 174 0025 00 W298 174 1313 00 W398 174 0024 00 W398 174 1312 00 010100 059999 398
227. TANDARD ACCESSORIES PROBE PASSIVE 1 3 5 FT EJ ECTOR CKT BD NYLON CA ASSY INTCON SHLD CMPST MLD 8 26 AWG 121 0 L MANUAL TECH USERS DAS 9200 SYSTEM SERIES MANUAL TECH USERS DAS 9200 SERIES PROGRAMMATIC COMMAND LANGUAGE MANUAL TECH REF GUIDE DAS9200 SERIES COMMAND LANGUAGE PROGRAMMATIC MANUAL TECH USERS DAS 9200 SERIES ACQUISITION amp PATTERN GENERATION FILES CIRCUIT BD ASSY TRAINING AID OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES CABLE INTCON 3 METER 4693D TO HOST CABLE ASSY RF TELEQUIPMENT ASSY INTCON SHLD CMPST MLD 8 26 AWG 121 0 L DSUB 25 POS FEMALE DB25 X DSUB 9 POS MALE DB9 ALUMINIZED MYLAR W BRAID MANUAL TECH REF DAS9200 SERIES MAINFRAME CABLE INTCON 192 0 L 021 0188 00 TO MODEM CABLE INTCON 8 0L 9 PIN TO 25 PIN ADAPTER 92F221 CABLE ASSEM CABLE INTCON 18 5 L MANUAL TECH SERVICE DAS9200 SERIES SERVICE MANUAL TECH DAS 9200 MARKER IDENT MKD POWER CORD 15A MAX Mfr Code 80009 TK1163 6D224 TK2548 TK2548 TK2548 TK2548 80009 80009 80009 6D224 TK2548 80009 6D224 80009 80009 80009 07416 Mfr Part Number P6041 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 671095700 012123300 012015300 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 012068902 ORDER BY DESC 174269500 062894103 070596102 ORDER BY DESC 7 23 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number 7 24 Tektronix Pa
228. TR 0 230 MLG X 22526 65820 005 0 090 TAIL 0 240 30 GOLD MATING PIN 0 15 FROM PCB USED FOR A46 360 21 1 SKT PLIN ELEK CHIP CARRIER 69 CONTACT NOT REPLACEABLE ORDER 670 9703 XX USED FOR 46 360 22 361 1323 00 1 SPACER PLATE 0 01 X 0 945 X 0 945 BRS NP 80009 361132300 23 175 9677 01 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC 11 SGL 11 TW PR 28 AWG 80 0L 6D224 901950 24 346 0120 00 1 STRAP TIEDOWN E 5 5 L MIN PLASTIC WHITE 06383 55 1 5 25 175 9699 00 B010100 B010331 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC 2 26 AWG 6 0L 80009 175969900 175 9699 01 B010332 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC 2 26 AWG 6 0L 80009 175969901 26 380 0736 00 1 HOUSING HALF LOWER TK1163 ORDER BY DESC STANDARD ACCESSORIES 27 206 0364 00 23 TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR 80009 206 0364 00 020 1484 01 B061008 1 ACCESSORY PKG DAS 9219 29 E9 PKG OF 4 PROBE 80009 020148401 RETAINER 343 1292 00 28 196 2963 00 10 LEAD SET ELEC 2 23 AWG 3 156 LEACHES 2LEADS 9M860 ORDER BY DESC 7 66 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty amp Description Code Mfr Part Number P6463 29 0 010 6463 00 1 PATTERN GEN CHANNEL DOUBLER 80009 010646300 1 334 7039 00 1 MARKER IDENT MARKED P6463 07416 334 7039 00 2 334 7038 00 1 MARKER IDENT MARKED P6463 07416 334 7038 00 3 380 0735 00 1 HOUSING HALF UPPER TK1163 ORDER BY DESC 4 1 C
229. Technical Reference Tektronix DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 070 5959 09 Warning The servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only To avoid personal injury do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so Refer to all safety summaries prior to performing service C Copyright O Tektronix Inc All rights reserved Licensed software products owned by Tektronix or its suppliers and are protected by United States copyright laws and international treaty provisions Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 or subparagraphs 1 and 2 of the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 227 19 as applicable Tektronix products are covered by U S and foreign patents issued and pending Information in this publication supercedes that in all previously published material Specifications and price change privileges reserved Printed in the U S A Tektronix Inc Box 1000 Wilsonville OR 97070 1000 TEKTRONIX and are registered trademarks of Tektronix Inc DASNT and DASXP are trademarks of Tektronix Inc WARRANTY Tektronix warrants that this product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one 1 year from the date of shipment If any such product proves d
230. Troubleshooting There are four light emitting diodes LEDs mounted on one end of the 92C01 02 circuit boards Three of the LEDs indicate the state of the handshake protocol between the DAS and the GPIB and the fourth LED indicates if the DAS is requesting service DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 121 Troubleshooting The LED indicators are visible through the mainframe s back panel when a 92C01 or 92C02 module is installed they are located to the left of the GPIB port connector From left to right the LEDs represent the following GPIB lines NDAC Not Data Accepted When lit indicates that one or more listeners have not yet accepted the current data byte m NRED Not Ready For Data When lit indicates that one or more listeners are not ready to accept a new data byte for example the input buffer is already full m DAV Data Valid When lit indicates that the talker is outputting a valid data byte on the bus m SRQ Service Request When lit indicates that the DAS is requesting service from the controller The SRQ indicator is always controlled by the DAS therefore always reflects the mainframe s state The three handshake indicators however have different meanings when the DAS is the talker versus the listener When the DAS is a listener the DAV indicator reflects the state of the bus and the NRFD NDAC and SRQ indicators reflect the state of the DAS not the state of other listeners on the bus
231. U455 5 400 Kbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 60 Figure 4 22 Jumper Locations on the Model JU455 7 400 Kbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 61 Figure 4 23 Jumper Locations on the Model SA455 400 Kbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 62 Figure 4 24 Jumper Locations on the Model JU475 2 1 2 Mbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 63 Figure 4 25 Jumper Locations on the Model JU475 3 1 2 Mbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 64 Figure 4 26 Jumper Locations on the Model JU475 4 1 2 Mbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 65 Figure 4 27 Jumper Locations on the Model JU475 5 1 2 Mbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 66 Figure 4 28 Location of 0 W Resistors W381 and W575 on the Controller Board 4 67 Figure 4 29 Location of Jumpers J8700 8710 and J9700 on the Controller Board 4 68 Figure 4 30 SCSI Hard Disk Format Utility Main Menu 4 72 Figure 4 31 Configuration Utility Main Menu 4 98 Figure 4 32 Hardware Configuration and Diagnostic Results Display 2 2 2 2 2 22 2 60 42 4 99 Figure 4 33 Factory Default Network Configuration Display 4 101 Figure 4 34 Pod Connector of the P6461 E Probe
232. UPPORT STAB MEDIA TO POWERSPLY SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL BRACKET SUPPORT STAB MEDIA TO CARD CAGE SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V POWER SUPPLY ASSY STANDARD 115V Mfr Code 15920 65867 65867 5920 0435 61058 61058 2383 0 01 80009 5 400 5 400 0435 18189 OANT4 06383 TK1943 TK0435 0435 0435 1943 0435 0435 0435 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 94205 51 T151903001 029 54459 014 54459 010 ORDER BY DESC JU 455 5 JU 4753 AEG JU475 4AEG 211 0383 00 407341500 407 3415 01 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 1202 00 00 0541 4 5 X 5 5 POLY FCM3 A 14 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 650180700 650180701 650180702 650180703 650180704 650180705 650180706 650180707
233. VDE 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 04 VDE 80009 A04 DAS 9200 OPTION 04 ONLY POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSYOPT 1 5 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 POWER SUPPLY ASSY OPT 1 5 80009 A04 DAS 9200 OPTIONS 1 5 ONLY POWER SPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 POWER SPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 POWER SPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 POWER SPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 POWER SPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 POWER SPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 POWER SPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 POWER SPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 POWER SPLY ASSY OPT 1B 3 PHASE 80009 A04 DAS 9200 OPTION 1B ONLY SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL TK0435 SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL TK0435 GROMMET PLASTIC BLACK U SHAPE 0 88 ID 0KBZ5 PLASTIC CHANNEL 12 75 X 0 175 X 0 155 NYLON 11897 FUSEHOLDER 20A 250V GRAY 75915 CAP FUSEHOLDER U W 3AG FUSE 75915 KNOB YEL 0 156 ID X 1 0 OD X 0 25H 80009 SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL MARKER IDENT TK0435 MKD TEKTRONIX CABINET ASSY 8541 DAS9200 SERIES SUB PART OF CAB ASSY SEE FIG 17 INDEX 1 FOOT CABINET SMOKE TAN LEXAN INCLUDED W CAB ASSY 437 0363 XX 0860 0 805 1951 Mfr Part Number 650180701 650180702 650180703 650180704 650180705 650180706 650180707 650180708 650180709 650187701 650187702 650187703 650187704
234. Voltage Indicator Knob DAS 9219 9220 Look Similar 2 9 Figure 2 5 Location of AC Voltage Selector Switches on the 9200T 2 10 Figure 2 6 Location of the Line Voltage Selector and Line Fuse Behind the 92HS8 8E Side 2 12 Figure 2 7 Back Panel Location of the 92 58 Line Voltage Indicator Screw ve e ee S Re S sn 2 13 Figure 2 8 Location of C921 on Mainframe Controller Board 2 15 Figure 3 1 DAS Mainframe Internal Components Memory Board in Slot 1 for DAS 9219 0220 3 1 Figure 3 2 Removing the Mainframe Top Cover 3 4 Figure 3 3 Ejector Tools and Location of Card Cage Door Fasteners 22524 55 ES 3 5 Figure 3 4 Location of Latches for Removing the Front Panel 3 7 Figure 3 5 Location of Screws for Removing the Media Frame 3 9 Figure 3 6 Typical Cable Connections for Fixed Mount Hard and Floppy Disk Drives for DAS 9219 and DAS 9220 Mainframes 3 11 Figure 3 7 Typical Cable Connections for Fixed Mount Hard and Floppy Disk Drives For DAS 9221 Mainframes 3 12 Figure 3 8 Folding the Ribbon 3 13 Figure 3 9 Removable 20 Mbyte Drive in DAS 9219 9220 Media Frame ew Se Ry Rar ha aieo ia a 3 14 Figure 3 10 Removable Hard Disk Drive in a Media Frame 3 15 Figure 3 11 Location of Screws for Removing the Mainframe
235. X 0 120 TAIL BECU BD RETENTION TIN ACCOM 0 008 0 014 LEADS CIRCUIT BD ASSY BACKPLANE CIRCUIT BD ASSY BACKPLANE FITTING CABLE 6 32 X 0 038 ID X 7 0 L X 1 038 OD BRASS Mfr Code 39766 83385 63221 00613 5Y400 5Y400 5Y400 5Y400 TK0435 TK0435 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 TK0435 22526 22526 TK0392 0 01 0 01 22526 22526 00779 00779 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number ORDER BY DESC OBD PD24B2QNN 03228 USM C8 32 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 441 1733 02 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 670872600 670872601 670872602 670872603 670872604 1112 312 15867 008 50016 1368 ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 77268 002 77031 102 2 641933 1 2 641933 1 670872900 670872901 131311500 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Number Number 9 17 351 0778 00 351 0778 00 18 211 0404 00 19 220 0032 00 220 0032 00 20 131 1343 00 21 131 3480 00 22 131 3712 00 23 211 0405 00 24 220 0032 00 25 131 2230 00 26 378 0271 00 27 211 0244 00 28 386 5486 00 29 386 5323 00 30 407 3415 01 407 3415 02 31 212 0023 00 212 0001 00 32 343 0154 00 33 343 0149 00 34 407 3503 00 35 211 0510 00 212 0023 00 212 0001 00 36 211 0510 00 37 407 3504 00 38 212 0023 00 212 0001 00 39 211 0510 00 Serial No Effective
236. X Disk Partition List NUMBER NAME PURPOSE LOCATION BLOCKS KBYTES x xxx xxx ROOT XXXXX XXXXX x xxx xxx SWAP XXXXX XXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX x xxx xxx XXXXX XXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX x xxx xxx ALL XXXXX XXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX Selections Available a Format Setup Menu b Change Swap Size Menu c Show Bad Block Lists d Exit Enter choice default d Figure 4 30 SCSI Hard Disk Format Utility Main Menu 4 72 Format Setup Menu Use this menu format your hard disk and specify the swap space size FORMAT SETUP MENU Current Active Options Defects Manufacturers and Grown Recommended Swap Size 6 Meg Recommended Selections Available Initiate Format Use Recommended Settings Defects Manufacturers and Grown Recommended Defects Manufactures Only Swap Size 6 Meg Recommended Swap Size 8 Meg Go to Main Menu Enter choice default 41 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting The selections in the Format Setup menu let you format the hard disk change the swap size option or return to the main menu Option c maps out the manufactur er s bad block list and any bad blocks that have been detected by earlier format operations Option maps out the manufacturer s bad block list only To make a selection enter the letter preceding the selection description If you only press the Return key the default action inside t
237. X201 X701 Word Recognizer Event X202 X702 Glitch Delay Filter X203 X703 Events Detector X204 X704 Glitch Detector X30X 80 TRIGGER SEQUENCER X300 X800 StartSelect X301 X801 Trigger State X302 X802 Arms Select X303 X803 Assert Manual Arms Any card with E vents X304 X804 AssertEventArms Any card with E vents X305 X805 Word Recognizer Event Path X306 X806 Trigger Delay Counter Modes X307 X807 Run Trigger Delay Counter X308 808 92HS8 8E Time Base X40X X90X ACQUISITION MEMORY X400 X900 Load Address Counters X401 7901 Run Address Counters X402 X902 Bank Select Generator X403 X903 Select2 GHz Mode DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 14 92HS8 8E Diagnostic Error Codes Cont Error Codes Divide By Four Generator Possible Failures Other than 92HS8 8E X405 X905 Memory Data Bit Independence X50X SYSTEMS 92HS8 Interface Clock Phase 92HS8 Interface Time Base Attached Data Probes External Clock Cables External Clock Cables Data Probes Table 4 15 92516 925 109 Diagnostic Error Codes Possible Failures Other than Error Codes Test Name 92516 925 109 000 Path clock 9200 System time base X100 Program Counter Load X101 Program Counter Increment X102 Stack Load X103 Stack Increment 200 516 Memory Bit Write X201 516 Memory Memory Addr
238. a i 0 k wm DAS 9200 Technician s Reference The Controller board contains a single part that contains BATTERY BACKUP CLOCK CALENDAR and STATIC MEMORY NVM The battery powers the other features when the mainframe loses power such as when you disconnect the power cord or power down the mainframe The STATIC MEMORY contains approximately 32 Kbytes of nonvolatile RAM for storing interrupt routine addresses previous shutdown conditions and pointers to other processes LEDs monitor the state of the power supplies and activity of the CPU during level 0 power up diagnostics DIP SWITCHES override the baud rates set in the Communications menu for the RS 232C ports Refer to Controller Board LEDS on page 4 20 for more information on the LEDs The CPU is a 68EC030 microprocessor operating at 40 MHz it uses an asynchronous bus structure and decoding circuitry to transfer 32 address bits and 32 data bits The BUFFERS link the address data and control lines from the CPU to outside circuitry These buffers can be tri stated when other controllers for example aGPIB DMA controller use these lines The BOOT ROM contains 64 Kbytes of ROM space used to store power up sequences and level 0 diagnostic POWER CONTROL issues the TURNOFF request signal to the CPU for a normal power down sequence power switch OFF The CPU performs file management procedures and sends aSHUTDOWN signal to the power supply causing the power su
239. able to both disk drives power cable connectors are to the connectors on the disk drives Install the media frame into the DAS gently forcing it as far to the right as possible Use 7 5 to 10 0 inch pounds of torque to fasten the media frame in place DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 3 13 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures N CAUTION Be careful not to pinch any power or ribbon cables when installing the media frame 5 Reconnect the cables to the mainframe Controller board routing the cables so that they do not block the airflow from either the card cage fan or the power supply fan The ribbon cables must be folded neatly as shown in Figure 3 8 6 Secure the power supply wires to the top of the media frame using a cable tie 7 Install the stabilizer bracket that secures the media frame to the power supply frame S Install the removable media after you complete all reassembly e oa A lt ed lt lt A e Figure 3 9 Removable 20 Mbyte Drive in DAS 9219 9220 Media Frame 3 14 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Figure 3 10 Removable Hard Disk Drive in a Media Frame The hard disk drive is installed on the right side in a DAS 9221 mainframe Procedure 7 1 Removing the Power Supply DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Perform procedures 1 on page 3 3 an
240. ace connectors Do this by heating the board or switch in at 65 C 150 F for 15 minutes before applying power DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Maintenance Mainframe The following paragraphs describe maintenance procedures for DAS mainframes Exterior Cleaning Dust the exterior surfaces of the mainframe with a dry lint free cloth or a soft bristle brush If dirt remains use a cloth or swab dampened with a 75 isopropyl alcohol solution A swab is also useful for cleaning in narrow spaces around the controls Do not use abrasive compounds on any part of the instrument CAUTION To prevent getting moisture inside the instrument during external cleaning use only enough liquid to dampen the cloth or swab DO NOT use chemical cleaning agents they may damage the plastics in the instrument In particular avoid chemicals that contain benzene toluene xylene acetone or similar solvents Interior Cleaning Clean the interior every six months to keep dust from contami nating the disk drives To access the mainframe s interior refer to the instruc tions in Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Use a dry low velocity stream of air to clean the interior of the mainframe A soft bristle brush is useful for cleaning around components If a liquid must be used for minor internal cleaning use a 75 isopropyl alcohol solution and with deionized water Floppy Disk Drive The floppy disk drive requires r
241. actions with the device under test The primary functions of the Control bus are as follows m Provide setup information to the modules m Provide test vectors to pattern generation modules or programming information to generate test vectors m Retrieve data from the acquisition module for display or processing by a host computer m Retrieve status information from modules for display DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 5 3 General Circuit Functions The Control bus is asynchronous this allows a wide range of module responses and the ability to extend to Expansion mainframes Expansion Mainframe 3 Slot 35 8 slots for Acquisition and or Pattern Generation Modules Slot 27 Expansion Slave Board Expansion Cable Expansion Mainframe 2 Slot 26 Expansion Board 1 slots for Acquisition and or Pattern Generation Modules Slot 18 Expansion Slave Board Expansion Cable Expansion Mainframe 1 Slot 17 Expansion Board 7 slots for Acquisition and or Pattern Generation Modules Slot 9 Expansion Slave Board Expansion Cable Master Mainframe Slot 8 Expansion or Exp GPIB 6 slots for Acquisition and or Pattern Generation Modules Slot 0 Controller Board Figure 5 3 DAS System Bus Diagram Instrument Bus The Instrument bus consists of three buses the Event bus Time Base bus and Correlation bus 5 4 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Gener
242. added to the Master mainframe A fully expanded system Master mainframe with three Expansion mainframes provides a total of 28 usable slots Expansion and Master mainframes use the same mechanical chassis backplane and power supply However the Expansion mainframe does not contain a Memory board power switch or disk drives In an Expansion mainframe an Expansion Slave board replaces the Master mainframe s Controller board If you have one Expansion mainframe with the Master mainframe you can place it on top of the Master mainframe as in Figure 1 3 the Master mainframe can support the weight of only one Expansion mainframe When using two or three Expansion mainframes all mainframes must be vertically rackmounted the Master mainframe must be positioned as the lowest mainframe in the rack For complete details on rackmounting refer to the Option 05 Rackmount Installa tion Instructions document Acquisition Data Probe Expansion Mainframe Master Pattern Generation Mainframe Data Probe System Under Test Figure 1 3 DAS Master Mainframe Connected with One Expansion Mainframe In a fully expanded system see Figure 1 4 the Master mainframe and Expansion mainframes 1 and 2 require an Expansion board in slot 8 of each mainframe The Master mainframe uses either a 92 02 GPIB Expansion module or a 92C03 Expansion modu
243. address gateway address and subnet mask If not enter the correct information and reboot the LAN Did you reboot the LAN after entering or modifying the DAS hostname internet gateway address or subnet mask Rebooting is necessary for the new values to be used For the 92LAN Module use the DTP terminal to check 92LAN ARP table entries and use Snoopy mode to determine if any packets are addressed to the 92LAN Does ftp report an error when the host issues a command Refer to Using ftp in the 92LAN User Installation Manual or in the 92LANSE Instruction Manual for error messages If the host runs the DEC VMS Operating System has a third party TCP IP compatible FTP software package been properly installed and set up on the host If not contact your system administrator or Tektronix sales engineer 4 129 Troubleshooting LAN Communications 4 130 The DAS LAN can interface and communicate with a variety of host computers running various operating systems Host computers communicate with the DAS using either the ftp file transfer protocol rsh remote shell or rcp remote copy commands Refer to the 92LAN User Installation Manual or 92LANSE Instruction Manual if you use ftp The rsh commands are not discussed in the 92LAN Users Installation Manual or 92LANSE Instruction Manual but they function because the LAN Support Software contains a rshd daemon You can execute the ftp rsh commands fr
244. age 3 13 5 Secure the power supply wires to the top of the media frame using a cable tie DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Floppy Disk Data Cable red line on top Hard Disk Data Cables red line on top Floppy Disk Drive Power connector Hard Disk Power Connector ip d 0000 Figure 3 6 Typical Cable Connections for Fixed Mount Hard and Floppy Disk Drives for DAS 9219 and DAS 9220 Mainframes DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 3 11 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Floppy Disk lt Data Cable red line on top Hard Disk Data Cables red line on bottom gt j Floppy Disk Drive i Power connector x 1 Hard Disk Power o Connector B BR Figure 3 7 Typical Cable Connections for Fixed Mount Hard and Floppy Disk Drives For DAS 9221 Mainframes Installation Hints For Removable Media Hard Disk Drives The procedure for installing the removable media hard disk drive is essentially the reverse of the disassembly procedure
245. age it becomes inactive and therefore you cannot use the image You have to restore an image before using it User created files such as saved setups reference memories and trigger libraries remain in place when you save or restore an image The files do not become part of the saved image and are not replaced when you restore an image This means that when you convert a system from one mode of operation to another by saving then restoring or installing new system software existing user files that were present in the original mode will still be present in the new mode It is not necessary to save the user files separately when switching modes although doing a backup before such a major change is always a good idea Likewise saving a system software image does not make a copy of the user files and is not a substitute for a backup DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 99 Troubleshooting 4 100 Be aware that saving an image of the current system software causes the software to be removed Therefore you must install new software following a Save operation before returning to normal operation You can install new software either from the floppy disks or by restoring a previously saved image Saved images of system software vary in size according to the amount of optional system software and application software installed The minimum size is approximately 14 Mbyte If there is insufficient room on the hard disk to save the complete image
246. ainframe does not contain hard or floppy disk drives Memory board Controller board or front panel power DC switch Power control is provided by the Master mainframe through the expansion cable assembly Major components unique to the Expansion mainframe include the Expansion Slave board and the Expansion cable assembly 5 14 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions Expansion Slave Board The Expansion Slave board occupies the same physical slot in the Expansion mainframe as the Controller board occupies in the Master mainframe slot 0 The Expansion Slave board uses a Backplane board for electrical connections to DAS modules Some of the buses on the Master mainframe s backplane are also available to Expansion mainframes through the expansion cable assembly The expansion cable assembly that connects a Master mainframe or Expansion mainframe to another mainframe is composed of a six cables that attach to an Expansion Cable board mounted inside a housing The Expansion Cable board does not contain active circuitry The four basic bus structures carried on the backplane are as follows m Control bus m Instrument bus m Application bus m Power supply bus Refer to Figure 5 3 for an illustration of the bus structures Also refer to Backplane Board for a detailed description of these buses The Expansion Slave board contains interface circuitry for communicating with the Master mainframe s Controller board a
247. ainframe to lock the head in the hard disk drive and complete file management procedures 1 Remove the line cord from the power supply 2 provide temporary power to the Controller board circuits while replacing the battery connect an external 5 volt supply across C921 shown in Figure 2 8 CAUTION Before connecting the external power supply observe the polarity of the supply and the capacitor Connect the minus lead of the supply to the grounded side of the capacitor DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Maintenance Controller Board U731 C921 U918 U925 U928 BT905 Figure 2 8 Location of C921 on Mainframe Controller Board 3 Remove the battery BT905 in Figure 2 8 by cutting the elastic band and pulling the battery out of the holder WARNING To avoid injury observe proper procedures for handling and disposal of N lithium batteries Improper handling may cause fire explosion or severe burns Dont recharge crush disassemble heat the battery above 100 C 212 F incinerate or expose the contents of the battery to water Dispose of the battery in accordance with local state and national regulations For further information refer the Lithium Battery Disposal section following this procedure 4 Place the new battery in position and push it into the holder while observing the correct polarity 5 Disconnect
248. al Circuit Functions 5 12 The storage capacity for the standard hard disk drive in DAS mainframes is as follows m 127 Mbyte for DAS 9221 earlier versions contained a 100 Mbyte drive 40 Mbyte for DAS 9220 no longer available 10 Mbyte or 20 Mbyte for DAS 9219 no longer available An 80 Mbyte hard disk drive is available for the DAS 9219 9220 as an option Removable media hard disk drives are also available as options an 80 Mbyte drive is available for the DAS 9219 9220 and 127 Mbyte drive is available for the DAS 9221 The 20 Mbyte DAS 9219 9220 and the 100 Mbytes DAS 9221 are no longer available When you power down the mainframe by pressing the ON OFF switch a power down sequence locks the head in the hard disk drive into a safe position and completes file management procedures Use the floppy disk drives for the following purposes m Loading application software from floppy disk m Copying files for use on other DAS mainframes m Making and restoring backup files m Storing instrument setups reference data and acquisition data from the modules A light on the front of the floppy disk drive indicates when the mainframe is accessing a floppy disk This light glows slightly when the system is powered up but the drive is not in use A 5 25 inch 400 Kbyte floppy disk drive was standard in the DAS 9219 mainframe and was available as an option for the DAS 9220 This drive reads or writes to floppy disks in 360 K
249. al Circuit Functions The Event bus allows modules to pass real time low speed events 240 ns between each other at TTL levels Sixteen general purpose event lines allow Boolean combinations of events between modules including sequential arms trigger qualification and start stop functions A differential ECL signal TSYNC is a synchronizing clock used to clock events on and off the Instrument bus TSYNC runs at periods of 40 80 160 and 160 ns for one two three and four mainframe systems respectively The Controller selects the TSYNC rate to track the reduced speed of events caused by additional Expansion mainframes The Time Base bus provides four programmable time bases for asynchronous acquisition and timestamp for example a type of correlation The four time bases are programmable by the Controller from 1 ms to 20 ns plus 40 ns in increments of 1 2 and 5 The time bases developed from the differential ECL signal MCLK do not extend to Expansion mainframes The master mainframe synchronizes Expansion mainframe time bases with a 10 ns clock signal ECLK The Correlation bus passes signals needed for time alignment of data from acquisition modules The data may have been acquired at different rates There are eight correlation signal lines available on the backplane these signals are buffered at each Expansion mainframe interface The maximum clock rate is 25 MHz all correlation signals are open collector TIL For a complete
250. al Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 43 131 3766 00 6 44 260 2285 00 45 150 1083 00 46 386 1635 00 41 131 3713 00 48 351 0778 01 49 211 0404 00 50 220 0032 00 51 131 3182 00 52 131 2567 00 53 386 5323 00 54 119 4398 10 050100 059999 55 211 0507 00 56 426 2389 00 426 2444 00 B040120 426 2449 00 B050100 B050573 426 2449 01 B050574 B060898 426 2530 00 B060899 51 119 4359 00 050100 050450 119 4588 00 050451 050695 119 4787 00 050696 060898 119 5089 00 060899 061104 119 5491 00 061105 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qty amp Description 1 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 1 X 2 0 1 CTR 0 235 MLG X 0 110 TAIL 30 GOLD 0 025 SQ SWITCH ROCKER SPST DIP 8 POSITION SIDE ACTUATED 0 1 OHM CONTACT RES 5A 2PF 0 980 L 0 281 H 0 380 W SEALED DIODE OPTO LED RED 655NM 10 ELEMENT BAR GRAPH ARRAY SUPPORT CKT BD CHASSIS MT ACETAL CONN HDI PCB MALE STR 4 X 92 368 POS 0 01 CTR 0 460 H X 0 120 TAIL 30 GOLD W CTR GUIDE PIN GUIDE PIN 0 585 X 0 080 2 56 SST SET OF 2 1 REQUIRED SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 PNH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 55 CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 25 0 1 CTR 0 390 MLG X 0 112 TAIL 0 33 H SHRD 4 SIDES CTR PLZ 30 GOLD HIGH TEMP CONN HDR PCB MALE RTANG 2 X 17 0 1 CTR 0 390 H 0 230 MLG X 0 1 TAIL PLZ WALL CTR PLZ 30 GOLD 0 15 PCB TO SQ PIN
251. also be used to remove other boards such as the Memory board in DAS 9219 9220 mainframes or GPIB Ex pansion modules that reside in reserved slots of the mainframe CAUTION Many components within the mainframe are susceptible to static discharge damage Follow the standard handling precautions for static sensitive devices under Static Precautions beginning on page 2 1 when servicing this instrument 1 Perform procedure 1 on page 3 3 2 remove the card cage door unscrew counterclockwise the fasteners on the card cage door see Figure 3 3 Remove the door and set aside Ejector Tools Fastener e Fastener Card Cage Door Figure 3 3 Ejector Tools and Location of Card Cage Door Fasteners 3 Disconnect the probes GPIB and LAN cables from the rear of the main frame For DAS 9219 9220 mainframes disconnect the RS 232 connections 4 Remove the connectors from the GPIB and LAN modules if installed DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 3 5 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures A Procedure 2a Removing the 92LANSE Module Procedure 3 Removing the Front Panel 3 6 NOTE When removing a 92A60 or 92490 module remove the 92A60 90 Memory board before removing the buffer probe attached to the 92 60 90 Controller board 5 Insert the two board ejector tools into the board you are removing as shown in Figure 3 3 NOTE B
252. alysis system or as an intelligent peripheral device connected to a host computer or controller Figure 1 1 shows two example configurations On the left a DAS stand alone system DASXP is connected to a terminal on the right a DAS sends data to a controlling host computer DASNT Optional Host Computer Connection DAS 9200 Mainframe Pattern Generation Data Probe System Under Test Figure 1 1 DAS Basic Configurations DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Optional Host Computer Connection Terminal Host Computer x DAS 9200 Mainframe i Acquisition Data Pattern Generation Acquisition Data Probe Data Probe Probe System Under Test 1 1 Introduction to DAS Hardware As a stand alone system the DAS can be connected to a Tektronix color terminal host computer printer or copier The color terminal displays the interactive menus The host computer can be used to transfer acquisition stimulation and instrument setup data to or from the DAS Various types of parallel and serial printers are supported to generate non color monochrome reproductions of display screens and acquisition and pattern generation data Using the optional 92X Term software also known as DASNT systems you can operate the DAS from a window on a workstation The interactive me
253. ameter has no affect Your system administrator should provide you with the correct Internet address for your default X Server Enter the new value in the format XXX XXX XXX XXX where each XXX represents a decimal number in the range of 0 to 255 or enter 1 to select the Use Name option and press the Return key To retain the current address press the Return key without entering any numbers Set LANPCL Port Number Selecting item L from the Main menu lets you set the service number assigned to the DAS LAN PCL LANP service This number is used by host software requesting LAN PCL services from the DAS The legal range of values for this entry is 1025 to 65535 Host software provided by Tektronix assumes that this service is assigned the value 10999 If you specify a different value you must also change the host based software Enter a new value in the range of 1025 to 65535 or press the Return key without entering number to retain the current value Set GPIB Port Number Selecting item P from the Main menu lets you set the GPIB port address assigned to the DAS when it is used in a GPIB network Legal values are Off line and addresses O through 30 When the value is set to Off line the DAS is prevented from responding to any GPIB activity There are no secondary GPIB addresses for the DAS Enter a new value in the range of 0 to 30 or 1 for Off Line Press the Return key to retain the current value Update Flash ROM If you have a 920
254. an exit this part of the Main Self Test or continue to test the terminal F3 Executes the Self Test repeatedly To exit continuous testing mode press the RESET button or turn the terminal off F4 Cycles through the part of the Extended Self Test that is used to test the terminal at the factory F5 Displays the Extended Self Test menu You can test peripheral devices and terminal components from this menu Shift F 1 Displays the Factory Mode menu which trained service personnel use during the manufacturing process Refer to the Tektronix 4205 Service Manual F7 Blanks the screen then redisplays the Main Self Test menu F8 Exits the Main Self Test and returns the terminal to normal operation If you do not press a function key within 20 seconds after the menu appears the Self Test continues If the test detects an error the terminal beeps twice and displays a message If a message does not appear adjust the BRIGHTNESS knob located on the front panel Extended Self Test The Extended Self Test checks the terminal and the terminal s interaction with peripheral devices To run the Extended Self Test you must rerun part of the Main Self Test as follows 1 Press the S TEST button and hold it while you press and release RESET continue to hold in S TEST for another two seconds then release it DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 2 Press 5 from the Main Self Test menu The terminal displays the Extended
255. and the display circuitry in the 9201T During the keyboard test the light in the Caps Lock key blinks once and then stays off If the keyboard test fails the light stays on A message may also appear on the screen If the terminal fails the test it displays a message and beeps twice If the terminal beeps twice and a message does not appear adjust the BRIGHTNESS knob located on the front panel If Power up Self Test does not detect any errors the terminal displays an underline or block cursor when the test completes If the test detects an error the terminal lists the error below Self Test Error If an error occurs follow these procedures 1 Press the RESET button on the front of the terminal to rerun the Power up Self Test If the test does not detect any errors the terminal is operating normally 2 If an error occurs during the second Power Up Self Test note the message on the screen and do the following m If the message says Keyboard Self Test failed check the keyboard cable connection on the front of the terminal m If the message says Nonvolatile Parameters Load and Parameters reset to factory defaults you may need to reset some operating parameters Refer to the Tektronix 4205 Service Manual This manual is not part of the DAS documentation package to obtain this manual contact your Tektronix representative If the error does not affect the operation of the DAS you can use the terminal
256. and 255 The sm command displays the value in hexadecimal to fit all of the data onto one line DDDDDDDDDDDD dddddddd is the destination ethernet and internet addresses hexadecimal unformatted 5555555 is the source address from the IP header 555515 the source port from the TCP header DDDDDDDD is the destination address from the IP header m dddd is the destination port from the TCP header m 14444444 is the sequence number from the TCP header aaaaaaaais the acknowledgment number from the TCP header m www is the window from the TCP header m 1111 is the TCP data length m Ror W displays if the 92LAN is reading R or writing W this message m 0123456789ABCDEF is partial data A maximum of eight bytes are displayed This field is blank if there isn t any data m ARP marks an address resolution protocol packet Lines without an ARP are transport control and Internet controls m UAPRSF is the flag field When flag is not true the appropriate flag bit shows an underline If the flag is true the field contains one of the following letters U for urgent A for acknowledge P for push R for reset S for synchronize and F for finish or no more data from sender DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 133 Troubleshooting Examples In the following example the sm command activates the Snoopy mode and displays the 92LAN current Internet network protocol ARP messages Command sm Current Sn
257. and Floppy Disk Figure 4 8 shows the locations of the power connector pins for the hard and Drive Power Connector floppy disk drives 12 V 12 V RET 5 V RET DC POWER CONNECTOR Figure 4 8 Floppy and Hard Disk Drive Power Connector Hard Disk Drive Switch hard disk drive circuit boards have several switches and jumpers that are set and Jumper Positions at the factory You should never change these switch and jumper positions However if you suspect that the drives are the source of a problem refer to Figures 4 9 to 4 16 for the correct positions of the switches and jumpers DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 47 Troubleshooting Hard disk drives are available in different sizes DAS 9219 9220 mainframes use the following sizes of ST506 drives 10 Mbyte 20 Mbyte 40 Mbyte or 80 Mbyte DAS 9221 mainframes use 100 Mbyte 127 Mbyte 170 Mbyte or 1 2 Gbyte SCSI drives The DAS 9221 uses a SCSI drive and DAS 9219 9220 mainframes use a ST506 interface type of drive These drives are not interchangeable If you install the wrong type of drive into your mainframe you may damage the drive N CAUTION Be aware of the differences between the removable hard disk drives The 10 Mbyte NEC D5124 and 20 Mbyte Seagate ST 225 drives no longer available Refer to Figures 4 9 and 4 10 12345678
258. arate RS 232 terminal to run the Configuration Utility Mainframe Software Troubleshooting To determine that the software of the mainframe is functioning properly perform the following steps 1 Power on the mainframe with DIP switch number 1 down and number 2 up The terminal will display the prompt BOOT gt 2 Enter config to display the Configuration Utility menu DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 3 Verify that the proper network parameters are set Refer to Figure 4 33 on page 4 101 for the factory default network parameters for the mainframe 4 Verify the mainframe software by running the file system check procedure and the verify function of the Install utility Refer to File System Check Procedure on page 4 84 and Verifying Base Optional and Application Software on page 4 95 If necessary correct any errors 5 Power off the terminal and mainframe and set the DIP switches of the mainframe to the normal boot position switches 1 and 2 up 6 Power on the terminal and mainframe Wait two minutes for the maionframe to complete its boot process and then verify communications by attempting to Ping the mainframe from the terminal using the following procedure a After the X terminal has booted and the Serial window displays press the Setup Key on the keyboard and enter the Setup window on the X Terminal some terminals it may be necessary to press Shift Setup b Select Network Utilities fro
259. ard disk space or memory This power down may corrupt the hard disk file system For information on checking and rebuilding the file system refer to Loading DAS System Software Check for manual changes at the back of this manual to verify that the information has not been updated Power Failure The last system shutdown resulted from loss of AC power 0 power cord disconnected from the power source Files remain open resulting in a loss of disk space For information on checking and rebuilding the file system refer to Loading DAS System Software Check for manual changes at the back of this manual to verify that the information has not been updated Unexpected Fan Failure The last system shutdown resulted from unknown causes The operating system assumes this mode at power on This power down may corrupt the disk file system For information on checking and rebuilding the file system refer to Loading DAS System Software Check for manual changes at the back of this manual to verify that the information has not been updated The last system shutdown resulted from either a mainframe fan failure a power supply fan failure or an over temperature condition This power down does not corrupt the disk file system DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 25 Troubleshooting 4 26 Level 1 Diagnostics After the mainframe completes level O diagnostics level 1 diagnostics check for incorrect module config
260. as supplemental information Use the DDM mode as follows 1 Connect a terminal to the 92LAN Terminal port J145 with a DTP cable Refer to Cable Construction to build a cable 2 Apply power to the 92LAN terminal Set the terminal communication parameters as follows These parameters are the defaults for the 92LAN DTP 9600 BAUD Full duplex 8 bits char No parity 1 stop bit 3 On the 92LAN board short pins 2 and 3 of J155 4 Place switch 1 on the System Controller board in the down position and apply power to the DAS mainframe 5 When prompted by the 92LAN terminal press the Return key twice If you want to change only the 92LAN Terminal port BAUD rate press it once 6 Remove the jumper installed in step 3 7 The 92LAN Controller now enters the 92LAN Firmware Diagnostics Debug Monitor DDM and the 92LAN DTP terminal displays the DDM selection menu This menu allows you to list select and run all 92LAN functions and tests and provides various loop and error printing options The displayed prompt line shows your selections 4 42 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Cable Construction The DTP cable connects a terminal or PC with terminal emulation software to the 92LAN Diagnostic Terminal Port The following parts list and Table 4 24 allow you to construct this build it yourself cable Parts Required 6 each Female 0 1 square pin contact Tektronix part no 131 0707 00 1 each 6 in
261. asic description of the DAS system m Maintenance Provides information on how to keep the mainframe and modules in good working condition Line voltage selection and lithium battery replacement procedures are also given m Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Gives instructions for disassembling and reassembling the mainframe and probes m Troubleshooting Provides information on diagnostics and troubleshooting practices m General Circuit Functions Gives an overview of circuit functions on mainframe boards and instrument modules bus descriptions are also given m Replaceable Electrical Parts Contains a list including Tektronix part numbers of replaceable electrical parts for the DAS mainframe and associated modules some parts are only replaceable to the module board level m Replaceable Mechanical Parts Contains a list including Tektronix part numbers of replaceable mechanical parts for the DAS mainframe and associated modules xviii DAS 9200 Technician s Reference JE Ft Introduction to DAS Hardware The Digital Analysis System DAS 9200 is a highly modular set of state of the art digital analysis tools It includes the following items A mainframe A color terminal Acquisition and pattern generation modules Application software packages Probes By selecting and configuring these tools you can customize your digital analysis system for your applications The DAS can be used either as a stand alone digital an
262. ata Acquisition Modules The 92 96 and 92C96 Modules 100 MHz 96 channel data acquisition modules for general purpose medium speed hardware analysis 32 bit micropro cessor support and up to 400 megasamples of high speed time analysis You can expand the modules to 288 channels of acquisition at speeds of 100 MHz synchronous and 72 channels at speeds of up to 400 MHz asynchronous The module comes with 8 channel probes and single channel clock probes or with an optional 90 channel microprocessor interface The modules are available in the following versions m 92A96 with an 8K memory standard m 92A96D with a 32K memory m 92A96XD with a 128K memory m 92A96SD with a 512K memory m 92A96UD with a 2M memory m 92C96D with a 32K memory m 92C96XD with 128K memory m 92C96SD with a 512K memory The 92C96 Modules function identically to the 92496 Modules The memory depth of the 92C96 Modules is determined by an ID ROM Memory upgrade kits are available for the 92C96 Modules Contact your local Tektronix sales representative for information on the memory upgrade kits In addition to stand alone operation you can time correlate the 92496 or 92C96 Modules with the 92A16 92A60 90 or other 92496 Modules to provide multiple time bases The circuit blocks of the 92 496 and 92C96 Modules include the following features and functions refer to Figure 5 8 m The Processor Interface Subsystem enables the DAS system controller to set
263. ata input channels this minimizes the time delay between signals on the module A probe interface that determines probe I D status and contains a digital to ana log converter for generating acquisition thresholds Incoming acquisition data is compared against this threshold to determine its logical state high or low Login registers for glitch and edge detection The registers receive incoming data from the probe interface and send it to the high speed controller A high speed controller that contains timer counter circuits and trigger state control circuitry the Event bus passes the resulting information to other modules for their use as in start stop triggering The high speed controller stops the acquisition process when the trigger condition is satisfied Four parallel word recognizers that recognize binary words up to 16 bits Before word recognition can occur these words must be preloaded into a comparison RAM through the CPU interface Incoming acquisition data is compared against the preloaded words until a match is found A memory multiplexer system that uses a latched pipeline with a 4 phase clock to multiplex the data into a high speed ECL RAM This allows the RAM to capture data at 200 MHz Storage qualification for incoming acquisition data and 4 Kbytes of acquisition memory 2 Kbytes with glitches enabled A PROM to supply identification information to the Controller board The 92A16E module is functionally the sa
264. ater than 30 us primary power is available A high to low transition indicates that primary power is disabled When the Controller board receives this Signal it will use NVRAM instead of the hard disk to perform an emergency shutdown of the operating system DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 26 Test Pad Signal Descriptions Cont Label Name Description 5 SHUTDOWN This active low signal travels from the Controller through the backplane to the power supply to power down the mainframe after the TURNOFF signal is sent ON ON STANDBY This active low signal traveling from the backplane to the Power Supply and the Controller board indicates the position of the front panel switch When ON the front panel switch is pushed in When in STANDBY mode the front panel switch is out Refer to Controller Board beginning on page 5 5 for more information on the sequence of events for TURNOFF POWER FAIL and SHUTDOWN DIP Switches on the The Controller board has eight DIP switches you access the switches through an Controller Board opening on the back panel of the mainframe Check these switches if power on is unsuccessful Use DIP switches 1 and 2 when loading the system software from floppy disks You can also use switches 1 and 2 to force the mainframe to loop its level 0 diagnostics this may be helpful to isolate intermittent power on errors The Communications menu contains RS 232 paramete
265. ates up to 2 GHz an 8K memory two word recognizers and two levels of triggering You an expand the 92 58 to a 16 24 or 32 channel module using interface boards clock cables and cabinets refer to the 92HS8 8E Module User Manual for details When forming a module with more than eight channels clock cables connect each high speed cabinet to the Master interface board The 92HS8 Master interface board and 92HS8E Expander interface board provide the following circuitry m An interface to the DAS CPU through the Backplane s Control bus for programming control of the 92 58 cabinet and interface board m Static RAM to provide a sequential image of the acquisition memory DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 5 21 General Circuit Functions 5 22 Circuitry to support one signal event in out for communication with other DAS modules on the Event bus Circuitry to support correlation mark activity with other DAS modules on the Correlation bus A common time base and clock source 500 MHz to 200 Hz for each cabinet in a 16 24 or 32 channel module 92HS8 Master Interface only Stop Store signal output from the 92 58 circuitry that generates a trigger This signal is ORed on the Master interface card in a 16 32 channel module If the Stop Store signal originates from the cabinet attached to the 92HS8E interface card it is passed to the 92HS8 Master interface card on one line of the Application bus A card ID PROM to pro
266. attempt mainframe disassembly procedures with probes installed or RS 232 connections in place m DO NOT place the mainframe on its front face The front panel will not support the weight of the mainframe The following list identifies the tools necessary for disassembly of the DAS mainframes 92 58 cabinet and probes This is a complete list of tools you will need only the tools for your specific disassembly needs m inch flexible shaft nutdriver m l inch nutdriver m 11 inch shaft length 2 POZIDRIV screwdriver magnetic tip m inch flat blade screwdriver m 1 POZIDRIV screwdriver m 1 Phillips screwdriver m Torque screwdriver with the following tips inch slotted blade tip inch nutdriver tip 1 Phillips tip TORX type magnetic tip T 20 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures m 0 Phillips screwdriver m Small diagonal cutters m Two board ejector tools located inside the mainframe front panel Tektro nix part number 105 0985 00 Disassembly Reassembly of the Mainframes A Procedure 1 Removing the Mainframe Top Cover A The following procedures describe how to disassemble and reassemble the DAS Master mainframe and DAS 92E9 Expansion mainframe The user may perform procedures 1 and 2 However qualified service personnel must perform the other procedures CAUTION Only qualified service personnel should perform disassembly procedures Dangerous electric shock
267. ber B061162 The three phase load is Y connected A maximum of 15 A at three times the frequency may flow into the neutral conductor A switch or circuit breaker at the installation site is required by some international standards Table 1 2 Power for Expansion Mainframes Watts Voltage Cord Option Source 475 W 105 V 127 V Std 115 V 12 A 575 W 105 V 127 V1 Opt 1A 115V 15A 650 W 200 V 250 V 1 5 220V 10A 750 W2 200 V 250 V Opt 1B 120 208 V 8 A phase to phase 3 phase 1 Operation at a low line of 90 V is possible if the card cage load is reduced to 425 watts or less The 750 W 3 phase power supply option was discontinued as of serial number B061162 3 Thethree phase load is Y connected A maximum of 15 A at three times the frequency may flow into the neutral conductor A switch or circuit breaker at the installation site is required by some international standards Refer to Selecting the Line Voltage and Replacing the Line Fuse beginning on page 2 6 for instructions on how to change the line voltage Module Power Requirements Each combination of boards requires a different amount of power from the mainframes Therefore you must select a power cord power supply and power source that meets your system line current demands DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 1 9 Introduction to DAS Hardware 1 10 To determine the power cord and power source you need check the message displayed during power
268. blies is located at the beginning of the electrical parts list The assemblies are listed in numerical order When a part s complete component number is known this list will identify the assembly in which the part is located Chassis Parts Chassis mounted parts and cable assemblies are located at the end of the Replaceable Electrical Parts List Mfr Code to Manufacturer The table titled Manufacturers Cross Index shows codes names and addresses Cross Index of manufacturers or vendors of components listed in the parts list DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Electrical Parts Manufacturers Cross Index Mfr Code Manufacturer 3774 OSHINO ELECTRIC LAMP WORKS LTD TK1333 COMPUTER CRAFT CORP TK2469 UNITREK CORPORATION 1Y013 ACACIA DEANCO 15605 EATON CORP OPERATIONS AND TECHNICAL CTR 2W944 PAPST MECHATRONIC CORP 61058 MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC CORP OF AMERICA PANASONIC INDUSTRIAL CO DIV 61857 SAN 0 INDUSTRIAL CORP 71400 BUSSMANN DIV OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC 14594 COMPONENT RESOURCES INC DIST DIV OF CPI INTERNATIONAL CORP 15915 LITTELFUSE INC SUB TRACOR INC 80009 TEKTRONIX INC 95146 ALCO ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS INC DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 01963 CHERRY ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS CORP Address 5 2 SHINAGAWA 2 CHORE SHINAGAWA KU 57 THOMAS RD PO BOX 264 3000 LEWIS amp CLARK WAY SUITE 2 3600 SUNSET AVE 3101 SW 153RD DRIVE 4201N 27TH ST AQUIDNECK INDUSTRIAL
269. byte or 400 Kbyte format only Use only 48 TPI tracks per inch double sided double density floppy disks with this drive do not use 96 TPI disks A 5 25 inch 1 2 Mbyte floppy disk drive was standard in the DAS 9220 and DAS 9221 mainframes and was available as an option for the DAS 9221 mainframe This drive reads or writes to floppy disks in 1 2 Mbyte format This drive also reads floppy disks written in 400 Kbyte format for example 92SS Backup System Software however it should not be used to write to disks of this type Use only 96 TPI double sided high density floppy disks to store and retrieve data with this drive A 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte floppy disk drive is available with DAS 9221 mainframes with system software Release 3 Version 1 40 and higher The disk drive has 512 byte sectors 18 sectors per track two tracks per cylinder and 80 cylinders per disk The drive is low level PC format compatible DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions Power Supply The power supply is located a separate housing within the mainframe A series of 21 wires attached to the backplane transfers power from the power supply to the modules Memory board in DAS 9219 9220 mainframes and Controller Board The system controller controls the power supply via a ribbon cable which attaches to the backplane The media power cable supplies power to the DAS mainframe media The 2 wire fan power cable supplies power to the card cage
270. cabinet Then slide the top cover to the rear and remove it from the cabinet Remove the bottom cover by removing the two bottom corner feet at the rear of the cabinet and sliding the bottom cover to the rear of the cabinet Remove a side cover by removing the top and bottom corner feet from the rear of the cabinet for the side left or right being removed Slide the side cover to the rear of the cabinet Procedure 2 Perform this procedure to access the components under the Memory board Elevating the 92HS8 Memory Board Perform Procedure 1 Remove the seven screws holding the board in place see Figure 3 14 Swing the Memory board to the upright position since the board is secured to the cabinet by a hinge on the left side of the cabinet NOTE You may need to prop the board in the upright position DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 3 23 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Procedure 3 Removing the 92HS8 Power Supply Procedure 4 Removing the 92HS8 Cooling Fans 3 24 Memory Board p d yy Figure 3 14 Location of Screws for Elevating the 92HS8 Memory Board Perform Procedures 1 and 2 on page 3 23 Remove the AC power cord inside the cabinet from the power supply Remove the two screws from the top cover of the power supply and remove the cover Remove the six screws and the two spacer posts that secure the power supply to the cabinet see Figure 3 15 Tip the power supply onto its side
271. can distinguish between the drives as follows m 10 Mbyte hard disk drive 05124 The power connector pins are parallel with the main circuit board and there is no circuit board mounted on the back of the drive this is a 5 25 inch drive with no bracket m 20 Mbyte hard disk drive Seagate ST 225 The power connector pins are at right angles to the main circuit board This is 5 25 inch drive with no bracket m 40 Mbyte hard disk drive CDC WREN II CDC IMPRIMIS 94205 51 or Seagate 571 253 The power connector pins are parallel with the main circuit board and there is a circuit board mounted on the back of the drive perpen dicular to the main circuit board This is 5 25 inch drive with no bracket DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting m Standard 40 Mbyte drive ST 151 The power connector pins are parallel with the main circuit board and located at the bottom of the drive and there isn t any circuit board mounted on the back this drive is a 3 5 inch drive mounted in a 5 25 inch bracket 80 Mbyte hard disk drive Seagate ST 1100 or Swift The power connector pins are parallel with the main circuit board and located at the top of the drive this drive is a 3 5 inch drive mounted in a 5 14 inch bracket The DAS 9219 9220 also have removable drives that can be distinguished from each other as follows m 20 Mbyte removable hard disk drive Miniscribe 8425 Two thumb screws secure the drive in the DAS mai
272. cause this problem file descriptor Usually indicates an interprocess communication problem between the system manager and the menu you were using Cycle power or rebuild operating sys tem software to recover from the problem Supervisor trap Supervisor bus error exception Supervisor address error exception RAM or a kernel from the disk is bad RAM or hardware bus such as the hard disk problem RAM or hardware bus such as the hard disk problem Drive is not bad block formatted Reformat drive make the file system and reinstall software May not be able to access the drive Unable to read write bit map Hard disk error x xx 05 message 500 Reformat drive make the file system and reinstall software You may not be able to access the hard disk drive A problem has occurred with the hard disk drive or with files on the drive You may not be able to access the hard disk drive Reformat drive make the file system and reinstall software Cycle the power on the mainframe and run the file system Check and Verify Winchester interrupt with no buffer queued Check the ST506 Interface controller DAS 9219 9220 only Unable to replace bad block The hard disk does not function There are not enough replacements for the bad blocks Controller Board LEDs If level O diagnostics detect an error the mainframe may pause indefinitely without displaying a message on the terminal In this case the s
273. ch wide terminal contact holder Tektronix part no 352 0164 06 1 each 25 pin female D DCE connector Tektronix part no 131 0569 00 Two feet of 6 conductor ribbon cable Table 4 24 DTP Cable Wiring Connector J145 DCE Connector Mainframe Troubleshooting Isolation of a problem is limited to the module level diagnostics only perform checks on individual boards and not the entire system Items such as probe connections probe functionality and card to card interactions cannot be tested If the mainframe passes the diagnostics but you still suspect a hardware problem there are other checks you can do to find the problem This section contains information to troubleshoot mainframe hardware and system software Power Supply Check To determine if the power supply voltages are within their tolerance measure the voltages on the power supply test pads 7890 on the top front corner of the backplane The first six test pads are labeled GND 5 V 3 V 15 V 15 V and 12 V DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 43 Troubleshooting 4 44 Power Control Signals Using a digital multimeter set at 20 V Div probe the test pads for the voltages shown in Table 4 25 Table 4 25 Power Supply Voltages Tolerance 5 09 V min 5 21 V max 3V 2 0 V min 2 2 V max 5 V ref 15 V 15 V min 20 V max 15V 15 V min 20 V max 12 V 11 4 V min 12 6 V max Check the power control signals
274. cian s Reference Troubleshooting A small swap partition uses 4 Mbyte of hard disk space default a medium swap partition uses 6 5 Mbyte of hard disk space and a large swap partition uses 9 Mbyte of hard disk space If you are using two modules set the swap partition to a medium size If you are using four or more modules set the swap partition to a large size If none of these selections meets your needs then you can define the swap parti tion size Selection d lets you dedicate from 4 Mbyte to 50 of the total drive capacity for the swap partition size After the swap partition size program changes the size of the swap partition the program returns to the BOOT gt prompt You must then run the Make utility If you do not run the utility the system may behave unpredictably File System Make Utility The file system Make utility either creates a new empty file system and destroys all previously stored files on the hard disk or it checks and repairs the existing file system The utility prompts you to select one of the two options Use the file system Check option to repair file system damage resulting from an abnormal shutdown of the DAS Before running the Make utility use the system software Disk Services menu to save all user created files on floppy disks The Make utility operates the same for all DAS mainframes NOTE If the hard disk drive is seriously corrupted you may not be able to save files on floppy disks Ther
275. cover each of the DAS acquisition pattern generation and optional I O modules m An on line documentation package that includes a location dependent system of technical notes A programmatic command language user manual that describes the set of programmatic commands available for remotely controlling the DAS A series of application software user manuals that describe the various application software packages m A series of microprocessor specific microprocessor support instructions designed to accompany the 92A60 90 Module User Manual and 92A96 amp 92C96 Module User Manual that describe the various microprocessor support packages m A series of workbooks that teach concepts about DAS acquisition modules and pattern generation modules The DAS Technician s Reference Manual is designed for use by qualified service personnel It contains information necessary to check troubleshoot and maintain the DAS mainframe and all associated modules Troubleshooting is primarily based on internal power up diagnostics These diagnostics isolate problems to the board or module level Once the faulty board is identified use the instructions provided in this manual to remove and replace it Replacing the faulty board allows a minimum of downtime for the user The board is later repaired at the factory DAS 9200 Technician s Reference xvii Preface This manual contains the following sections m Introduction to DAS Hardware Provides a b
276. creen before continuing To return to the start of the procedure press the Return key CAUTION If your terminal is not a 9202 or 9203XT Terminal 17 or 8 skip to Step 2 1 Before starting the Flash Update procedure information regarding the software compression is displayed Follow the instructions on the screen to make the appropriate selections for your Flash ROM configuration 2 Information about step 1 of the Flash ROM procedure is displayed Read the information carefully before proceeding 3 The configuration parameters that you specified are displayed on the terminal Write these parameters down you need to enter the parameters in the Boot Monitor the parameters will not be visible after you reset the terminal Do not continue with the instructions on the terminal screen until you have completed the steps 4 through 15 of the instructions listed below The boot path information is case sensitive upper or lower case Be sure to copy the boot path exactly as displayed The terminal will not boot properly 1f the boot path is wrong 4 Reset the terminal by pressing the Control Alt and Delete keys simulta neously When the Boot Monitor appears on the screen press the space bar to stop the boot process This prevents the terminal from completing the boot process before the parameters are set DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 105 Troubleshooting 4 106 NOTE Some NVRAM parameters cannot b
277. ctions and word recognizer events A Stop status condition shuts down the 92HS8 system clock at the end of an acquisition if trigger conditions are satisfied DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions Probe threshold and deskewing control circuits Analog voltages are stored in sample and hold circuits generated by a RAM driven digital to analog converter DAC These analog voltages are set to the desired probe thresh old values based on user selections and deskew elements as determined by the deskew procedure Address and data paths to support communication programming with the DAS CPU through the interface board installed in the mainframe and the interface cable between the mainframe and the cabinet External Arms probe input to provide an enable to the trigger machine based on an external event An External Asynchronous clock probe that provides an input for an external time base for the 92 58 system clock A single 8 channel module can be run synchronously using an external clock source if the clock source is periodic and symmetrical You can select to clock from the rising edge of the external clock up to 350 MHz or from both the rising and falling edges 700 MHz 92516 Pattern Generation Module The 92516 algorithmic pattern generator provides up to 18 channels of output pattern vectors and two clock channels An SMB connector located on the back of the module supplies a TTL level output trigger signal Th
278. d lift it from the lower probe housing To disconnect the cable assembly from the Buffer Driver board grasp the cable assembly plug and gently pull it straight out note pin 1 orientation for reassembly 6 Reassembly of the probe is the reverse of this procedure 92A60 90 Buffer Probe Use the following steps to disassemble the 92A60 90 Buffer Probe standard handling precautions for static sensitive devices in Maintenance when servicing this instrument i CAUTION Static discharge may damage the probe semiconductors Follow the 1 With the DAS mainframe power OFF disconnect the lead set or probe adapter plugged into the probe 2 With a flat blade screwdriver unlatch one side of the probe Keep that side slightly separated while unlatching the other side of the probe 3 Grasp the top and bottom halves of the probe and pull apart 4 Remove the flat ribbon cables by grasping the loose tabs and pulling straight up 5 Unscrew the two screws holding the circuit board to the bottom plastic case They are located near the probe adapter end 6 Pull the circuit board forward and out Reassembly of the probe is the reverse of the disassembly procedure Terminals The disassembly reassembly procedures and other helpful service information for the DAS terminals are found in one of the following documents m 9200 4105 Service Manual m 9201 4205 Service Manual m X Terminals TekXpress X Terminal Series Service Manual
279. d 3 on page 3 6 Trace the wires from the front of the power supply to the three front edge connectors J690 J590 J390 on the Backplane board Using care not to cut the power supply wires cut the plastic tie that holds the power supply wires to the media frame Unscrew and disconnect the 21 power supply wires from the three edge connectors on the Backplane board Disconnect the ribbon cable W290 from J290 on the Backplane board Disconnect the two prong power cable connector W865 and the three prong sense cable connector W866 from the fan 3 15 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures NOTE Remove the media frame before removing the power supply It is not necessary to remove the cables connected to the media for this procedure 10 11 12 Unscrew the four screws that hold the media frame to the mainframe baseplate see Figure 3 5 on page 3 9 Remove the stabilizer bracket connecting the media frame to the power sup ply frame Remove the bracket connecting the power supply frame to the card cage Grasp the media frame with both hands and tilt 1t outward then lift up and turn 90 to remove Remove the ribbon cable W965 that connects the power supply to the media Unscrew the two bottom front and two top rear screws of the power supply frame from the mainframe See Figure 3 11 Screws 5 e Figure 3 11 Location of Screws for Removin
280. d disk 14 14 8K buffer RAM alignment none 15 79 Hard Disk Controller IC interrupt none 7D Floppy Disk Controller IC interrupt none 80 Time base 500 us chain none 81 Time base 1 ms chain none 82 83 Time base TSx none 84 87 Time base TB3 none F3 Unexpected bus error mainframe memory module F7 BINTx exception a module in a slot F8 Spurious exception a module in a slot F9 Undefined exception none FD Expansion Power F an fail exception Expansion power supply or card cage fan power line has dropped phases 92C02 03 T X Don t Care DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 23 Troubleshooting Table 4 6 DAS 9219 9220 Memory Board Diagnostic Errors Possible Failures Other Error Codes Test Functions than Memory Board 38 3B Communication ports interrupts Mainframe Controller 40 47 Communication ports registers Mainframe Controller 48 4 Communication ports transmit Mainframe Controller 4C 4F Communication ports receive Mainframe Controller 5X MMU registers Mainframe Controller OX tH DRAM Mainframe Controller 9X MMU operation Mainframe Controller T Except Controller board error codes 63 Error code 66 occurs if DIP switch 1 is in the down position Refer to the DIP Switches on the Controller Board on page 4 45 Diagnostics menu The Diagnostics menu lists the major system components the master mainframe any attached expansion mainframes and me
281. d executing these tests refer to the Extended Diagnostics information in this section The DAS controller runs four additional tests to check the LAN board s shared RAM interface during level 1 diagnostics If the power up diagnostics do not detect errors the 92LAN loads its RAM based operating system The mainframe system controller supplies this LAN Operating System LANOS from the hard disk drive via the shared RAM The 68000 reads the LANOS from shared RAM writes it into its own bank of support RAM and executes LANOS When LANOS is running it resets the 7 segment display to zero and uses the display as an ethernet packet counter This counter increments by one for each packet addressed to the 92LAN When the 92LAN board is idle the display shows the packet counter incrementing This is caused by network broadcast messages such as ARP requests and is normal all hosts on the network must pay attention to these The 92LAN board also contains a 10 segment bar graph display The bar nearest the 92LAN board s outside edge is segment 1 Segments are numbered sequen tially through segment 10 at the opposite end Table 4 19 describes the function of each segment DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 37 Troubleshooting Error Codes 4 38 Table 4 19 Diagnostic Bar Codes Segment Description 1 This segment lights during power up diagnostics It stays lit after the mainframe boots UNIX only ifa LAN diagnostic test fai
282. d increments this address each time a clock transition occurs low to high An address selector that takes the result of the address counter and applies it to the output pattern memory An output latch that receives data from the pattern memory and sends it to the pattern generator probe through four probe interface circuits 62 ohm terminators that terminate the Application bus for the last card in a module set The terminated module is designated in the Power Up menu as 925327 Refer to Appendix C of the 92516 32 User s Module Manual for more information on these terminators A PROM to supply identification information to the Controller board P6464 and P6465 Pattern P6464 Pattern Generation Probe is used with the 92816 32 Pattern Generation Probes Generation Module This probe generates nine DNRZ Delayed Non Return to Zero channels of data 50 MHz and one clock for either or ECL logic systems The P6464 contains DAS 9200 Technician s Reference A programming circuit that allows the 92532 to write to or read from the probe Only two pieces of information can be read the probe ID number and the status of the IDENT switch A delay IC for delaying the pod clock relative to the master clock Inhibit drivers that output signals used to drive the inhibit lines of each podlet 5 25 General Circuit Functions P6463A Pattern Generation Probe m A 3 V Power Supply board reference to 5 V The P6465 Patte
283. defects and Grown defects defects developed on the hard disk after it was shipped from the factory The lists the bad blocks by head cylinder and sector it does not list the partition or file system block with the defects It is not necessary nor possible to add blocks to these lists DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 75 Troubleshooting DAS 9219 9220 ST506 Hard Disk Format Utility 4 76 Menus BAD BLOCK LIST DISPLAY LIST NAME defect count head cyl sector Manufacturer Defects 3 X X X X X X X X X Grown Defects 0 NONE Press any key to return to the Main Menu If the system software detects bad blocks while the DAS is running it automati cally adds the blocks to the bad block list by the SCSI hard disk drive After the DAS loads the Hard Disk Format utility it displays the Hard Disk Drive Selection menu This is the main menu for the Hard Disk Format utility Hard a b c d e f g h Disk Drive Selection Menu Seagate ST 151 40 MB Drive default Seagate ST 1100 Swift 80 MB Drive Seagate ST 225 20 MB Drive Seagate ST 253 WREN II 40 MB Drive Miniscribe 8425 20 MB Drive removable media NEC D5124 10 MB Drive Set Disk Characteristics Exit Enter choice a The 10 20 40 and 80 Mbyte hard disk drives look similar from the front of the DAS To determine the size of the drive remove the DAS top cover and look at the power connector on the back side of the drive You
284. dia drives and reports the status of each component at power on This menu also displays a summary and brief description of the modules installed in each mainframe the software version currently installed the date and time and some general user information In earlier versions of the system software the Diagnostics menu was known as the Power Up menu Some of the major features of the Diagnostics Menu include the following information m The name of the mainframe such as Mainframe Expansion 1 Expansion 2 and Expansion 3 Expansion mainframes and media drives are only listed if they are connected m A summary of the modules installed in each slot of the specified mainframe The Master mainframe has slots 0 1 and 8 reserved for specific boards the Memory board is in slot 1 for the DAS 9219 9220 slots 2 7 accept any DAS module Expansion mainframes provide additional slots so the total number of slots varies with the number of Expansion mainframes You cannot select this field it is only for information m The results of diagnostic testing done at power on with a PASS FAIL or No S W message FAIL messages include a four digit error code refer to Diagnostics menu Error Codes The No S W message indicates that the module software is not installed refer to the Version menu for a list of the installed software You cannot select this field it is only for information 4 24 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting
285. dule is a communication option for the DAS The 92LAN Module allows file transfer between the DAS and your host computer 92LAN Module consists of a circuit board with connections for Thicknet Thinnet cables and software support for Transport Control Protocol and Internet Protocol TCP IP with FTP File Transfer Protocol The module is compatible with networks complying with the IEEE 802 3 10BASES Thicknet and 10BASE2 Thinnet interface standards The network type is selected with a 92LAN board jumper block TCP IP networking protocols allow the 92LAN to communicate with operating systems such as UNIX DEC Ultrix 32 DEC VMS and DOS transfer files to and from a DAS the host computer must have TCP IP capability A Communications menu overlay controls the 92LAN Before using the 92LAN you must add some system information to the overlay Obtain this information from your system administrator This information is needed by both the 92LAN and your host For a complete 92LAN overlay description refer to the 92LAN Installation manual The 92LAN FTP is a listening only device allowing the 92LAN to respond only to commands issued from your host You cannot issue commands from a 92LAN to your host The 92LAN board installs into slot 2 of a DAS mainframe insuring the highest interrupt priority from the DAS system controller Note that the 92LAN Module does not operate in Expansion mainframes After you install a 92LAN board y
286. e After quitting the Configuration utility you will return to the gt prompt from which you can enter install to install new software or reset the DIP switch restart the mainframe and return to normal operation Optional system software disks contain parts of the system software which are not required for all DAS systems This software is optional so you can free up space on your DAS hard disk drive by installing only software that is required for your system Each optional software disk label shows the approximate size of the software to help you decide which optional software to install It is possible for this number to be larger than the capacity of the floppy disks The Base System Software and all optional system software is installed on all systems shipped from the factory You can remove unnecessary optional system software or application software by using the remove option of the Install utility You can install or exclude optional system software and application software at your discretion when you upgrade your mainframe to new software versions When upgrading the software remove any optional system software that you do not want to replace with a newer version if you are unsure of the software versions run the Verify function to check that all of the software on the hard disk 1s the current version There are different optional software packages Some of these relate directly to the instrument module families availab
287. e 92516 can use either the 6464 or 6465 Pattern Generator Probes You can group a 92516 with up to seven 92532 cards to form a wider deeper pattern generator module In this configuration the 92516 maintains the circuit interactions and test and branch features You can include only one 92516 in any pattern generation module circuit blocks of the 92516 provide the following features and functions DAS 9200 Technician s Reference A memory depth of 1 Kbyte of RAM Clock outputs up to a maximum rate of 50 MHz for the pattern generation probes You can select various pattern generator clock rates to use either internal or external clock signals A controller interface and ROMs that allow communication with the DAS Controller board These ROMs store the module identification A probe interface establishing a serial communications link for the probes and the status readback circuitry This allows the Controller board to read the vector being delivered by the pattern generator probe and identifies the probe attached to each connector pod The probe interface also sets the threshold voltage for the P6460 probes Status readback circuits that take data from the microcode memory program counter and first latch and perform logic operations The information is divided into 8 bit words for transfer to the controller 5 23 General Circuit Functions 5 24 Probe receivers that convert differential ECL outputs from acquisiti
288. e Mainframes 3 3 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference i Table of Contents Procedure 1 Removing the Mainframe Top 33 Procedure 2 Removing a Module From the Card Cage 3 5 Procedure 2a Removing 2LANSE Module 3 6 Procedure 3 Removing the Front Panel 3 6 Procedure 4 Removing the 3 7 Procedure 5 Removing the Media Frame 3 8 Procedure 6 Removing the Disk Drives From the Media Frame 3 9 Procedure 7 Removing the Power Supply 3 15 Procedure 8 Removing the Card Cage 3 18 Procedure 9 Removing the Controller Board 3 20 Procedure 10 Removing Disassembling the Expansion Cable DAS 92E9 Ha are ans 3 20 Procedure 11 Removing the Expansion Slave Board DAS 92E9 only 3 21 Procedure 12 Removing the Backplane 3 22 Disassembly Reassembly of the 92HS8 Cabinet 3 22 Procedure 1 Removing the 92HS8 Cabinet Covers 3 23 Procedure 2 Elevating the 92HS8 Memory Board 3 23 Procedure 3 Removing the 92HS8 Power Supply 3 24 Procedure 4 Removing the 92HS8 Cooling 3 24 Procedure 5 Replacing 92HS8 Probes
289. e and after each trigger m Timestamp operation to correlate data from other 92A60 90 modules Every sample has a time value stored with a data value This allows you to view the amount of time that has elapsed between samples m Correlation activity with other acquisition modules 92A16 and 92 58 This circuitry in conjunction with timestamp operation communicates with other modules using the Correlation bus m A PROM to supply identification information to the Controller board 92A60 90 Buffer Probe The 92A60 90 uses the 92 60 90 Buffer Probe This probe consists of two halves the buffer probe and the flying lead set The flying lead set can be pulled away from the buffer probe and replaced with a microprocessor specific probe adapter for example 92DM27 for the 68000 and 68010 Microprocessors The buffer half contains input buffers cable drivers circuitry for electrostatic discharge protection and a probe ID button The probe adapters contain circuitry that provides channel assignments to the 92A60C or 92A90C and physical connection to your system The 92A60 90 Buffer Probe has three 40 pin probe cables that attach to the 92A90 Controller board When used with the 92A60 the probe has only two cables Refer to the 92A60 90 Data Acquisition Module User Manual for information on connecting the buffer probe to the 92A60 90 Controller board DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 5 19 General Circuit Functions 92 96 and 92C96 D
290. e at the media power connectors If the power supply does not power up check the following Power supply AC line fuse m Line voltage selection m The AC line power cord connection Power supply secondary wiring and control cable connections m Front panel DC power switch connection and operation Verify that you properly connected the terminal to the mainframe Terminal port with the recommended RS 232 cable Check that the terminal commu nication parameters such as baud rate match the settings of the mainframe Also check for the proper setting of the Controller board DIP switches for the Terminal port near the back of the mainframe Power up the DAS with DIP switch 1 in the up position normal boot and check the back panel LED indicators to ensure that no level 0 diagnostic errors have occurred Troubleshooting 6 8 Power on the DAS to the gt prompt DIP switch 1 in the down position and run the System Software File System Check and Verify hard disk maintenance utilities These floppy based utilities check if the drive is properly formatted and if the system software is installed and uncorrupted Check if the Expansion mainframes are properly connected to the 92C02 03 Expansion board in the top slot of the next lower mainframe Check the following for all mainframes and expansion mainframes m Power cord power supply configuration for the AC line power being used The AC line fuses Power config
291. e cabinet that connects to the DAS through an interface board DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Introduction to DAS Hardware You can combine modules functionally in menus Combining acquisition modules adds data channel width for example combining 92A16 and 92A16E boards Combining pattern generation modules increases pattern memory depth for example combining 92516 and 92532 boards You can also group modules to operate as an independently functioning unit called a cluster several clusters can run simultaneously For more information on grouping modules and clusters refer to the DAS System User Manual DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 1 17 Introduction to DAS Hardware 1 18 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Maintenance A A This chapter explains how to keep your DAS mainframe associated modules and terminal in good working condition It also contains procedures on how to change the line voltage selection between sources of 115 V and 230 V and replace the lithium battery on the Controller board of DAS 9219 9220 mainframes WARNING Dangerous electric shock hazards exist inside the mainframe Be sure to power down the mainframe and disconnect the power cord before removing the cabinet Only qualified service personnel should disassemble the mainframe CAUTION When powering down the mainframe wait 60 seconds before disconnecting the power cord This allows the mainframe to complete file man agemen
292. e display on that device and s is the single digit number of the screen on that display The display number is required however the screen value will default to 0 if not specified To retain the current name press the Return key without entering any numbers This name is only for informational purposes unless the default X server address parameter is set to Use Name In this case there must be an entry in the DAS etc hosts table that associates this name with an X server address If the operating mode is set to something other than 9202XT or 92X Term Autostart this parameter has no affect Your system administrator should provide you with the correct name for your default X server DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 103 Troubleshooting 4 104 Set Default X Server Address Selecting item X from the Main menu lets you specify the default X server address The default X server address specifies the Internet address of the X server that displays the DAS window in the 9202XT or 92X Term Autostart operating modes In this mode the DAS automatically initiates an X window display on the default X server when the DAS is powered up If this parameter 15 set to the special value of Use Name then the default X server name is used instead of the address In this case the default X server name and address must be entered in the DAS etc hosts file If the operating mode is set to something other than 9202XT or 92X Term Autostart this par
293. e precautionary guidelines when using an Option 04 equipped mainframe W Avoid scratching any surface coated with conductive paint m Avoid bending or tearing gasket material along the edges of the baseplate and snagging clothing on gasket material m Avoid bending or snagging the EMI gasket material when installing or removing boards from mainframe slots Remove only shields that correspond to probes or cables being attached because unnecessary removal of the shields increases EMI radiation Remove a rear panel probe shield as follows 1 Remove the two top screws 2 Remove the two screws that attach the adjacent shield 3 Remove the rear panel probe shield 4 Replace the screws attaching the adjacent shield To connect to the host port of a DAS 9219 9220 mainframe you must remove the corresponding port connector shield DAS Systems After January 1 1996 Newer DAS mainframes with Option 04 meet Directive 89 336 EEC for electromagnetic compatibility Option 04 applies to mainframes set for 230 V operation only operation at 115 V exceeds component ratings A mainframe with Option 04 includes a 230 V line filter to eliminate or reduce electromagnetic interference DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 1 13 Introduction to DAS Hardware DAS 92E9 Expansion Mainframe 1 14 The DAS 92 9 Expansion mainframe provides additional slot space for acquisition and pattern generation modules Up to three Expansion mainframes can be
294. e set at the Boot Monitor If you experience problems with the Flash procedure try restoring the terminal factory settings by issuing the NVFACTORY command and then returning to this procedure 10 11 12 Enter the Internet address for the terminal For example IADDR 123 21 1 0 Enter the Internet address for the DAS For example IHOST 123 123 125 2 Enter the Network Subnet Mask For example IMASK 255 255 255 0 Enter the Gateway Internet address 1f required For example IGATE 123 123 125 14 Enter the boot path name of the boot file For example if you have a 9204XT or 9205XT Terminal enter BPATH XP300 os If you have 9202 or 9203XT Terminal enter BPATH XP10 os Enter the boot method parameter that the X terminal will use after the Flash ROM update is complete by typing BMETHOD ROM Save the entries in the nonvolatile memory of the terminal by typing NVSAVE Enter the BOOT command to use for the Flash ROM update process by typing 00 TFTP NOTE Do not continue with the following steps until the terminal has rebooted The boot process is complete when the Serial window appears the word Connected will appear in the window DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 13 After the Serial window appears press the Return key Disregard the following messages that appear on the screen and continue to step 14 Answering NO to this question will return you to STEP 1 Ter
295. ecessary to use the verify function of the Install utility after installing software since each base optional and application software package is individually verified as you install it You can also verify all Tektronix supplied software using the Version menu refer to the Version menus in the DAS System User Manual If the BOOT gt prompt is already displayed proceed to step 4 If not begin with step 1 1 Start with the mainframe powered off Face the rear of the mainframe and locate the DIP switches mounted on the Controller board accessible through an opening in the lower right corner of the back panel DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 95 Troubleshooting 4 96 Configuration Utility 2 Place switch 1 the leftmost switch in the closed down position to cause the DAS to bypass the normal system software when powered on Place DIP switch 2 in the open up position Leave all other DIP switches in their original positions 3 Power up the terminal and wait for the flashing cursor to appear Power up the mainframe wait for the prompt gt and then insert the INSTALL disk 4 Type f install and press the Return key The DAS displays the following menu Press i to Install Base System Software Optional System Software or Application Software Press r to Remove Optional System Software or Application Software Press v to Verify currently installed software Selection 5 Ty
296. echnician s Reference Four asynchronous ECL time bases reside on and are programmed by the Controller board Asynchronous acquisitions and timestamp operations use these time bases For more information on the time bases refer to Instrument Bus beginning on page 5 4 The Controller board has interface circuitry for expansion mainframes the backplane and the Memory board The EXPANSION MAINFRAME INTERFACE links the Control and Instrument buses between the Controller and the time aligned Expansion mainframes The BACKPLANE INTER FACE provides the connection for address data and control lines between the controller s CPU and the module slots The MEMORY BOARD INTERFACE links the controller s CPU to the memory s dynamic RAM controller and RS 232C ports The HARD DISK INTERFACE and the FLOPPY DISK INTERFACE link the control lines from the CPU to the hard and floppy disk drives Both interfaces share a CACHE MEMORY this is a high speed intermediate buffer that talks directly to the CPU using the Control bus The Controller board contains a BATTERY BACKUP circuit that powers the CLOCK CALENDAR circuit and STATIC MEMORY NVM when power is removed from the mainframe for example when the power cord is pulled General Circuit Functions 5 10 e The STATIC MEMORY contains 16 Kbytes of nonvolatile RAM for storing interrupt routine addresses previous shutdown conditions and pointers to other processes f LEDs monitor the
297. ecute These diagnostics are run partially or fully several times during a normal mainframe power up sequence Next the 92LAN terminal displays several information strings documenting firmware version numbers and other information After the power up messages the LAN terminal displays the Command prompt indicating that the 92LAN DTP can accept inputs Table 4 23 lists the 92LAN DTP commands Table 4 23 92LAN DTP Commands Command Description 2 or lt CR gt Displays the user commands list ar Lists current ARP table entries on the DAS This table is empty at power on na Itis appended with the ethernet and protocol internet addresses of each network node with which the DAS has communicated since power on Changes the 92LAN DTP BAUD rate from the default power up value of 9600 The terminal BAUD rate must also be changed Lists the 92LAN ethernet address from ROM Hex value 92LAN internet address from 0 5 decimal value and the 92LAN gateway address from 0 5 decimal value sm DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Displays the snoopy mode status and prompts for changes The Snoopy mode default state is OFF All internet addresses decimal values display as hexadecimal equivalents in Snoopy mode displays Refer to the section Snoopy Mode for ARP and TCP IP for snoopy mode display formats 4 41 Troubleshooting DDM Mode DDM is not a supported 92LAN feature The following information is provided only
298. edure is described below 4 114 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Equipment and Material Required The following equipment and material are necessary to complete the replacement procedure Replacement coaxial wire Replacement color coded probe labels Cable assembly header latch release tool Masking tape Screwdriver 1 POZIDRIV Coaxial Wire Replacement Procedure Use the following procedure to replace a single coaxial wire in a coaxial type probe assembly 1 2 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Identify the faulty channel by functional testing Swap the suspected faulty cable with another coaxial cable to ensure that the module podlets and interface housing are functioning properly Find the pin number of the faulty channel in Table 4 36 If necessary refer to the 92A96 and 92C96 Module User Manual to identify the probes and sections Locate the faulty coaxial wire by using the pin number location illustration of the coaxial cable assembly header see Figure 4 35 At each end of the cable assembly remove the color coded label from the side of the cable header housings opposite the key to access the screws Remove the screws from the header housings and the upper housing covers Lift the coaxial wires from the channels in the lower half of the housing Note the orientation of these wires for later reinstallation Slide the black cable header forward in the lower housing half and remove it from
299. efective during this warranty period Tektronix at its option either will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor or will provide a replacement in exchange for the defective product In order to obtain service under this warranty Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service Tektronix will provide such service at Customer s site without charge during the warranty period if the service is performed within the normal on site service area Tektronix will provide on site service outside the normal on site service area only upon prior agreement and subject to payment of all travel expenses by Customer When or where on site service is not available Customer shall be responsible for packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by Tektronix with shipping charges prepaid Tektronix shall pay for the return of the product to Customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the Tektronix service center is located Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges duties taxes and any other charges for products returned to any other locations This warranty shall not apply to any defect failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate maintenance and care Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a to repair damage
300. eference xi General Safety Summary Use Proper Voltage Before applying power ensure that the line selector is in the proper position for Setting the power source being used Provide Proper Ventilation prevent product overheating provide proper ventilation Do Not Operate With If you suspect there is damage to this product have it inspected by qualified Suspected Failures service personnel Safety Terms and Symbols Terms in This Manual These terms may appear in this manual WARNING Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result in injury or loss of life damage to this product or other property CAUTION Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in Terms on the Product These terms may appear on the product DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the marking WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the marking CAUTION indicates a hazard to property including the product Symbols on the Product The following symbols may appear on the product 4 A m DANGER Protective Ground ATTENTION Double High Voltage Earth Terminal Refer to Insulated Manual xii DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Safety Summary Certifications and Compliances CSA Certified Power CSA Certification includes the products and power cords appropriate for use Cords the North America power netw
301. efore you should regularly backup your user gener ated files Running the File System Make Utility If the BOOT gt prompt is displayed proceed to step 4 If not start with step 1 1 Power down the mainframe Face the rear of the mainframe and locate the DIP switches mounted on the Controller board accessible through an opening on the back panel 2 Place switch 1 leftmost switch in the closed down position Place DIP switch 2 in the open up position Leave all other DIP switches in the original positions 3 Power ON the terminal and wait for a flashing cursor to appear Power ON the mainframe and wait for the prompt gt then insert the FORMAT MAKE disk labeled 1 of n DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 83 Troubleshooting 4 84 4 Type f make The utility displays the following menu Press m to run the file system Make procedure press to run the file system Check procedure gt 5 Type m to create a new file system This destroys all files on the hard disk A warning message and prompt are displayed type y to continue with the Make utility File System Check Procedure If you type c in step 5 the file system Check program repairs the damaged file system after a system failure An unexpected loss of power software failures or hardware failures can corrupt the file system and cause the DAS to shut down in an uncontrolled fashion When this happens recent file system c
302. em recognizes it as a 92A60 Module For example if the user installs a 92A90C and 92A60M the DAS recognizes that combination as a 92A60 Module If a 92A90 Module uses a 92A60 Buffer Probe or if a 92A60 Module uses 92A90 Buffer Probe the Configuration menu indicates unusable channels 92A96 and 92C96 Troubleshooting for the 92496 and 92C96 modules include replacing fuses and Troubleshooting heat sinks and repairing coaxial cables m Fusible Runs The 92A96 D XD SD A27 28 and A29 and 92C96 A32 Modules have two fusible runs F116 amp F117 that require replacement fuse cartridges The 92A96UD Module A33 has actual fuses The fuses and fusible runs protect the 5 V circuitry on the module and to the probe power connector at J200 Replace the fuses for all versions 92A96 and 92C96 Modules with the proper fuse Refer to the Replaceable Electrical Parts for their part numbers m Heat Sinks When replacing heat sinks for the eight comparator ICs A27U215 A27U315 A27U415 A27U515 A27U610 A27U615 A27U715 and A27U815 affix them with a thermal conductive adhesive such as Loctite Thermal Conductive Adhesive Repairable Item No 00241 Make sure the heat sink and IC orientation are the same m Coaxial Cable Repair You can order the optional coaxial probe cables and individual replacement coaxial conductors for the module as replacement parts Refer to Replaceable Mechanical Parts for the appropriate part numbers The replacement proc
303. eplaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Mfr Number Number Effective Discontd Qty amp Description Code Mfr Part Number DAS 92E9 MAINFRAME CABINET 8 1 437 0363 00 1 CABINET ASSY 8541 DAS9200 SERIES 0J R05 437 0363 00 2 334 6310 00 1 MARKER IDENT MKD TEKTRONIX DAS9200 22670 ORDER BY DESC DIGITALANALYSIS SYSTEM 3 200 3080 00 1 COVER DECORATIVE FRONT POLYCARBONATE TK1951 200 3080 00 4 386 5487 00 1 PANEL BLANK SWITCH TK1951 ORDER BY DESC 5 407 3498 00 1 BRKT EJECTOR DAS9229 TK1943 ORDER BY DESC 6 212 0023 00 8010100 8011831 2 SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 212 0001 00 B011832 2 SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 7 105 0985 00 2 EJ ECTOR CKT BD NYLON TK1163 ORDER BY DESC DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 7 25 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Tektronix Part Serial No Serial No Number Number Effective Discont d 9 1 200 3208 00 2 212 0093 00 3 119 2058 00 4 214 3839 00 5 386 5341 00 010100 8 010108 386 5341 01 010109 6 441 1733 01 8 010100 8 010262 441 1133 02 010263 7 212 0023 00 8 010100 8011831 212 0001 00 011832 8 670 8726 00 010100 B010128 670 8726 01 801014 8 010154 670 8726 02 010155 010261 670 8726 03 010162 010330 670 8726 04 010331 9 211 0244 00 10 131 3182 00
304. er of the mechanical chassis 2 Perform procedure 8 on page 3 18 to remove the card cage from the mainframe Place the card cage upside down so the bottom of the Expansion Slave board faces up 3 Remove the seven screws holding the Expansion Slave board to the card cage assembly 4 Carefully push the Expansion Slave board from the backplane connection with one hand while holding the card cage with the other hand When reinstalling the Expansion Slave board check that its connector to the backplane are fully mated Check that all cables are connected as in the DAS 92 9 cabling diagram see Figure 5 7 on page 5 14 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 3 21 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Procedure 12 Removing the Backplane E Perform procedure 1 on page 3 3 procedure 2 on page 3 5 procedure 3 on page 3 6 procedure 8 on page 3 18 and procedure 9 on page 3 20 Place the left side of the card cage assembly on the work surface Remove the five screws holding the Backplane board to the card cage Remove the plastic shield from the front of the Back plane board Dod om I Separate the connection between the Backplane board and the Controller board and then lift the Backplane board off the card cage assembly When reconnecting the power supply wires to the Backplane board refer to Table 3 1 on page 3 17 The screws must be torqued between 3 5 and 4 0 inch pounds Disassembly Reassembly of the 92HS8 Cabinet
305. erminal Port DTP These functions are not supported as a product feature but are provided as an additional troubleshooting aid The Diagnostic Terminal Port has two distinct modes of operation inquiry mode and ddm mode Each mode is independent of the other The inquiry mode is available only when the 92LAN boots normally and is functional on the network Inquiry mode allows you to connect a terminal to the DTP and query the 92LAN about its current address settings list the contents of the 92LAN ARP table and invoke a Snoopy mode display of network transac tions for the LAN node network The DDM mode Diagnostic Debug Monitor lets you select and run or loop the 92LAN diagnostics from the DTP terminal This aids in capturing intermit tent or temperature related diagnostic failures DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Inquiry Mode The inquiry mode is not a supported LAN feature The following information is provided as supplemental information Use the inquiry mode as follows 1 Connect a terminal to the 92LAN Terminal port 145 with a DTP cable Refer to Cable Construction to build a cable Apply power to the 92LAN terminal Set the terminal communication parameters as shown below These parameters are the defaults for the 92LAN DTP 9600 BAUD Full duplex 8 bits char No parity 1 stop bit Apply power to the DAS mainframe The 92LAN terminal displays the status of the 92LAN diagnostics as they ex
306. erneath Figure 3 4 Location of Latches for Removing the Front Panel Procedure 4 1 Perform procedures 1 on page 3 3 and 3 on page 3 6 Removing the Fan Disconnect the two wire power cable W865 located on top of the fan 3 Disconnect the three wire sense cable connector W866 located below the power cable 4 Remove the four screws that hold the fan to the card cage they are located at the 4 6 8 and 12 o clock positions 5 Pull the fan and fan cage towards you and off the mainframe When reinstalling the fan do not allow the ribbon cables or wires to hang in front of the fan Torque the four screws that hold the fan to the card cage 5 0 to 6 0 inch pounds DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 3 7 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures 33 Procedure 5 Removing the Media Frame A This procedure describes how to remove the media frame from the DAS mainframe CAUTION If your system has a removable media hard disk drive remove it before disassembly to prevent damage 1 Perform procedures 1 on page 3 3 and 3 on page 3 6 2 Remove the ribbon cables connected to the Controller board beneath the card cage fan For DAS 9219 and DAS 9220 mainframes remove the three ribbon cables W298 W398 and W698 connected to J298 J398 and J698 on the Controller board For DAS 9221 mainframes remove the two ribbon cables W3900 and W6900 connected to J3900 and J6900 on the Controller board 3 Using care not
307. ertain operations The position of J8700 shown in Figure 4 29 depends on the configuration and power requirements of the mainframe refer to Mainframe Power Requirements on page 1 8 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 67 Troubleshooting 11200 not shown is located on the rear of the Controller board near the Backplane board J1200 configures the Controller board for either the TLA 510 and 520 Logic Analyzer or for the DAS J1200 is installed for TLA 510 and 520 operation and removed for DAS operation 06802 06900 VOL NN 16800 06901 FLoppy S 07800 6800 07801 07900 06900 PRIM IINE 08700 9901 08803 08805 U8806 8700 E 15A 08701 08800 08802 08804 IIT 8710 c 514 09701 09800 U8900 e 312 09702 09900 09901 Figure 4 29 Location of Jumpers 8700 8710 9700 on the Controller Board 4 68 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Loading System Software System software is loaded onto the mainframe s hard disk prior to shipment The system software is available in the following versions m DASXP System Software This software supports stand alone DAS XP systems with a local X terminal This system software is also known as 9202T System Software DASNT System Software This software supports DAS NT systems with a networked X user interface This system software is also known as 92XTERM System Software m 9201 System Software Thi
308. es and suggest corrective actions DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 1 DAS 9221 Level 0 Diagnostics Messages Message Example 1 One mainframe no expansion mainframes MAINFRAME instrument modules use 385 watts Refer to Introduction to DAS Hardware of this manual to verify the correct power cord supply requirements For assistance contact your local Tektronix field service representative Description Corrective Action This is a status message no errors are detected This message is displayed even though the correct power cord is connected Example 2 One mainframe no expansion mainframes MAINFRAME instrument modules use 525 watts Error Shutting down MAINFRAME has Opt 1A which supplies 500 watts maximum Refer to Introduction to DAS Hardware to verify the correct power cord supply requirements For assistance contact your local Tektronix field service representative NOTE Removing 1 or more modules may bring wattage requirements to within the limits of the power cord Example 3 One mainframe three expansion mainframes The mainframe exceeded its maximum power limit of 500 watts and shuts down Refer to Introduction to DAS Hardware for information on configuring boards so they consume less power MAINFRAME instrument modules use 137 watts EXPANSION 1 instrument modules use 450 watts EXPANSION 2 instrument modules use 25 watts EXPANSION 3 instrument modules use 47 wat
309. es do not block the fans These steps maximize the air flow between the power supply frame and the media frame and reduce EMI radiation DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 3 17 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Procedure 8 Removing the Card Cage NOTE You must remove the card cage from the mainframe before removing the Controller board and the backplane Perform procedure 1 on page 3 3 procedures 2 and 2a on page 3 6 and procedure 3 on page 3 6 Disconnect the connectors to the GPIB 92LAN or 92LANSE boards For DAS 9221 mainframes disconnect the three internal RS 232 cables from the Controller board Remove the stabilizer bracket connecting the power supply frame to the card cage Disconnect the power cable connector W865 and the sense cable connector W866 from the fan Disconnect W290 from J290 on the Backplane board Disconnect the ribbon cables located below the fan Unscrew and remove the 21 power supply wires from the three connectors on the Backplane board Remove the four screws from the back panel as shown in Figure 3 12 TRI LUN B x LIF BF g M M AAA VA BM LIAE RETE ALATORRE RACIAL ALL LILI d Screws 4 ag Figure 3 12 Back Panel Screw Locations for Removing the Card Cage DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures 9 Remove the two bot
310. ess X202 516 Memory Memory Test X300 Reg A Load Mode X301 Reg A Incr Mode X302 Reg A Decr Mode X400 Reg B Load Mode X401 Reg B Incr Mode X402 Reg B Decr Mode X500 Instruction Advance J ump X501 Instruction Irq X502 Instruction Repeat X503 Instruction If Key X504 Instruction If Ext X600 Output Lines Output DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 33 Troubleshooting Table 4 15 92516 925X109 Diagnostic Error Codes Cont Error Codes 700 701 Test Low speed Events Event Output Input Low speed Events Start Stop Control Possible Failures Other than 92S16 92SX109 Main Controller board Main Controller board X800 Table 4 16 92532 925 118 Diagnostic Error Codes Probe ID and interface Failed unidentified or incorrect probe Possible Failures Other than Error Codes Test Name 92532 925 118 XOXX Vector Address Generator X1XX Loop Counter X2XX Vector RAM X202 Pattern Mem Walk 1 with 20 ns clk 9200 Time Base 1 Controller board X203 Pattern Mem Walk 0 with 20 ns clk 9200 Time Base 1 Controller board Check 92532 terminator jumpers X30X Clock Selector 9200 Time Base 0 3 Controller board X40X StartFlip Flop 9200 Event 1 4 X500 Pod A Inhibit X501 Pod B Inhibit X502 Pod C Inhibit X503 Pod D Inhibit X504 Internal Inhibit S witch X60X Probe Interface Failed Probe 70 Bus Interface to 92516 92516 925325
311. et of 10 bar graph LEDs 0 9 on the rear of the Controller board indicates the fault you can view the LEDs through the rear of the card cage These LEDs track the progress of level O diagnostics and will halt when an error occurs The last state of these LEDs before shutdown indicates the fault NOTE Several other surface mounted device SMD LEDs are visible on the DAS 9221 These are processor status indicators used during instrument manufacture and module repair 4 20 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting For the DAS 9219 9220 LEDs 0 7 are ordinarily OFF after successfully completing the power up diagnostics For the DAS 9221 LEDs 0 7 display a scanning pattern after successfully completing the power up diagnostics This scanning pattern indicates that the CPU is operating normally The scanning pattern may be briefly interrupted based on the operating mode Table 4 4 lists the LED error codes for the DAS 9221 Tables 4 5 and 4 6 list the codes for the DAS 9219 9220 NOTE LEDs 0 7 are in hexadecimal code with the least significant bit at the far left as you face the rear of the mainframe The level 0 tests are not necessarily run sequentially Individual codes within a set of 16s hex are run sequentially however sets are not run sequentially For example 33 always comes before 34 but the 70s may come before the 30s If the level 0 diagnostics do not detect an error LEDs 0 9 indicate the
312. f any of the Expansion mainframes press the Return key Pressing any other key returns you to the Main menu CURRENT CONFIGURATION System Software Release 3 Version 1 30 Previous Shutdown Normal Slot Card Diagnostic 0 Controller 92LANSE Network Controller PASS 1 E 2 a da 3 92A96 96 Channels 10 ns Acquisition 8K Deep PASS 4 92A96XD 96 Channels 10 ns Acquisition 128K Deep PASS 5 o mo 6 es Task aa 7 92S32T 32 Channels 20 ns Pattern Generation PASS 8 ur Press lt CR gt to see next chassis or any other key to return to Main Menu Figure 4 32 Hardware Configuration and Diagnostic Results Display Save Image of Current System Software Selecting item S from the Main menu lets you save a nonexecutable image of the current system software a different location on the hard disk This is useful when you plan to change the operating mode of the system from 9202XT to either of the 92XTerm modes or vice versa You can save an image of the system software for the current mode of operation before installing new software If you later decide to return to the original mode of operation you can restore the previously saved image from the hard disk If you plan to switch modes often you can alternate between saved images rather than reloading software from the floppy disks You must have an image saved on the hard disk before you attempt to restore an image if not the current image will be lost Once you save an im
313. g 92HS8 Troubleshooting Diagnostic tests check major portions of the circuitry for the attached 92 58 cabinet and interface board If the diagnostics pass but you still suspect a problem you can use other methods to isolate the problem Before assuming a problem exists recheck the hardware connections and operating guidelines to ensure that you are using the 92HS8 Module correctly If you suspect there is a power related problem check the following m Ensure that the mainframe is powered on m Ensure that the 92HS8 cabinet is properly connected to the power source check the front panel LED to verify that the cabinet is receiving power m Check the connections of the interface cable between the interface board the mainframe and the 92HS8 cabinet Check the 92HS8 Module s three fuses The 92HS8 Master interface board has two fuses the 92HS8E Standard or Expander interface does not have fuses The 92HS8 s cabinet line fuse is located inside the right hand side panel see Maintenance for information on accessing fuses If you suspect a problem with the 92HS8 8E interface card move the card to a different slot in the mainframe For 8 channel modules ensure that you are connected to pod D on the interface card this connection is not required for diagnostic testing Pod connections for 16 24 and 32 channel modules are described later in this section The following faults and diagnostic error codes indicate possible
314. g the Mainframe Power Supply CAUTION Do not bend the pins on the back of the Backplane board when removing or installing the power supply DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures 13 Slide the power supply toward the front of the mainframe tilt it outward then lift the power supply out of the mainframe Refer to Table 3 1 when reconnecting the power supply wires to the Back plane board Table 3 1 Power supply Connections Connector Connector Slot Wire Color Voltage 690 1 2 HIS V 1690 3 4 violet 175V 1690 5 7 yellow 3 J590 1 7 any white 45V J 390 1 7 any black GND 1 All white wires are 5 V connect these wires to any slot 2 All black wires are ground connect these wires to any slot CAUTION When reconnecting cables align ribbon cable W290 with J290 on the Backplane board If the connectors are offset the power supply may be damaged When reinstalling the power supply frame into the mainframe perform the following procedure 1 Press the power supply frame against the rear of the mainframe check that there is not a gap between the two frames 2 Screw the two bottom front screws of the power supply frame to the mainframe apply between 3 5 and 4 0 inch pounds of torque to the screws 3 Screw the two top rear screws of the power supply frame to the mainframe apply between 3 5 and 4 0 inch pounds of torque to the screws 4 Check that the cabl
315. gh the buffer probe from the system under test Clock lines are edge sensitive and qualifier lines are level sensitive 32 Kbytes of acquisition memory An interface for the Buffer Probe Trigger circuitry that detects a valid trigger condition then passes the Trigger Event to the Memory board for further processing See discussions of trigger position and memory addressing in 92A60 90 Memory Board 16 states for a trigger specification program Only one state or step is active at any one time States are not necessarily performed in sequence A choice of store qualifiers Store Event Store By State and Store Don t Store Actions Store Event and Store by State can be combined 16 word recognizers that capture binary words on acquired data up to 60 bits wide for the 92A60 and 90 bits wide for the 92A90 Four range recognizers that show when events fell into each range Two range recognizers are usually used for address and two for data The address range recognizers are 32 bits wide for both the 92A60 and the 92A90 The data range recognizers are 32 bits wide on the 92A90 and 16 bits wide on the 92A60 Three counter timers that are 24 bits wide for both the 92A60 and the 92A90 Each of the three counter timers is used as either a counter or a timer They cannot be used as three individual counters plus three individual timers Three Signals In Out which are used for communication with other modules in the DAS system These signa
316. h a different or improved part your local Tektronix field office or representative will contact you concerning any change in part number Using the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List The tabular information in the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List is arranged for quick retrieval Understanding the structure and features of the list will help you find all of the information you need for ordering replacement parts The following table describes the content of each column in the parts list DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 7 1 Replaceable Mechanical Parts Parts List Column Descriptions Column Description 1 Figure amp Index Number Items in this section are referenced by figure and index numbers to the exploded view illustrations that follow 2 Tektronix Part Number Use this part number when ordering replacement parts from Tektronix 3and4 Serial Number Column three indicates the serial number at which the part was first effective Column four indicates the serial number at which the part was discontinued No entries indicates the partis good for all serial numbers 5 This indicates the quantity of parts used 6 Name Description An item name is separated from the description by a colon Because of space limitations an item name may sometimes appear as incomplete Use the U S Federal Catalog handbook H6 1 for further item name identification 7 Mfr Code This indicates the code of the actual manufacturer ofthe
317. h saved images are present on the hard disk Each image occupies approximately 14 Mbyte of hard disk space You will be prompted to verify your actions before the delete operation occurs If the delete operation cannot be carried out you will be returned to the Main menu Show Factory Default Network Configuration Selecting item T lets you see or change the factory default network configuration in a single step The proper network settings guarantee the proper configuration for stand alone operation when no other network devices are attached to the network cable that connects the DAS and terminal A menu similar to Figure 4 33 will be displayed Items in the Current column are the current settings shown in the Main menu Items listed in the Factory column show the settings that allow the DAS to operate in the stand alone mode If you want to use the default factory settings enter Yes or Y at the prompt The utility will load the default settings If you do not want to use the default settings enter No or N at the prompt and you will be returned to the Main menu Factory Default network configuration NETWORK OPTIONS Current Factory DAS Network Name das1 Tek_LA DAS Internet Address 123 123 125 2 10 0 0 1 Network Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 255 0 0 0 Gateway Internet Address 123 123 123 14 0 0 0 0 X Server Name eldar 0 0 TEK_DISPLAY 0 0 X Server Internet Address 123 21 1 0 10 0 0 2 Do you want to use the Factory settings Yes No
318. hanges may not be completely written to the hard disk and the file system may be inconsistent The DAS normally runs the file system Check program at power on unless you change the parameters in the Boot Option overlay to the Diagnostics menu refer to Diagnostics File System Check and the Boot Option Overlay on page 4 15 for more information on setting the boot options NOTE If you run the File System Check procedure from the floppy disks the logic analyzer will ignore the settings in the Boot Option overlay Under certain conditions the DAS may ask you to run the file system Check program manually The file system Check program may not completely recover from all types of damage to the file system If system software files are corrupted or cleared you must rebuild the file system using the file system Install utility provided with the DAS NOTE You must run the file system Check program when if you get a message during power on indicating that the file system is damaged and cannot be automatically repaired The DAS cannot operate with a damaged file system that it cannot repair There are six phases of the file system Check program described later in detail During these phases the program attempts to reconstruct the file system by deleting unreferenced files rebuilding the free block list and fixing any inconsistencies It may take multiple attempts to complete the repair process You should run the file system Check
319. he DAS remotely using the Programmatic Command Language PCL You can remove or exclude this software in systems that do not operate remotely with PCL m 9202XT Support XP17 Supplement This package provides the necessary software to update the Flash ROM in the 9202XT or 9203XT terminals It also provides additional software to service the terminal m 9204 Support 100 and XP200 Supplement This package provides the necessary software to update the Flash ROM in the 9204XT 9205XT or 9206XT terminals It also provides additional software to service the terminals Application Software Application software disks contain special purpose software that provides additional capability not present in the Base System Software or optional system software Application software available as separate products includes microprocessor support and device verification packages You can install or remove application software using the Disk Services menu refer to the Disk Services menu in the DAS System User Manual However you can also install or remove the application software using the Install utility when you install the Base System Software or optional system software DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 109 Troubleshooting Operator s Checkout Procedure 9200 or 9201T Terminal Power Up Diagnostics 4 110 Power Up Self Test These procedures consist of power up diagnostic tests on the mainframe and terminal the tests check
320. he square brackets will be selected Selecting Initiate Format initiates the SCSI hard disk s internal disk format command The format operation uses the current active swap size This option displays the following warning message and prompt WARNING About to format hard disk This will destroy Swap size 6 Meg Recommended Are you sure you want to continue y n default n CAUTION Reformatting the hard disk or running the file system Make utility N destroys all files on the hard disk Before running one of these utilities use one of the methods described earlier in this section to save the user files from the hard disk If you want to continue with the format press y If you do not want to format your hard disk press n or press the Return key default is n do not continue The bad block handling is done automatically by the SCSI formatting process After successfully formatting the hard disk the utility writes the partitioning information to the hard disk After formatting the hard disk the program verifies that all blocks on the disk can be read During the verification process the program prints a series of and characters showing the progress of the disk verification If any errors are found the program stops and prints the error you should replace the hard disk Select options b or c in the Format Setup menu to change the swap space size option accordingly for more information on
321. hooting Power On Diagnostics 92007 Terminal Diagnostics 7 Ifthe module still has a problem try the following procedure a Run the file system Check and Verify utilities to check if the problem is due to corrupted system software b Remove all modules except the failing module to check if another module is interfering with the system bus If the module no longer fails reinstall the modules one by one to identify the cause of the problem Check that the DAS power supply voltages are within specification Refer to Introduction to DAS Hardware for the allowable range of the power supply voltages 4 Inspect the 540 connectors on the backplane for damaged bent or shorted pins e Replace the Controller board with a known good board to check the controller bus interface f Ifthe module is in an Expansion mainframe check that the Expansion mainframe cable assembly is properly connected to the 92C02 03 Expansion board in the top slot of the next lower mainframe Check the cable assembly for damage and ensure the individual cables are properly connected If possible move the module to the Master mainframe to verify the failure still occurs The mainframe and terminal contain diagnostics that normally run when powered on Since the terminal provides the user interface it should be powered on and checked first with the mainframe power off After the terminal diagnostics complete turn on the mainframe to execute it
322. hould use the Change Swap Size option to increase the size of the swap partition However increasing the size of the swap partition also decreases the amount of hard disk space available for storing other files such as reference memories setups and autorun definitions CHANGE SWAP SIZE MENU Current Active Options Swap Size 6 Meg Recommended Selections Available Make Change Swap Size 6 Meg Recommended Swap Size 8 Meg Go to Main Menu Enter choice default d The four selections in the Change Swap Size menu let you change the swap size for the hard disk change the swap size option to 6 Mbyte change the swap size option to 8 Mbyte or return to the main menu To make a selection enter the letter preceding the selection description Pressing Return selects the default action inside the square brackets If you select options b or c the swap space size option changes accordingly Selecting these options does not change the hard disk but it is used when you select Make Change in this menu or Initiate Format in the Format Setup menu DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting If you select option a the SCSI hard disk s swap space size changes The utility uses the current swap size option and displays the following warning message WARNING About to change swap space size for hard disk This will destroy any data currently stored on Swap size 6 Meg Recommended Are yo
323. ian s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts Replaceable Mechanical Parts List Cont Fig amp Index Number Number 23 1 206 0364 00 2 161 0118 00 3 161 0066 09 4 161 0066 10 5 161 0066 11 6 161 0066 12 7 161 0154 00 8 196 3047 01 9 198 5594 00 198 5595 00 198 5596 00 220 0143 00 10 407 3626 00 174 0762 00 070 5951 03 016 0884 00 020 1609 00 020 1610 00 070 5959 08 Tektronix Part Serial No Effective Serial No Discont d DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Qiy amp Description 20 92 58 92 58 STANDARD ACCESSORIES TIP PROBE MICROCKT TEST 0 05 CTR CABLE ASSY PWR 3 18 AWG 90 0 L 10A 125V S T NORTH AMERICAN BME X IEC 320 RTANG RECPT GRAY STANDARD ONLY ASSY PWR 3 0 75MM SQ 250V 10A 99 INCH STR IEC 320 RCPT EUROPEAN OPTION Al EUROPEAN ONLY ASSY PWR 3 0 1MM SQ 250V 10A 2 5 METER STR 1EC320 RCPT X 13A FUSED UK PLUG 13AFUSEJUNITED KINGDOM OPTION A2 UNITED KINGDOM ONLY CA ASSY PWR 3 1 0MM SQ 250V 10A 2 5 METER STR 1EC320 RCPT AUSTR OPTION A3 AUSTRALIAN ONLY ASSY PWR 3 18 AWG 250V 10A 98 INCH STR 1EC320 RCPT X NEMA 6 15P US OPTION A4 NORTH AMERICAN ONLY ASSY PWR 3 1 0MM SQ 250V 10A 2 5 METER STR IEC 320 RCPT SWISS OPTION A5 SWISS ONLY LEAD SET ELEC PODLET 2 1L WIRE SET ELEC 4 5 CABLE MATCHED TO INSTRUMENT WIRE SET ELEC 4 0 FT CABLE MATCHED TO INSTRUMENT WIRE SET ELEC 5 0 FT CABLE MATCHED TO INST
324. igure 35 92LANSE Board Figure 36 9200 Terminal Figure 37 9201 Terminal Figure 38 9202XT 9204XT Terminal Figure 39 9203XT 9205XT Terminal Figure 40 9206XT Terminal
325. ile System Check Error Messages Cont Message Explanation LINK COUNT DIR I l OWNER 0 An incorrect link count has been detected type y in MODE M SIZE S M response COUNT X SHOULD BE Y ADJ UST LINK COUNT F IS OWNER 0 An incorrect link count has been detected type y in MODE M SIZE S response COUNT X SHOULD BE Y ADJ UST UNREF FILE I OWNER 0 MODE M An unreferenced file has been detected type y in 517 5 MTIME M CLEAR response If the file size is greater than 0 run the file system Install utility Verify option to make sure that no system files have been deleted UNREF DIR IH OWNER O0 MODE M An unreferenced directory has been detected type y 517 5 MTIME M CLEAR in response Ifthe file size is greater than 0 run the file system Install utility Verify option to make sure that no system files have been deleted BAD DUP FILE 1 OWNER 0 A file inode containing bad blocks or duplicate blocks MODE M 517 5 has been detected type y in response If the file size CLEAR is greater than 0 run the file system Install utility Verify option to make sure that no system files have been deleted BAD DUP DIR I OWNER 0 A directory inode containing bad blocks or duplicate MODE M SIZE S MTIME M blocks has been detected type y in response Ifthe CLEAR directory size is greater than 0 run the file system Install utility Verify option to make sure that no system files
326. ility m System Software volume 1 through volume n These disks contain the essential software for the DAS You must install all of the files from these floppy disks DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 69 Troubleshooting Hard Disk Format Utility 4 70 m Optional System Software These disks contain portions of the system software for specific modules so it is not required for all DAS systems m Applications Software These disks contain special purpose software that may not be available with the Base System Software or the optional system software disks You must reformat your hard disk when the following occurs m You replace the hard disk drive with an unformatted hard disk drive m A serious system failure corrupts the hard disk format m The system cannot read block O of the hard disk drive You can also use this utility to change the size of the swap partition space this does not require reformatting the hard disk but requires remaking the file system using the Make utility CAUTION Reformatting the hard disk or running the file system Make utility destroys all files on the hard disk If possible use one of the methods described below to save user files from the hard disk Formatting prepares the hard disk for data storage it destroys all previously stored data Use one of the following methods to save user files from the hard disk Copy the files to floppy disks using the Backup Restore uti
327. ility provides additional free space on the hard disk drive You can also remove application software using the Disk Services menu but you cannot remove optional system software with this menu If the BOOT gt prompt is already displayed proceed to step 4 If not begin with step 1 1 Start with the mainframe powered off Face the rear of the mainframe and locate the DIP switches mounted on the Controller board accessible through an opening in the lower right corner of the back panel 2 Place DIP switch 1 the leftmost DIP switch in the closed down position to cause the DAS to bypass the normal system software when powered on Place switch 2 in the open up position Leave all other switches their original positions 3 Power up the terminal and wait for the flashing cursor to appear Power up the mainframe and wait for the prompt gt then insert the INSTALL disk NOTE When you install floppy disks in the DAS floppy disk drive insert the disk with the label facing the center of the DAS 4 Type f install and press the Return key The DAS displays the following menu Press i to Install Base System Software Optional System Software or Application Software Press r to Remove Optional System Software or Application Software Press v to Verify currently installed software Selection 4 94 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 5 r to remove the sof
328. ine bad block information from the bad byte information Physical Block Cylinder x 81 9 x Head Sector of byte In the above formulas the Physical Block is the bad block Cylinder and Head information come from the bad byte list and Sector of the byte is from Table 4 28 Table 4 28 Hard Disk Byte vs Sector Byte Sector 0 1132 0 1133 1151 Oandl 1152 2237 1 2238 2257 land2 2258 3342 2 3343 3362 2 and 3 3363 4442 3 4443 4467 3 and 4 4468 5552 4 5553 5572 4and5 5573 6657 5 6658 6677 5 and 6 6678 7762 6 7763 7782 6 and 7 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 28 Hard Disk Byte vs Sector Cont Byte Sector 7783 8867 7 8868 8887 7 and 8 8888 9992 8 9993 10416 not used For example if the Cylinder Head Byte information describing the bad byte is 123 1 3 byte the formula is as follows Block 123 x 36 9x 1 0 Block 4428 9 0 Block 4437 this is the bad block If two sector numbers are listed the formula is calculated for each sector number For example if the Cylinder Head Byte information describing the bad byte is 123 1 3344 the formulas are as follows Block 123 x 36 9 x 1 2 Block 4428 9 2 Block 4439 this is the bad block Block 123 x 36 9x 1 3 Block 4428 9 3 Block 4440 this is also a bad block Hard Disk Operations
329. inted circuit boards are the building blocks of the DAS system These boards are installed in mainframe bus slots according to configuration guidelines in the user manual for each module Refer to Table 1 4 for a list of available modules Brief descriptions of these modules are included in General Circuit Functions For detailed information on individual modules including specifications and menu and field descriptions refer to the appropriate user manual Table 1 4 DAS Series Acquisition and Pattern Generation Modules Module Purpose Channels Depth Speed 92416 acquisition 16 4K 200 2 92A16E acq expander 16 4K 200 MHz 92A601 32K 20 MHz 92A60D1 128K 20 MHz 92A901 acquisition 90 32K 20 MHz 92A90D1 acquisition 90 128K 20 MHz 92A962 8K 100 MHz 92A96D2 32K 100 MHZ 92A96XD acquisition 96 128K 100 MHz 92A96S D acquisition 96 512K 100 MHz 92A96UD 2M 100 MHz 92C96D 32K 1100 MHZ 92C 96XD2 acquisition 96 128K 100 MHz 92C965D2 acquisition 96 512K 100 MHz 92H583 8 8K 2 GHz 92 58 3 8 8K 2 GHz 92516 pattern generation 16 1K 50 MHz 92532 pattern generation 32 8K 50 MHz 925 109 pattern generation 9 2K 100 MHz 925X118 16K 1100 MHz 1 The 92A60 D and 92A90 D are both two board sets other modules consist of a single board 2 The 92A96 High Speed timing offers asynchronous support of 48 channels at 200 MHz and 24 channels at 400 MHz 3 The 92HS8 has a mainfram
330. irst pass through the file system Check routine you may have to rerun the program several times If the utility completes all checks successfully 1t prints the number of files blocks and the amount of free space and displays the following prompt Do you want to rerun the File System Check Procedure y n n Enter y to the prompt only if all checks did not complete successfully If you enter n the BOOT prompt is displayed Phase 1 Check Blocks and Sizes This phase of the program checks the inode section of the file system errors uncovered here usually indicate serious corruption of the file system Table 4 30 summarizes the error messages that may be generated during Phase 1 testing In the table a word in parentheses following an error message indicates the actual prompt message that appears on the screen DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 85 Troubleshooting Table 4 30 Phase 1 File System Check Error Messages Message UNKNOWN FILE TYPE CLEAR Explanation The program found an unknown type offile Type y in response to this message LINK COUNT TABLE OVERFLOW CONTINUE An internal error has been found Repeat the file system Check program after completing the current pass Type y to continue May require several y responses B BAD I4 EXCESSIVE BAD BLOCKS la CONTINUE B DUP la The program has detected an illegal block number B in inode The program has detected 10 or more bad bl
331. ition Module The 92A 60 90 Data Acquisition Module consists of two cards and a buffer probe that provide 60 channels with the 92A60 or 90 channels with the 92490 of data acquisition The two cards are the Controller board 92A60C and 92A90C and the Memory board 92A60M and 92A90M The DAS Backplane s Application bus provides inter card communication Communication is possible only when the two cards occupy adjacent slots of the mainframe The Memory board must occupy a lower numbered slot than the Controller board 92A60 90 Modules cannot be combined The 92A60 90 standard Memory board provides a maximum memory depth of 32 768 data samples An optional deep Memory board extends the maximum memory depth to 131 072 data samples this is version 92A60D 90D A 92A60 90 Module may be field upgraded to a 92A60D 90D by installing a 92F20 21 Memory board upgrade kit DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 5 17 General Circuit Functions 92A60 90 Controller Board 5 18 The 92A60 90 Controller board eliminates unwanted data and performs user defined operations on the remaining data The user defines operations in the 92A60 90 menus Circuit blocks compose the 92A60 90 Controller board and provide the following features and functions An asynchronous 20 MHz clock developed from the Time Base bus for asynchronous acquisition For synchronous acquisition the Controller board develops a clock by using eight clock qualifier lines received throu
332. ition for the LAN cabling used 5 Are all connections to the network correct Is the network properly terminated If the network uses thinnet cable is the thinnet T connector attached directly to the LAN back panel BNC connector on the DAS without 50 ohm extension cables Check that no metal part of the LAN cabling is grounded to earth ground Insulated covers are available for insulating metallic parts of the network cable Contact site network administrator for assistance 6 Can other hosts on the network communicate with one another Can they communicate with the DAS For example try the UNIX command string etc ping hostname substitute the name of your host for hostname to test network operation 7 Network hardware problems may cause the 92LAN Module to fail its external loopback test for a variety of reasons such as a shorted or incorrectly termi nated network cable This is possible for either a thinnet or thicknet network With a thicknet cable tapping block connections to the ethernet cable center conductor may be open intermittent or noisy First determine if the problem is caused by the connection termination or the thicknet transceiver It may be helpful to isolate the 92LAN or 92LANSE Module from the network 8 Check the LAN back panel connector for continuity between the connector and the network interface DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Network Software Setup The follo
333. l 2 12 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Maintenance CAUTION no power 25 SWITCH POWER CORD PROVIDES ei MAIN POWER DISCONNECT NE Sl OO 90 132 V 180 250 V e o 1 VOLTAGE IS SET FOR CAUTION HIGH LEAKAGE CURRENT TO co AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK THE PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR MUST BE CONNECTED TO GROUND Line Voltage Indicator Figure 2 7 Back Panel Location of the 92HS8 Line Voltage Indicator Screw To change the line voltage selector on the 92HS8 8E cabinet between 115 V and 230 V operation perform the following steps 1 Power down the DAS mainframe and 92HS8 cabinets and disconnect all power cords 2 Facing the rear of the 92HS8 cabinet remove the corner feet on the top and bottom of the left side of the cabinet using a TORX screwdriver 3 Slide the cabinet side out of its holding track to expose the power supply line fuse and line selector switch located near the front of the instrument 4 Change the line voltage selector then remove the 92 58 line fuse and replace it as follows m 115 V operation requires a 5 A fast blow fuse m 230 V operation requires a 2 5 A fast blow fuse NOTE 230 V operation requires one of the power cord Options Al AS To determine the part number of these fuses refer to Replaceable Electrical Parts 5 Replace the side panel and corner feet on the cabinet DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 2 13
334. le and the others contain the software necessary for remote operation Each optional software package for the instru ment modules can support multiple modules of that type so needs to be installed only once The optional software packages are briefly described below 92A16 Support This package provides the necessary software to operate the 92A16 and 92A16E Data Acquisition Modules You can remove or exclude this software in systems that do not contain 92A16 Modules DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting m 92A96 Support This package provides the necessary software to operate the 92A96 or 92 96 Data Acquisition Modules You can remove or exclude this software in systems that do not contain 92A96 or 92C96 Modules m 92A60 Support This package provides the necessary software to operate the 92A60 90 Data Acquisition Modules You can remove or exclude this software in systems that do not contain 92A60 90 Modules m 92 58 Support This package provides the necessary software to operate the 92 58 Data Acquisition Modules You can remove or exclude this software in systems that do not contain 92 58 Modules m 92516 Support This package provides the necessary software to operate the 92516 32 and 925X109 118 Pattern Generation Modules You can remove or exclude this software in systems that do not contain 925 16 32 or 925X109 118 Modules m Remote Operation Support This package provides the necessary software to operate t
335. le Failures Other than Module 305 CRE Event X306 Events Out Any DAS card X307 Events In Any DAS card or DAS Controller X40X WORD RECOGNIZERS X400 RTC WR Events X401 Address Recognizer Inputs X402 Data Recognizer Inputs X403 Control Recognizer Inputs 404 Address Recognizer Events 405 Data Recognizer Events 406 Control Recognizer Events 92 58 Configuration Errors The 92HS8 Modules display additional information when configuration errors exist If the 92 58 cabinet 15 not receiving power when it is attached to the 92 58 Master or 92 58 Expander interface board the test displays the message Attached cabinet is unpowered If the slot adjacent higher to the 92 58 Master interface contains a board other than a 92HS8E Expander board the test displays the message Succeeding slot has card other than 92HS8E Expander DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 31 Troubleshooting 4 32 Table 4 14 lists the 92HS8 8E error codes Table 4 14 92HS8 8E Diagnostic Error Codes Possible Failures Other than Error Codes Test Name 92HS8 8E X00X 92 58 8 INTERFACE 000 92 58 8 Status 001 Event Lines Any cards with Events X002 Correlation Lines Any card with Correlation 003 CMOS RAM PODD PODC X10X 60 SAMPLE HOLD X100 X600 Login Status Cable from cabinet to interface X101 X601 DACRAM X20X 70 WORDRECOGNIZERS X200 X700 A Word Recognizer Events
336. le to make the connection to the Expansion Slave board installed in the next mainframe Expansion mainframes 1 and 2 use a 92C03 module Refer to Disassembly Reassembly of the Mainframes beginning on page 3 3 for module installation and removal instructions DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Introduction to DAS Hardware NOTE The system software numbers the DAS 92E9 Expansion Mainframe slots from 9 35 You can use these slots except the Expansion Slave board slot for modules Expansion Mainframe 3 Slot 35 8 slots for Acquisition and or Pattern Generation Modules Slot 27 Expansion Slave Board Expansion Cable Expansion Mainframe 2 Slot 26 Expansion Board 7 slots for Acquisition and or Pattern Generation Modules Slot 18 Expansion Slave Board Expansion Cable Expansion Mainframe 1 Slot 17 Expansion Board 7 slots for Acquisition and or Pattern Generation Modules Slot 9 Expansion Slave Board Expansion Cable Master Mainframe Slot 8 Expansion or Exp GPIB 6 slots for Acquisition and or Pattern Generation Modules Slot 0 Controller Board Figure 1 4 Twenty Eight Slots Available with One Master and Three Expansion Mainframes DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 1 15 Introduction to DAS Hardware Acquisition and Pattern Generation Modules 1 16 Data acquisition and pattern generation modules consisting of one or more pr
337. lems that generate diagnostic error codes X200 through X502 and error codes X700 through XA 02 m Threshold problems that generate diagnostic error codes X101 and X601 m Triggering problems that generate diagnostic error codes X300 through X307 and error codes X800 through X807 Probe problems that generate diagnostic error codes X502 and 02 If you suspect a problem with an individual 92HS8 probe check that you have a proper signal source If necessary swap the probe s SMB leads inside the cabinet with another probe If you replace the probe you must recalibrate the 92HS8 Module using the deskew procedure refer to the 92HS8 8E Module User Manual If the 92HS8 Module operates in the external asynchronous mode and you suspect problems check the clock probe If your configuration has more than eight channels ensure that you are following these guidelines m If you use two three or four cabinets in the system they must have clock cables properly connected to the master interface card for that module red is the positive connection and black is the negative connection For details on cable connections refer to the 92HS8 SE Module User Manual m The Master interface must be adjacent to the Standard interface board the master must always reside in the lower numbered slot when using 16 24 or 32 channel modules If no Standard interface board is used the slot above the Master must be vacant m For 16 channel modules
338. lity supplied in the Disk Services menu Release 2 version 1 XX for DAS 9219 9220 mainframes and Release 3 version 1 00 for DAS 9221 mainframes for more information refer to the DAS System User Manual m Transfer the files to a host computer using a 92LANSE or 92LAN ether net Module m Transfer the files to a host computer using a 92C02 GPIB interface with the DAS Programmatic Command Language PCL for more information refer to the DAS Programmatic Command Language User Manual m Transfer the files to a host computer using Kermit an RS 232 file transfer protocol for more information on Kermit refer to the DAS User Manual The DAS series mainframe you have determines which hard disk format utility you will use If your mainframe is a DAS 9221 mainframe you must use the SCSI Hard Disk Format Utility If you have a DAS 9219 9220 mainframe you must use the 57506 Hard Disk Format Utility The DAS 9221 mainframes have a label affixed to the front of the mainframe next to the power switch DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Use the following steps to load either the hard disk format utility 1 Power down the mainframe Face the rear of the mainframe and locate the DIP switches mounted on the Controller board accessible through an opening on the back panel 2 Place DIP switch 1 the leftmost DIP switch in the closed down position this causes the DAS to bypass the normal system software when powered on
339. ll does not appear refer to the 4105 Service Manual If the Power up Self Test does not detect any errors the terminal displays a blinking underscore cursor when the test completes If the test detects an error follow these procedures 1 Turn the terminal off and wait 15 seconds then turn it back on If the test does not detect any errors the terminal is operating normally 2 Ifa Power up Self Test error occurs on the second power up note the message on the screen and do the following m If the message says Keyboard Failure or Not Attached check the keyboard cable connection on the rear of the terminal m If the message says Nonvolatile Parameters Failure Defaults Reset you may need to reset some operating parameters Refer to the 4 05 Service Manual DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting m If other messages appear refer to the 4105 Service Manual Extended Self Test The Extended Self Test consists of the Power Up Self Test and several tests of the circuitry It may take up to four minutes to complete Initiate the test by pressing the SELF TEST and RESET buttons see Figure 4 1 as follows 1 Press SELF TEST and hold it in while you press and release RESET 2 Hold in SELF TEST for another two seconds and then release it A white crosshair cursor blinks on the screen while the Extended Self Test is running After a few seconds the terminal beeps once and the crosshair is replaced
340. ls If all tests pass this bar is not litwhen the Diagnostics menu displays 2 8 These segments are currently not used 9 This segment is the 92LAN processor heartbeat It flashes about once every 1 5 seconds after the diagnostics pass and the mainframe boots UNIX 10 This segment is the interrupt output from the LAN coprocessor A lit bar indicates that the coprocessor is interrupting the LAN controller After all 92LAN and mainframe system diagnostics finish the system runs the file system check and starts UNIX To support the 92LAN ftp rsh and functions the system software contains the two daemons ftpd and rshd These daemons start after the file system checks complete The ftpd and rshd daemons are software processes that monitor the 92LAN interface for requests and then service those requests If any 92LAN diagnostic tests fail these daemons do not start and the message lanload lan diagnostics indicate failure displays When the daemons start during the power up sequence the following power up messages display starting daemons ftpd daemon started rshd daemon started After the daemon messages the terminal displays the system Diagnostics menu The system Diagnostics menu displays the 92LAN status as either PASS or FAIL followed by a four digit error code The 92LAN disables after any power up diagnostic failure Even though the Diagnostics menu shows a PASS condition some conditions may still
341. ls travel on the backplane s Event bus Two Flags which are signals that hold a status indication until reset by the user Each flag must be used independently A Sync Out TTL level signal which the user connects into the system for use as an interrupt An SMB connector mounted on the rear of the Controller board provides the connection for the Sync Out cable Sync Out is also used with the deskew adapter DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions m A Start Stop function for starting and stopping either the 92A60 90 s acquisition or a cluster s acquisition m A PROM to supply identification information to the Controller board 92A60 90 Memory Board The 92A60 90 Memory board s provides memory addressing and an acquisition memory The memory is 32 Kbits deep and 60 channels wide 92A60 or 90 channels wide 92A90 The 92A60 90 Memory board is composed of circuit blocks that provide the following features and functions m Trigger position circuitry that controls the amount of data stored before and after the trigger You can select from nine trigger positions or a specific amount of time delay m Two storage modes Normal Paged In Normal mode new data overwrites old data when memory is filled In Paged mode a memory page is stored each time a trigger occurs This allows you to see the data multiple times depending on the size of the page around a trigger point Half of a page is stored befor
342. m the DAS mainframe the Extended Self Test Main Menu appears see Figure 4 4 on the terminal display This menu is different from the menu that appears when the selftest command is entered from the Boot Monitor menu see Figure 4 3 on the terminal 4 11 Troubleshooting 4 12 lt D gt iagnostic Menu Figure 4 4 Extended Self Test Main Menu with Peripheral Tests 10 Press p to select the Peripheral Test Menu see Figure 4 5 Figure 4 5 Peripheral Tests Menu For further information refer to the TekXpress X Terminal Service Manual DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 9204XT 9205XT and The 9204XT 9205XT and 9206 terminals use the following self test 9206XT Terminal programs the Kernel Self Test Local Self Test and Extended Self Test Before Diagnostics powering up the terminal connect the keyboard to the terminal connection information is in the DAS System User Manual Kernel Self Test The Kernel Self Test runs automatically whenever the terminal is turned on The Kernel Self Test is a series of programs residing in the Boot ROM that perform minimum hardware checks to ensure that the terminal will boot During the self Test programs status and fault information is indicate by the LED indicators on the keyboard fault messages on the display and ringing of the bell For further information refer to the TekXpress X Terminal Series Service Manual Local Self Test The Local Self Te
343. m the Network Tables and Utilities pull down menu Enter the Internet address of the mainframe then press Enter You can get this address from the Configuration Utility menu d Perform the Ping test to verify that there is communication between the X Terminal and the mainframe 7 Perform the tftp Boot Process as described next if the Ping test was successful but the DAS window does not appear when the mainframe is booted normally The tftp Boot Process Use this procedure if you cannot boot the mainframe from the terminals internal flash ROM The serial window can be used to verify or modify the Configuration Utility settings 1 Boot the X Terminal and immediately press the space bar until the prompt BOOT gt appears 2 Set the DIP switches on the mainframe located on the rear of the Controller board to the normal operation position all up 3 Wait approximately two minutes for the following sequences to complete m Power on diagnostics m LEDs at the rear of the Controller board begin to perform a continuous swirling pattern m The hard disk activity light no longer glows DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 125 Troubleshooting 4 126 LAN Network Troubleshooting 4 Verify the proper internet parameters is set in the X Terminal monitor Refer to Table 4 37 5 Check that the BPATH is XP300 os 10 5 for 9202XT or 9203XT terminals NOTE Case sensitivity does apply 6 Type boot tft
344. m the TCP layer 11 11 11 0800009C 0441 08070088 0002 000 0841 9EE38277 0800 AP 0004 R 0001 04 This value is from the TCP Layer It usually represents the sequence number of the first data byte in this segment Ifthe ACK control bit is set this field contains the sequence number of the first data byte of the next segment this sender expects to receive This value is the size of the window or amount of data the sender is willing to receive In this example only the ACK and Push bits or sent The data sent value is calculated by the Snoopy mode and 5 the data being sent This identifies the direction of the message flow The 8541 is reading from or writing messages to the LAN This field display only 8 bytes amount of data Figure 4 39 Snoopy Mode Example Response Message 4 136 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting This banner identifies the message as an ICMP message This character indicates whether it is read R or write W by the 92LAN board This is the source Internet address r This is the destination Internet address 11 ICMP R 5 08000056 d 08000060 code 0 id 2C18 seq 0000 dlen 56 Echo ICMP w s 08000060 d 08000056 code 0 id 2C18 seq 0000 dlen 56 Echo Reply 1 Il Il Additional information normally 0 This id values is used to match echo requests
345. mainframe shared memory and their interface has a problem LAN diagnostic failure the on board 92LAN diagnostics display this message if an error occurs during power up A hex formatted word displays in the diagnostic word 92LAN only field For an explanation of these error codes refer to LAN Diagnostics DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting m LAN not connected the Thicknet or Thinnet cable is not attached to the cable assembly on the back panel of the mainframe Reboot the LAN subsystem after reconnecting the cable W LAN boot failure this message displays the first time the LAN system is powered up without the internet address entered Diagnostic Word Error Messages 92LAN Module Only The LAN Diagnostic Word in the 92LAN overlay consists of a 32 bit hexadecimal word containing the 92LAN diagnostics error codes for all LAN tests Each bit indicates a separate test If a test fails the associated bit is set to a logical one The diagnostic word is zero if the 92LAN diagnostics do not find any problems Table 4 38 relates the bits and tests Table 4 38 92LAN Module Diagnostics Test DRAM refresh circuitry DRAM address bus DRAM data bus Bus error circuitry 1 0 bus eight bit 1 0 bus UART CLOCKINT interrupt circuitry UART PORTINT interrupt circuitry UART internal tests SRAM address bus SRAM data bus SRAM devices Interface interrupt circuitry between the 92LAN card and the mainf
346. me as the 92A16 except that it does not have a high speed controller circuit DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions P6461 E Data Acquisition Two P6461 E Data Acquisition Probes are standard with the 92A16 16E Data Probe Acquisition Modules The P6461 contains eight data channels one clock channel and one qualifier channel this probe has an input threshold range of 5 V to 5 V with low input capacitance lt 2 5 pF A pod LD circuit informs the mainframe of the probe type and connection location The P6461 contains deskew circuitry to ensure that the 92A16 simultaneously receives signals that occur simultaneously at the probe tips You can replace the circuit boards and podlets for the 6461 probes refer to Replaceable Electrical Parts The P6461E probe has the same features but does not have the clock channel qualifier channel or deskew circuitry P6460 Data Acquisition P6460 is an optional data acquisition probe that the 92416 Data Acquisition Probe Module can use as a lower cost alternative to the P6461 E probes The P6460 provides eight data channels a qualifier and a clock channel operating at 100 MHz The probe is also used with the 92516 Pattern Generator as an external control probe The probe contains an input threshold circuit with a range of 5 V to 5 V and has a pod I D circuit For more information refer to the P6460 Data Acquisition Probe Instructions sheet 92A60 90 Data Acquis
347. media frame for future use To check the bad byte list attached to the side of the drive you must separate the hard disk drive from the media mount that holds it for disassembly procedures refer to Disassembly Reassembly Procedures If there is no bad byte information recorded continue with the Format Hard Disk selection in Hard Disk Operations Menu shown on page 4 79 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 77 Troubleshooting 4 78 You can enter the bad block information in either the Cylinder Head Byte format or the bad block format If you enter the information in the bad block format you must calculate the bad blocks from a formula before entering the information into the system refer to Calculating Bad Blocks If you enter the bad block information in the Cylinder Head Byte format continue with the Enter Bad Block Information selection in Hard Disk Operations Menu shown on page 4 79 Calculating Bad Blocks If your DAS has a 10 Mbyte or 20 Mbyte hard disk drive use the following formula to determine bad block information from the bad byte information Physical Block Cylinder x 36 9 x Head Sector of byte If your DAS has a 40 Mbyte hard disk drive use the following formula to determine bad block information from the bad byte information Physical Block Cylinder x 45 9 x Head Sector of byte If your DAS has 80 Mbyte hard disk drive use the following formula to determ
348. messages in the Previous Shutdown field You can power up down the DAS 9219 9220 using two pins on the Controller board J605 These pins are located at the rear of the Controller board and are accessible through an opening at the rear of the mainframe Shorting the two pins together causes the Master mainframe and all Expansion mainframes to power up To power down the mainframes remove the short Also you can install an optional one button power switch adaptor to power up and power down your DAS 9219 9220 mainframe and terminal using the terminal power button To use this optional accessory connect the adapter in series with the terminal s RS 232 cable near the back of the mainframe Connect the adapter s two pin jumper wire to the two pins of J604 on the Controller board When you turn on the terminal with the mainframe power switch in the OFF position power is applied to the mainframe after the terminal power up diagnostics complete DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions Memory Board Memory board consists of circuit blocks that provide the DAS 9219 9220 DAS 9219 9220 Only with dynamic RAM space and serial ports for RS 232 communications The Memory board must reside in slot 1 of the Master mainframe card cage Expansion mainframes do not contain a Memory board The main differences between the 2 Mbyte and 8 Mbyte Memory boards are the amount of RAM and the RAM circuitry the other circuit blocks a
349. minate the Flash procedure and return to the DAS boot prompt Yes No 14 Press the Return key until the following text appears Are you ready to continue to STEP 2 15 Enter y in response to the prompt The text for Step 2 will display When you start the Flash Update process the X terminal writes the parameters to the Flash ROM The process takes approximately 10 minutes When the terminal boots the Flash ROM monitor displays the following message FLASH UPDATE IN PROGRESS If the message does not appear the Flash Update process failed Follow the suggestions on the screen to identify any problems 16 When you are ready to start the Flash Update process enter y in response to the prompt on the screen Verify that the Flash Update in Progress message 1s displayed CAUTION Disturbing the terminal or the mainframe can cause the Flash Update N process to fail Do not move terminal or the mainframe or press any keys unless instructed to do so If the screen blanks out or goes dark you can move the mouse or press one of the Shift keys to reactivate the display without disturbing the update process 17 If the Flash Operation Completed message is displayed enter y in response to the next prompt on the screen The text to Step 3 of the Flash Update procedure is displayed carefully read this information Entering n at the prompt returns you to Step 1 of the Flash Update procedure to restart the entire process 18 Press the Con
350. mmary Injury Precautions Use Proper Power Cord Ground the Product Do Not Operate Without Covers Use Proper Fuse Do Not Operate in Wet Damp Conditions Do Not Operate in Explosive Atmosphere Avoid Exposed Circuitry Review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures To avoid fire hazard use only the power cord specified for this product This product is grounded through the grounding conductor of the power cord To avoid electric shock the grounding conductor must be connected to earth ground Before making connections to the input or output terminals of the product ensure that the product is properly grounded To avoid electric shock or fire hazard do not operate this product with covers or panels removed To avoid fire hazard use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product To avoid electric shock do not operate this product in wet or damp conditions To avoid injury or fire hazard do not operate this product in an explosive atmosphere To avoid injury remove jewelry such as rings watches and other metallic objects Do not touch exposed connections and components when power is present Product Damage Precautions Use Proper Power Source Do not operate this product from a power source that applies more than the voltage specified DAS 9200 Technician s R
351. n Hints for Floppy Disk Drives The procedure for installing the floppy disk drive is essentially the reverse of the disassembly procedure When installing the floppy disk drive torque the metric screws from 5 0 to 7 0 inch pounds DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures 3 10 A CAUTION Some disk drives use metric screws identified by their gold finish Make sure metric screws are used only into metric mounting holes to prevent damaging the threads Installation Hints for Fixed Media Hard Disk Drives The procedure for installing the fixed media hard disk drive is essentially the reverse of the disassembly procedure 1 Attach the data and controller cables to the floppy disk drive and hard disk connectors Figures 3 6 3 7 show the correct connector and cable arrangements for the different mainframes 2 Secure the ribbon cables in the self adhesive retaining clamp 3 Connect the power cable to both disk drives power cable connectors are keyed to the connectors on the disk drives Use between 7 5 and 10 0 inch pounds of torque to fasten the media frame CAUTION Be careful not to pinch any power or ribbon cables when installing the media frame 4 Reconnect the cables to the mainframe Controller board routing the cables so they do not block the airflow from either the card cage fan or the power supply fan The ribbon cables must be folded neatly as shown in Figure 3 8 on p
352. ncy in the free block count has been detected The free block count in the superblock is incorrect type y in response The free block list must be repaired type y in response Phase 6 Salvage Free List This phase rebuilds the file system free block list There are no error messages generated in this phase of the file system Check procedure DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting File System Install Utility Use the file system Install utility to install and verify the Base System Software optional system software and application software You can also use the Install utility to remove the optional system software and application software The Install utility operates the same for all mainframes You must install the Base System Software in the following cases m After running the file system Make utility m When upgrading to a new version of system software m When repairing damage to the system software from an abnormal shutdown of the DAS You can install the optional system software and application software when installing the Base System Software However you can also install the applica tion software using the Disk Services menu at a later time You must install some portion of the optional system software when installing the Base System Software You can use the Install utility at a later time to install or remove any optional system software However you cannot use the Install utility to remove the Base Sy
353. nd modules Four programmable time bases for asynchronous acquisition and timestamp operations reside on the Expansion Slave board The Master mainframe s Controller board programs these time bases Time bases do not extend beyond the Expansion mainframe each set of time bases operates independently of the other mainframes Since the Expansion mainframe does not have a power switch the Controller board provides the power control When a condition requiring power down occurs in an Expansion mainframe such as fan failure the Expansion main frame issues an interrupt to the Master mainframe s Controller board for power down DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 5 15 General Circuit Functions 92A16 16E Data Acquisition Module The 92A16 Module is a 16 channel data acquisition module suited for general purpose medium speed hardware timing analysis and for high speed state analysis The 92A16E expands the number of channels to 32 Up to five 92A16Es can be added for a total acquisition memory width of 96 channels in a single mainframe The maximum word recognition width for an expansion word set is 64 channels The 92A16 is composed of circuit blocks that provide the following functions 5 16 200 MHz acquisition clock generation for the master 92A16 and all Expander 92A16Es An interface to the CPU on the Controller board of the mainframe CPU control of the module is accomplished through this circuitry Circuitry to deskew the d
354. nductors Follow the tions on page 2 1 when servicing the probes 3 6 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures P6461 E Data Acquisition Probe Press the latches located on the sides of the P6461 probe Grasp the top and bottom halves of the probe and pull apart Remove the static shield ve RB If you need to remove one or more of the podlets grasp the podlet by the base close to the pins and pull the podlet from the sockets on the board 5 Disconnect the cable from the board by grasping the pin connector from each side and pulling the connection apart 6 Remove the board from the case Reassembly of the probe is the reverse of the disassembly procedure When reassembling the probe start with the labeled half of the case facing down Then insert the board E P6460 Data Acquisition Probe Unscrew the screws in each corner of the probe case Grasp the top and bottom halves of the probe and pull apart Lift the hybrid circuit board assembly from the probe case Disconnect the cable from the board by grasping the pin connector from each side and pulling the connection apart Reassembly of the probe is the reverse of the disassembly procedure P6464 Pattern Generator Use the following steps to disassemble P6464 probe Probe CAUTION When disassembling the probe avoid contaminating the contacts of the hybrid circuit and its socket with dust finger oil
355. nframe This drive can also be mounted in the 80 Mbyte removable assembly 80 Mbyte removable hard disk drive Seagate ST 1100 A keyless latch secures the drive in the DAS mainframe Enter the letter that corresponds to your particular drive Use the Seagate ST 1100 Swift selection b for the 80 Mbyte removable media Use the Seagate ST 253 WREN II selection d for CDC IMPRIMIS 94205 51 CDC WREN Il and Seagate ST 253 hard disk drives Choice g allows you to format a hard disk whose parameters differ from the other choices normally you will not use this selection The letter inside the square brackets is the default selection to select it press the Return key Determining Bad Block Information Before formatting the hard disk drive you must determine if the drive has bad blocks A bad block is an area on the hard disk that contains unusable bytes This prevents the DAS from storing data in blocks that contain bad bytes Not all hard disks have bad blocks To determine the bad blocks for a hard disk drive check the bad block list attached to the side of the hard disk drive This list can also be on a sheet of paper in a plastic envelope attached to the side of the media frame The bad block information may be in a Cylinder Head Byte format or it may have the calculated bad blocks If you have replaced the drive use the bad block list that came with the replacement drive Store the list in the plastic envelope on the side of the
356. ng menu Press i to Install Base System Software Optional System Software or Application Software Press r to Remove Optional System Software or Application Software Press v to Verify currently installed software Selection Type ito start the system software installation procedure The following menu displays DAS File System Installation Procedure When the 00 gt prompt appears type install to continue with the installation process or type config to adjust the LAN GPIB or Operating mode parameters or save an image of the current software If you need to adjust the network parameters type config and refer to the Configuration Utility beginning on page 4 96 Otherwise continue with the next step NOTE Do NOT remove the INSTALL disk The program transfers several files from the floppy disk to the hard disk then the BOOT gt prompt appears 10 Type install and press the Return key The system accesses the hard disk and displays the following message after a few seconds DAS File System Installation Procedure XXXXX Kbytes disk space remaining Insert next DAS system floppy disk and press Return When installation is complete press c gt Remove the INSTALL disk Insert the Base System Software disk volume 1 of volume n and press the Return key When the prompt appears insert the next disk in the sequence and press the Return key Continue loading Base System Software disks in seq
357. nostics and check or set the GPIB parameters GPIB address or whether the GPIB is on line or off line The utility loads onto the hard disk drive in the DAS mainframe when you initially install the system software To start the utility power up the DAS with switch 1 in the down position and then type config at the BOOT gt prompt DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting User Interface The Configuration utility is intended for use with DAS systems that use either an X window display or that may not have a user interface display Inputs and outputs for the utility are provided through the RS 232 Terminal port at the rear of the mainframe For more information on the RS 232 ports refer to DIP Switches on the Controller Board on page 4 45 The utility does not make use of any special characteristics of any terminal The utility assumes that the terminal can display 80 characters per line and at least 24 lines per screen No special character positioning or highlighting is used The Configuration utility is required when you operate a DAS with the 9202 or 92X Term software under the following conditions m When you change networking parameters on the DAS m When you change the operating mode When you update the Flash in the terminal m When you need to check the results of the DAS power up diagnostics and configuration ifthe DAS menus do not display The basic utility consists on a main menu and several
358. nus appear in the workstation window and are controlled with the mouse and keyboard Communication between the DAS and the workstation is over a local area network LAN As a peripheral device remotely controlled by a host computer the DAS supports a Programmatic Command Language PCL that is an alternative to the keyboard and menu interface PCL commands let you start and stop acquisitions manage files and report status and error information Data can be processed either by the DAS or the host computer when the host computer processes data the DAS is the source of raw or partially processed data Mainframes and Terminals The mainframes provide computing power input and output features and mass storage for your modules The mainframe provides enhanced computing power due to its larger memory and faster CPU The mainframes exist the following versions m DAS 9221 with 16 Mbyte RAM on the Controller board 100 Mbyte or greater hard disk drive and 1 4 Mbyte floppy disk drive m DAS 9220 with 8 Mbyte RAM on the Memory board 40 Mbyte hard disk drive and 1 2 Mbyte floppy disk drive m DAS 9219 with 2 Mbyte RAM on the Memory board 20 Mbyte hard disk drive and 400 Kbyte floppy disk drive the DAS 9219 is no longer available The DAS 92 9 is an Expansion mainframe with extra slots for additional modules DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Introduction to DAS Hardware Terminals The standard display device is a Tektronix
359. o 5 ns referenced to the master clock Two clock lines Each clock line contains the delay components to make the 92516 and 925325 operate synchronously An inhibit control circuitry that selects either the programmed internal inhibit signal stored in the microcode memory or the external inhibit signal received from the P6460 probe It can also perform appropriate logic operations between the internal inhibit and the external inhibit signals A PROM to supply identification information to the Controller board DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions 92532 Pattern Generation Module The 92532 provides up to 36 pattern generator channels featuring sequential pattern generation Up to seven 92532 cards can be grouped with a single 92516 to form a wider pattern generation module In this configuration the 92516 can use its algorithmic test and branch capabilities to control the 925325 The circuit blocks of the 92532 provide features and functions 8 Kbytes of output pattern memory Clock outputs up to a maximum rate of 50 MHz for the pattern genera tion probes An interface to the CPU on the Controller board of the mainframe This circuitry provides CPU control of the module A clock selector circuit that distributes an internal clock or an externally supplied clock to other circuits on this module and attached pattern genera tor probes An address counter that generates an internal vector address an
360. o Serial No Mir Number Number Effective Discon d Qty Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number P6465 28 0 010 6465 00 8010100 8039999 1 PROBE PAT GEN 9 CHAN 50MHZ 80009 010646500 010 6465 03 B040100 1 PROBE PAT GEN 9 CHAN 50MHZ 80009 010646503 1 334 6651 00 1 LABEL 3 050 0 325 07416 ORDER BY DESC 2 334 6635 00 010100 010482 1 MARKER IDENT MKD TEKTRONIX P6465 80009 334663500 334 6635 01 B010483 1 MARKER IDENT MARKED TEKTRONIX P6465 07416 ORDER BY DESC 3 380 0735 00 1 HOUSING HALF UPPER TK1163 ORDER BY DESC 4 214 3904 00 1 HEAT SINK ELEC ALUMINUM 5Y400 ORDER BY DESC 5 211 0374 00 4 SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 219 L PNH STL CD TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 6 211 0007 00 3 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 188 PNH STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC 7 174 0390 00 1 ASSY SP RIBBON CPR 8 26 AWG 2 75 L 1X 8 0 1 CTR TK1375 174 0390 00 BOTH ENDS 8 175 4568 00 1 CA ASSY SP ELEC 8 26 AWG 4 5 L RIBBON 1Y013 62310 9 165 2048 11 B010100 B020179 1 MICROCKT LINEAR LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204811 165 2048 12 B020180 B020180 1 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204812 165 2048 13 8030100 1 MICROCKT DGTL LET 2048 W INSUL SLVG 80009 165204813 10 334 6653 00 10 MARKER IDENT MKD PODLET 80009 334665300 11 670 9602 00 B010100 B010452 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY STROBE 80009 670960200 670 9602 01 B010453 B011242 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY STROBE 80009 670960201 670 9602 02 B011243 B019999 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY STROBE 80009 670960202 670 9602 03 B020100 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY STROBE 800
361. o an Expansion Slave board that is installed in slot O of the Expansion mainframe If you have two Expansion mainframes another 92C02 03 would be installed in slot 8 of the first Expansion mainframe This 92C02 03 connects to an Expansion Slave board in slot O of the second Expansion mainframe This type of connection scheme would also connect the third mainframe to the system Menus in the DAS System Software control the functionality of a multiple main frame system When additional mainframes and modules are added to the system the DAS automatically lists these additional components in the menus The DAS Utility menus list the additional mainframes and their contents allowing you to control the operation and interaction of the modules DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 5 27 General Circuit Functions The 92C02 03 modules also provide a set of square pins at the DAS back panel for external event in out signals and a BTSYNC signal These signals are used for synchronizing external test equipment to the DAS Refer to the DAS System User Manual for information on the use of these signals The 92C01 02 GPIB circuitry provides the following functions and features m Direct Memory Access DMA controller that transfers data between the GPIB port and DAS system RAM or between the GPIB port and any instrument card m A GPIB controller to interface from the GPIB port to the CPU on the DAS Controller board m A programmable ROM PROM t
362. o not allow anything capable of generating or holding a static charge on the work surface m Do not slide a board over any surface m Avoid handling boards in areas that have a floor or work surface covering capable of generating a static charge m When not in use store boards in a static free conductive package Use the following guidelines when cleaning the mainframe and modules CAUTION Spray wash dirty parts with a cleaning solution as described in Interior Cleaning later in this section THOROUGHLY RINSE with deionized water and IMMEDIATELY DRY with low air pressure When cleaning near unsealed electromechanical components use as little washing as possible This prevents removing the lubricant from the components and getting excess moisture into the contact areas of the switches MOISTURE WILL CAUSE CORROSION which may degrade instrument performance DO NOT use a freon based cleaner on the circuit boards Freon will damage aluminum capacitors DO NOT wash the Standby On switch Cover the switch during wash ing procedures DO NOT use fluorocarbon based spray cleaners or silicon spray lubricants on switches or switch contacts These sprays may damage the circuit board material or plastic parts and leave a dust collecting residue Use Tektronix Contact Lubricant and Cleaner part number 006 0442 00 as a lubricant To prevent damage from electrical arcing completely dry all circuit boards switches and board interf
363. o supply identification ID information to the DAS Controller board Four light emitting diodes LEDs mounted on one end of the circuit board that are visible through the mainframe s back panel when the module is installed Three of the LEDs indicate the state of the handshake protocol between the DAS and the GPIB The fourth indicates a service request from the DAS Controller Refer to Troubleshooting for more information on the LEDs The 92C02 03 expansion circuitry in conjunction with the Expansion Slave board provides the following features W A buffered version of the DAS s Microprocessor bus to the instrument cards installed in the Expansion mainframe The Strobe lines are re synchronized to guarantee setup and hold times m Eight lines of the Correlation bus that are bidirectionally buffered across the mainframe interface The direction is programmatically controlled by software Lines that are not programmed remain unused between main frames Refer to Correlation Bus earlier in this section m Synchronous Event lines that are bidirectionally buffered between main frames At power up all Event bus lines are enabled and TSYNC s period is decreased from 40 ns to 80 ns When the Event travels across more than two mainframes TSYNC s period is decreased from 80 ns to 160 ns Refer to Instrument Bus earlier in this section 5 28 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions 92LAN Module The 92LAN Mo
364. oard ejector tools are stored inside the front panel of the mainframe on the left hand side 6 Pry the board from the backplane CAUTION Pry with even force on both sides of the board to prevent bending the backplane alignment pins 7 Grasp the sides of the board and pull it out of the card cage When installing modules align the connection between the backplane and the module before applying pressure this prevents connector damage 1 Perform procedures 1 on page 3 3 and 2 on page 3 5 to remove all other boards or modules from the mainframe 2 Unscrew the five screws holding the 92LANSE module to the Controller board 3 Carefully lift the 92LANSE module and remove the three cables connected to the module 1 Perform procedure 1 on page 3 3 Note the orientation of the connector s at the back of the Standby On switch and disconnect the connector s from the switch 3 Place the mainframe so the bottom of the front panel hangs over the workbench 4 Press the release latches located underneath the front panel as shown in Figure 3 4 While pressing the latches pull the front panel towards you 5 Move the mainframe back onto the workbench DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Latch Und
365. ock numbers Type y to continue Run the file system Check program again after completion The program has identified a duplicate block B in inode EXCESSIVE DUP BLKS I4 CONTINUE DUP TABLE OVERFLOW CONTINUE POSSIBLE FILE SIZE ERROR l DIRECTORY MISALIGNED la The program has detected too many duplicate blocks in inode Type y to continue when finished run the file system Check program again There has been an internal table overflow Type y to continue when finished run the file system Check program again A possible error in file size has been detected After completing the file system Check procedure run the system software Install utility Verify option to make sure that no files are corrupted A possible directory error has been detected After completing the file system Check routine run the system software Install utility Verify option to make sure that no files are corrupted PARTIALLY ALLOCATED INODE l CLEAR PHASE 1B RESCAN FOR MORE DUPS A partially allocated inode has been detected Respond with y After completing the file system Check procedure run the system software Install utility Verify option to make sure that no files are corrupted This message may be displayed if the program is rescanning for additional duplicate block entries in the inode structures DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Phase 2 Check Path Names This phase of the p
366. ohm BNC terminator to each open end of the BNC T connector This isolates the 92LAN Module from the network and creates a proper termination environment for the ethernet transceiver Power up the mainframe to automatically execute the external loopback test If the Module is operational the external loopback test passes Check that the external loopback test has passed by verifying the following m The LAN Boot Status the LAN overlay indicates the system is up m The servers available in the LAN overlay are listening m The value of the diagnostic word is zero You can also run the external loopback for the 92LAN Module test in DDM mode as described in Using DDM Mode DDM mode loops the test to check for intermittent connections For a THINNET network use the following procedure 1 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disconnect the 92LAN Module from the network cable at the LAN back panel BNC connector Do not break other network cable connections or the network becomes non functional Attach a BNC T connector to the the LAN back panel BNC connector Connect a 50 ohm BNC terminator to each of the BNC T connector s open ends This isolates the 92LAN Module from the network and creates a proper termination environment for the thinnet transceiver which is part of the module For the 92LAN Module power up the mainframe to automatically execute the external loopback test If the Module is operational the external loopback
367. olts Check that the red coax connects to the SMB connector and the black coax connects to the SMB connector Check that pin 1 on the three wide harmonica connector is correctly oriented with pin 1 on the socket After probe replacement recalibrate the 92 58 using the deskew procedures described in the 92HS8 8E Module User Manual 3 25 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Q1 qi LEES EL N TE Power Supply Cover Screws ee Voltage Selector Power Cord Plug E Q1 qu q HE Ww Screw 8 Power Supply Board ig c r AC Power Switch Screw e 9 Screw Posts 2 Screw Figure 3 15 Location of Screws for Removing the 92HS8 Power Supply Disassembly Reassembly of Probes The circuit board assemblies in each DAS probe are replaceable The following procedures describe how to disassemble and reassemble each probe so you can replace the assemblies standard handling precautions for static sensitive devices under Static Precau 0 CAUTION Static discharge may damage the probe semico
368. om only a host computer terminal You can use either the assigned hostname or the DAS internet address with these commands The actual hostname or internet address should be substituted for the hostname or the internet address shown in the example The following examples show the ftp rsh and rcp command syntax Each example is followed by a brief description m ftp hostname initiates an ftp session with the computer called hostname m ftp 8 1 75 128 initiates an ftp session with the host located at internet address 8 1 75 128 m rsh hostname date causes the host called hostname to execute the date command and return the output from the command to the requesting host m rsh 8 1 75 128 bin sh i causes the host at internet address 8 1 75 128 to invoke an interactive shell process This is similar to a remote login rlogin to the host Use Control d to end this shell Be careful when logged into the DAS since you could damage the software on the hard disk drive m rcp hostname la_files Setup lan_test lan_test local copies the file lan_test from the directory la_files Setup on the computer called hostname to a file called lan_test_local in the current directory of the host initiating the command Boot Messages 92LAN Module Only The LAN Boot Status field may contain one the following messages m System is up the LAN system is up and running m Memory interface failure the 92LAN Module and the
369. on and pattern generator probes to levels Vector and microcode memories The vector memory is a 1K x 16 bit RAM and contains the output pattern The microcode memory micro instruction memory is a 1K x 28 bit RAM The output of the microcode memory controls the pattern generation A program counter control multiplexer This multiplexer interprets codes from the program counter to determine the next address for the vector memory output and the microcode memory An instruction multiplexer that applies appropriate reset signals to the external signal latches and generates a signal to control the 92S32 operating in Follows mode A program counter that takes the output of the instruction multiplexer and applies the address to the vector memory and the microcode memory An interrupt logic circuit that accepts the external interrupt signal from the P6460 or a DAS Event The signal is clocked through a register that causes the interrupt address to be put onto the bus and the return address to be pushed on the stack A 92S32 address driver The driver provides a clock and control logic for 925325 operating in the Follows mode with 92516 controller A pattern selector that determines the next output pattern It selects the output pattern from any of three sources the vector memory the internal register or the first latch before the clock repeat previous vector A pod clock that may be delayed in 5 ns steps over a range of 5 t
370. on that shows the total wattage for the boards installed in each mainframe The power up message is erased when the system menus display Calculate the total wattage required from Table 1 3 and compare it with the available power from Tables 1 1 and 1 2 If the installed boards require more power than is available from your current power cord and power source then you must upgrade your mainframe to meet those requirements NOTE If you reconfigured the boards in your mainframe since the last power down or added boards to your system check the power values in Tables 1 1 1 2 and 1 3 to ensure that the total wattage required by the new configuration can be supplied by your current mainframe power cord and power source Table 1 3 lists the power consumed for each board Use this table to calculate the power required for your mainframe s configuration For example if your mainframe contains the following boards 92A 16 two 92A16Es one 92816 and one 92532 then the total power required equals 107 W A16 166 W A16Es 78 W S16 79 W 532 or 430 W Next compare this value with the power cord options in Tables 1 1 and 1 2 Since the standard 12 A power cord delivers a maximum of 400 watts the Option 1A power cord must be used to supply up to 500 watts to the card cage Table 1 3 Power for DAS Cards with Probes Card Type Power watts 92A16 Master Interface 107 92 16 Expander Inte
371. on the 92LAN module refer to the 92LAN User Installation Manual DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 1 7 Introduction to DAS Hardware A Mainframe Power Requirements 1 8 Power Supply The power supply module consists of two boards that supply power to all mainframe components This supply can deliver up to 650 watts from either a 115 V or 230 V AC power source see Table 1 1 for Master mainframes and Table 1 2 for Expansion mainframes WARNING To change the line voltage input of the power supply between 115 V 230 V refer to Maintenance beginning on page 2 1 The DAS mainframes support different numbers of acquisition and pattern gen eration modules based on the type of power cord and power supply used with each mainframe The standard 12 A power cord should be used for Master mainframes drawing less than 400 watts 12 A 115 V and for Expansion mainframes drawing less than 475 watts When the module configuration in the mainframe requires more power a higher current power cord power supply combination must be used refer to Tables 1 1 and 1 2 If the module configu ration in the Master mainframe requires more than 575 watts 650 watts in Expansion mainframes the DAS will automatically shut off NOTE If you install the 15 A power cord Option 1A put the label supplied with the power cord on the DAS back panel over the existing description that reads 1900 VA MAX FREQ 48 63 Hz The power source m
372. oopy mode OFF Available modes A ARP 11 N Off or a combination of them such as for aarp and ICMP Press RETURN for no change New Snoopy Mode ARP only Then the Snoopy mode displays the network protocol and ARP messages Figures 4 37 through 4 40 show examples of displays with descriptions Figures 4 37 and 4 38 show typical ARP request and response messages This banner identifies this message as ARP message Q shows requestto resolve an unknown Ethernet address for a known internal address The source Ethernet address is trying to resolve the unknown destination Ethernet address The normal address format is 08 00 11 00 80 E7 This source is a node on the Ethernetthat is trying to connect with a destination l l ARP Q 0800110080 7 08000008 000000000000 08070088 This is the internet address of the source that is trying to resolve the unknown Ethernet address The normal address format is 8 0 0 11 This destination field is usually zero This is the address that the source is trying to find The known internal address that the source is trying to match with an Ethernet address The normal address format is 8 7 0 139 Figure 4 37 Snoopy Mode Example Request ARP Message 4 134 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting This banner identifies this message as ARP message
373. or instrument functions If random characters or no characters appear when you power up the system you may need to change the terminal s baud rate Level 0 Diagnostics Level O diagnostics detect two types of errors soft errors and hard errors Usually you can correct a soft error by reconfiguring the cards in the mainframe or by connecting a higher rated power cord If the error is severe enough for example board power requirements exceed power supply limits the mainframe shuts off A hard error can usually be corrected by replacing a mainframe board such as the Controller board Level 0 diagnostics displays the total power used by the modules the mainframes and then checks the mainframes for functionality Refer to Introduction to DAS Hardware for power cord and power supply requirements If level 0 diagnostics do not detect an error level 1 diagnostics begin If level 0 detects an error a message may appear on the terminal In addition LEDs on the rear of the Controller board report an error pattern On power up the LEDs sequence to track the progress of level O diagnostics These LEDs are described in the Controller Board LEDs section Tables 4 1 and 4 2 list messages that you may encounter when powering on your DAS system the tables are mainframe specific These tables contain only examples of diagnostic error messages this is not a complete list of all the messages you may encounter These tables also describe the messag
374. ore using the 92LANSE Module it may be necessary to check or modify the Configuration utility settings If the 92LANSE Module is used on a larger network instead of a stand alone DAS X terminal you must obtain this information from your system administrator This information is needed by both the DAS and your host For a information on the LAN overlay and the Configuration utility refer to the DAS System User Manual The Configuration utility is also discussed chapter 4 of this manual beginning on page 4 96 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions The 92LANSE FTP is a listening only device allowing the DAS to respond only to commands issued from your host You cannot issue commands from a DAS to your host The 92LANSE Module connects directly to the DAS 9221 Controller board The 92LANSE Module does not operate in Expansion mainframes After you install a 92LANSE Module you have access to the LAN cable connections at the DAS mainframe s back panel Connections to your network are made from the connectors protruding through the mainframe back panel The 92LANSE Module s control status register maintains independent control and status of the module s chip set The chip set consists of an AM7990 Ethernet Controller an AM7992B Serial Interface Adapter SIA and a Thinnet transceiv er The Ethernet controller uses an external memory buffer that also provides access to the DAS Contoller s CPU to transfer data
375. ork All other power cords supplied are approved for the country of use Compliances Consult the product specifications for IEC Installation Category Pollution Degree and Safety Class DAS 9200 Technician s Reference xiii General Safety Summary DAS 9200 Technician s Reference A Service Safety Summary Do Not Service Alone Disconnect Power Use Caution When Servicing the CRT Use Care When Servicing With Power On X Radiation Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures Read this Service Safety Summary and the General Safety Summary before performing any service procedures Do not perform internal service or adjustments of this product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is present To avoid electric shock disconnect the main power by means of the power cord or if provided the power switch To avoid electric shock or injury use extreme caution when handling the CRT Only qualified personnel familiar with CRT servicing procedures and precautions should remove or install the CRT CRTs retain hazardous voltages for long periods of time after power is turned off Before attempting any servicing discharge the CRT by shorting the anode to chassis ground When discharging the CRT connect the discharge path to ground and then the anode Rough handling may cause the CRT to implode Do not nick or scratch the glass or subject i
376. ou have access to the LAN cable connections at the DAS mainframe s back panel Connections to your network are made from the boards connectors protruding through the mainframe back panel The 92LAN board s main components the 92LAN board controller a 68000 microprocessor with supporting ROM and RAM a 82586 LAN coprocessor a DUART Dual Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter a thinnet transceiver circuit and its required support logic The 92LAN board s 68000 controller executes independently of the system controller board s 68010 These two processors interface via a bank of shared static RAM on the 92LAN board and an interrupt path to the system controller The 82586 LAN coprocessor controls the 92LAN network interface The LAN coprocessor shares a 512 Kbyte block of dynamic RAM with the 68000 It is through this memory that all handshaking and data transfer between these processors occurs DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 5 29 General Circuit Functions 92LANSE Module 5 30 The 92LAN board s ROM contains power up diagnostics for the 92LAN and a loader that loads the 92LAN operating system into a block of dynamic RAM it shares with the 92LAN coprocessor The DAS hard disk drive stores the 92LAN operating system and loads into the 92LAN when the DAS is powered up The DUART controls the two 92LAN board RS 232C ports One port is used as a Diagnostic Terminal port and the other port is not used The 92LAN
377. ource of a problem or if you replace a faulty floppy disk drive refer to Figures 4 18 to 4 27 for the correct positions of the jumpers There are several types of 5 25 inch floppy disk drives 400 Kbyte drives and 1 2 Mbyte drives To determine which floppy disk drive is installed check the model number on the rear of the drive The 400 Kbyte drive s model number is DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting either JU455 Panasonic or 5 4455 Shugart the 1 2 Mbyte drive s model number is JU475 Newer DAS mainframes are shipped with a 3 5 inch floppy disk drive Figure 4 18 shows the jumper settings for the 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte Teac Mod el FD 235HF 3201 floppy disk drive Figure 4 18 Jumper Locations on the 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte Teac Model FD 235HF 2301 Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 57 Troubleshooting Figure 4 19 shows the jumper settings for the 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte Model FD 235HF 6329 floppy disk drive Figure 4 19 Jumper Locations on the 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte Teac Model FD 235HF 6529 Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 58 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Figure 4 20 shows the jumper settings for the 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte Teac Model FD 235HF 7329 floppy disk drive
378. outine maintenance to operate at maximum efficiency The disks may be permanently damaged if dirt and dust accumulate on the recording surfaces To prevent damage the disks should be stored in the envelope and box provided where they will not be exposed to dust or dirt In addition the head should be cleaned periodically You will need the following materials for routine maintenance m Vacuum cleaner m 5 25 inch floppy disk head cleaning kit routine maintenance and cleaning schedules for the floppy disk drive are as follows m Clean the exterior face of the floppy disk drive monthly with damp cloth and a 75 isopropyl alcohol solution voltages may damage internal components N CAUTION Do not allow moisture to enter the disk drive When power is applied DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 2 3 Maintenance 24 Terminal and Keyboard m Clean the head monthly Use the instructions provided with the head clean ing kit m Clean the interior every six months with a soft bristle brush and vacuum cleaner If the disk drive is heavily used or is used in a dirty environment you should clean the drive more frequently Hard Disk Drive The hard disk drive requires no periodic maintenance The following paragraphs describe maintenance procedures for the terminal and keyboard Exterior Cleaning Dust the exterior surfaces of the terminal and keyboard with a dry lint free cloth or a soft bristle brush If dir
379. p at the X Terminal boot prompt and then press Enter 7 Verify that the boot progress indicator bar staedily progresses from 0 to 100 This should take approximately one minute Once 100 is reached the Serial window followed by the DAS window appear This section discusses problems that could cause the 92LANSE or 92LAN Modules to lose or prevent communications with your host This section is divided into two parts m Problem Isolation m Communications Equipment Required You need the following equipment to perform these tests The number in parenthesis identifies the Tektronix Part Number m One ethernet stinger to BNC adapter 103 0278 00 m One BNC T connector 103 0030 00 m Two 50 ohm BNC terminators 011 0123 00 Problem Isolation This section consists of the following parts m Checking the 92LAN or 92LANSE Module off the net m Network hardware setup m Network software setup Checking the Module Off the Net 92LAN Only This procedure tests the 92LAN Module functions independently of the network environment For THICKNET networks use the following procedure 1 Connect the transceiver AUI cable between the LAN back panel connector and the transceiver 2 Disconnect the transceiver from the tapping block DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 3 Connect an ethernet stinger to BNC adapter to the transceiver s tapping block connector Then connect a BNC T connector to the adapter and a 50
380. pe v to start the software verification procedure Each DAS Base System Software optional system software and application software disk has a separate checksum list corresponding to the name of the floppy disk containing the files Each list contains the name and the expected checksum value for each file on the disk The verification program displays the name of each checksum list as it verifies the checksums for the files This process takes several minutes to complete If any files in a checksum list do not exist or match the expected checksum an error message displays the name of the disk and the faulty file After the checksums for all disks have been tested a message 15 displayed If no failures are found the program displays Verify Procedure Complete NO ERRORS However if one or more failures occur the program displays Verify Procedure Complete ERRORS OCCURRED In this case identify the disks where the errors occurred reinstall the disks and repeat the verify procedure Use the Configuration utility to check or set the various parameters for operating the DAS with an X window terminal or 92X Term software In most cases you will use this tool to check or set the network addresses used to enable commu nications between the DAS and the host or X terminal Use the utility to set the operating mode and save restore or delete system software images You can also use the utility to check the results of the power up diag
381. pply to shut down If an unexpected power loss occurs for example power cord pulled the power supply issues the POWER FAIL signal to the CPU The CPU does not access the disk drives to store data instead STATIC MEMORY stores the data The next time you power ON the mainframe the Previous Shutdown field in the Power Up menu contains the message Power Failure instead of Normal Refer to Table 4 7 on page 4 25 for more information on the messages in the Previous Shutdown field The SERIAL RS 232 PORTS provide support for Terminal Host and Auxiliary communications The DYNAMIC RAM CONTROLLER consists of RAM read write accessing and refresh circuitry for the DYNAMIC RAM The DYNAMIC RAM contains 16 Mbytes of storage Most of the DYNAM IC RAM stores system software and post processes acquired data The upper quarter of DYNAMIC RAM temporarily stores configuration and data files to improve the system response time General Circuit Functions 5 8 92LANSE Module is an VO adapter that connects directly to the Controller board The module provides an Ethernet communication medium for host and 9202XT terminal interfacing The 92LANSE module also provides limited remote control and monitoring capabilities The module is optional with the 9200T or 9201T terminal but required for the 9202XT terminal You can power up down the DAS 9221 using two pins on the Controller board J5000 labeled REMOTE The pins are at
382. press X Terminal Service Manual Extended Self Test with Peripheral Tests The Extended Self Test with Peripheral Tests are menu driven tests that reside in software that is downloaded from the DAS mainframe The tests are essentially the same as the Extended Self Tests with the added peripheral tests The Peripheral Tests allow you to check the bell hardware timer keyboard mouse and the RS 232 port Faults are indicated by the bell and on screen messages To access the Extended Self Test with Peripheral Tests complete the following 1 0 b DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Ensure that the terminal is properly connected to the DAS mainframe and that the switch 1 leftmost switch on the System Controller board is in the open up position Ensure that both the terminal and the mainframe are OFF Power on the terminal Press any key to interrupt the boot process and access the Boot Monitor menu Refer to the DAS System User Manual and verify that all the network setup parameters for both the 9202 and the DAS mainframe are correct At the BOOT gt prompt enter the following a BOOT gt bpath XP 10 selftest and press ENTER b BOOT gt bmethod tftp and press ENTER Power on the DAS mainframe and wait 2 to 3 minutes until the access lamp on the mainframe hard disk drive stops flashing When the BOOT gt prompt appears type boot and press ENTER After the selftest programs have transferred fro
383. program until you no longer get errors or queries normally no more than five times DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Once you have started the file system Check procedure it proceeds automatical ly The check goes through six phases these are detailed in Tables 4 30 through 4 34 These tables list and explain typical messages that may be displayed during the file system Check program In these tables a word in parentheses following a message indicates the actual prompt message you see on the screen The tables also contain recommended responses to the error messages When the file system Check program finds an inconsistency in the file system it prompts you to take corrective action There are several approaches to correcting file system problems depending on the situation Usually answering y to a CLEAR prompt or n to a RECONNECT prompt corrects the problem without damaging any files on the hard disk If a file has a size of 0 it can always be cleared After clearing any files you should run the Verify option of the Install utility to make sure that system files were not deleted If the message EXCES SIVE BAD BLOCKS CONTINUE appears enter y to continue A file system bad block is not the same as a bad block on the hard disk NOTE If you receive the Excessive Bad Blocks message you must repeat the file system Check program until it completes without errors All problems may not be fixed on the f
384. pt U pdate 9202XT Flash ROM and Exit to BOOT prompt Discard changes and Q uit to BOOT prompt H elp Please make a selection Figure 4 31 Configuration Utility Main Menu 4 98 To display help information on any one of the selections type the letter h a space the line number or letter of the item you are interested in and press the Return key A help message displays on the screen Display Hardware Configuration and Diagnostic Results The Configuration utility allows you to check the results of the power up diagnostics for each module installed in the Master mainframe and Expansion mainframe s It also lets you view the contents of each slot and the configurations of the modules in the mainframe s The configuration and diagnostic information is listed when you select item C in the Main menu Figure 4 32 shows an example of the configuration display listing The listing looks similar to the Diagnostics menu For each installed card or module the diagnostic results are displayed If a diagnostic failure exists the resulting error code displays The diagnostic results are those that were recorded as of the last normal power up sequence for the system A value of No S W indicates that the corresponding hardware could not be tested because the Optional System Software for that hardware was not installed DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting To view the hardware configuration or diagnostic results o
385. r Part Number 6 26 131 2230 00 1 CONN HDR FEEDTHRU PCB MALE STR 2X 8 0 1CTR 0 230 58050 082 0843 5 08 MLG X 0 230 MLG 30GOLD 27 378 0271 00 1 BAFFLE AIR CARDCAGE 5Y400 378 0271 00 28 255 0334 00 1 PLASTIC CHANNEL 12 75 X 0 175 X 0 155 NYLON 11897 122 NN 2500 060 29 211 0244 00 2 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 PNH STL CD PL POZ TK0435 7772 312 30 386 5486 00 1 SUPPORT CKT BD LOCKING 0 188 NYLON 06915 LCBS 2 3R 31 671 2324 01 B050100 050102 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232401 671 2324 02 B050103 B050465 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232402 671 2324 03 B050466 B050564 1 CIRCUIT BDASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232403 671 2324 04 050565 050611 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232404 671 2324 05 8050612 8050717 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232405 671 2324 06 B050718 B050736 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232406 671 2324 07 8050737 060989 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232407 671 2324 08 B060990 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232408 A70 DAS9221 ONLY 671 2324 01 B050100 B050102 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232401 671 2324 02 B050103 B050450 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232402 671 2324 03 050451 050549 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232403 671 2324 04 B050550 B050610 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232404 671 2324 05 8050612 8050717 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS CONTROLLER 80009 671232405 671 2324 06 B050718 B05
386. r information and refer to the diagnostics earlier in this section or contact your local Tektronix service center DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 111 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting the DAS Modules 4 112 92 16 16 Troubleshooting The following paragraphs provide troubleshooting information for the DAS Modules refer also to the module troubleshooting guidelines at the beginning of this section Diagnostic tests check major portions of the circuitry on the 92A16 16E Data Acquisition Module If diagnostics pass but you still suspect a problem you can use other methods to isolate the problem First try operating the module in a different slot and see if the problem still exists If it does replace the module with a known good module If you suspect the P6461 E probe of being faulty connect the probe to a known good 92A16 16E Module Check if the probe is acquiring data by performing the manual deskew procedures in the 92A76 I6E Module User Manual 92 16 16 Fuses If the P6461 probe has a short or the 15 V circuitry on the 92A16 Module has problems the 92A16 has two fuse runs 15 V and 15 V that protect the module These runs are located on the lower left hand side of the board with the 540 pin connector facing you and the component side down They are both labeled FUSE RUN One or both of these runs may open if a failure occurs The 92A16E Module has two fuses A11F983 and A11F984 instead of fuse runs that p
387. rame LAN PROM checksum Ethernet address PROM is corrupted 15 LAN data bus LAN interrupt circuitry between the 68000 and the 82586 LAN coprocessor on the circuit board LAN co processor component has failed 16 17 18 19 LAN address setup component will not accept an address LAN internal loopback component failed LAN Serial Interface Adapter SIA failed LAN external loopback cannot send and receive packet from network The cable may not be connected to the back panel DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 131 Troubleshooting Snoopy Mode for ARP and TCP IP 4 132 Table 4 38 92LAN Module Diagnostics Cont Bit Test 20 24 No test 25 CPU test 26 EPROM checksum kernel test 27 Even EPROM checksum 28 Kernel testing in progress 30 Unexpected interrupt occurred 31 MSB Unexpected bus error occurred The sm command activates and deactivates the Snoopy mode which monitors address resolution transport control and Internet protocols The Snoopy mode helps locate problems when 92LAN is connected to the network In Snoopy mode the local terminal displays TCP IP messages addressed directly to the 92LAN and messages for the network originating at the 92LAN NOTE Snoopy mode runs better at faster local terminal baud rates Snoopy mode may affect 92LAN performance during communication intensive operations Snoopy mode checks for opened and closed network connections b
388. ration utility and check the results of the diagnostics Level 1 4 123 Troubleshooting 4 124 X Terminal Software Troubleshooting To verify that the software of the X Terminal and and mainframe are functioning properly perform the following steps The first steps are for the X terminal followed by the mainframe steps 1 Power off the mainframe and the X Terminal 2 Power on the X Terminal and press the space bar until the terminal Boot Monitor appears 3 Check the terminal default boot parameters as shown in Table 4 37 Table 4 37 Terminal Factory Default Boot Parameters Parameter Default Value Parameter Default Value IADDR 10 0 0 2 DNODE 0 0 IHOST 10 0 0 1 BMETHOD ROM IMASK 255 0 0 0 BDISPLAY DISABLED IGATE 0 0 0 0 BAFROM NVRAM BPATH 05 On initial power on the default value is XP300 os for 9204XT or 9205XT terminals 10 05 for 9202 or 9203XT terminals and then changes to os 4 Power off the terminal and then on again to boot from the X Terminal flash ROM 5 Verify that the serial window appears with the word connected inside NOTE If the serial window does not appear you may need to reflash the X Terminal Flash ROM Refer to Update Terminal Flash ROM on page 4 104 You can also try the tftp boot process to boot the X Terminal Refer to tftp Boot Process described after these procedures If the serial window does not appear on the screen you may need a sep
389. re identical on both boards Figure 5 6 contains circuit blocks with alphabetical indexes to the following descriptions Serial Dynamic Dynamic RAM RS 232C RAM 2 MBYTE 9219 Ports a Controller k 8 MBYTE 9220 Controller Interface d Figure 5 6 DAS 9219 9220 Memory Board Block Diagram a The SERIAL RS 232 PORTS support Terminal Host and Auxiliary communications b The DYNAMIC RAM CONTROLLER consists of RAM read write accessing and refresh circuitry for the DYNAMIC RAM c On the 2 Mbyte Memory board the DYNAMIC RAM contains 2 Mbyte of storage for supporting system software and for post processing of acquired data and other calculations On the 8 Mbyte Memory board the DYNAMIC RAM contains 8 Mbyte of storage The lower half of the DYNAMIC RAM stores system software and post processes acquired data The upper half of DYNAMIC RAM temporari ly stores configuration and data files to improve the system response time d The CONTROLLER INTERFACE links memory s DYNAMIC RAM CONTROLLER and SERIAL RS 232C PORTS to the controller s CPU Hard and Floppy Disk media frame inside the Master mainframe houses the hard disk and floppy disk Drives drives Expansion mainframes do not have disk drives These drives interface with the Controller board via ribbon cables Cables from the power supply power the drives see Figure 5 1 and 5 2 on pages 5 2 and 5 3 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 5 11 Gener
390. rface 83 92A96 SD UD 1501 92A96D XD 140 92C96 D XD SD 1501 92A60 Controller 80 92A60 D Memory 50 92A90 Controller 80 92A90 D Memory 50 92516 78 92532 79 925 109 78 925 118 79 92 01 25 92C02 30 92C03 25 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Introduction to DAS Hardware Table 1 3 Power for DAS Cards with Probes Cont Card Type Power watts 92 58 Master Interface 20 92 58 Standard Interface 12 92LAN 25 92V64P M Pattern Master 64 92V64PE Pattern Expander 64 92V64E Error Memory 64 Acquisition Module power requirements reduced to 140 W max effective SN B061162 and above The DAS software checks your configuration at power on and warns you to use the correct power source and power cord The power supply and module cards can be damaged if you try to operate the DAS in an illegal configuration The DAS 922 Controller board contains a set of jumpers that identify the type of power cord and power supply in the mainframe If you change the power cord or power supply then you should relocate these jumpers to reflect the new configura tion refer to Jumper J8700 in Figure 4 29 on page 4 68 If the power require ments exceed safe limits the system shuts down For example if you have five 92A96 Modules in one mainframe 700 W which exceeds the power require ments the DAS displays a warning message at power up and then shuts down Power Cords The mainframe has no main AC power switch so the power cord
391. rives m Power Supply These components communicate with each other and with any installed modules via the backplane and mainframe cables Refer to Figure 5 1 for a cable diagram of the DAS 9219 9220 and Figure 5 2 for a cable diagram of the DAS 9221 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 5 1 General Circuit Functions Expansion Cable to Expansion Mainframe Optional 92 01 02 only js 105 d 92C01 02 03 Expansion GP IB Probes Instrument Card B Typical Modules A06 08 09 Slots 2 8 Slots 8 Front Panel 5 6 7 850652 J290 Switch 01 Backplane Board 1590 590 Slots 1 Slots 0 390 Terminal Cable Slots 1 Slots 0 298 Hard Disk 1100 Terminal 1398 Drive Modem Opt J 500 Host Printer Opt 1300 Aux J 698 Floppy Disk Drive A03 Memory A02Controller Available on 920 02 03 Modules Only 9200 9201 Terminal Board Board Figure 5 1 DAS 9219 9220 Mainframe Cable Diagram Backplane Board This board provides the mechanical and electrical connection between the Controller board Memory board for DAS 9219 9220 mainframes and slots that accept DAS modules The backplane provides the bus structures for inter mainframe communications The modules access the buses within a mainframe through seven 540 pin connector slots mounted on the backplane The four basic bus structures on the backplane include the following m Control bus m Instrument bus m Application bus m Po
392. rminal baud rate turn the mainframe off and wait for the power down message Power on the terminal and press the unlabeled function key upper left corner of the keyboard next to the Notes key b After receiving an asterisk prompt type STATUS BAUD If the reply is not 38400 type BAUD 38400 Store this baud rate in nonvolatile memory by typing NVSAVE this sets the terminal to this rate at power up DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting recheck the baud rate retype STATUS BAUD d Press the unlabeled function key again and power ON the DAS mainframe 2 If the Terminal port still has a problem power down the mainframe and terminal 3 Power on the terminal and run the Extended Self Test 4 Display the Adjustment Procedures menu 5 Run the RS 232 Interface Test You need a RS 232 loopback connector for your terminal See the 4 05 Service Manual for a 9200T or the 4205 Service Manual for a 9201T To obtain these manuals contact your Tektronix representative 6 Ifthe test does not detect any errors replace the RS 232 cable For the DAS 9219 9220 you can also replace the Memory board For DAS 9221 you can replace the Controller board or the internal 9 pin RS 232 cables To check the Host and Auxiliary ports exchange the Memory board with a known good one DAS 9219 9220 only or use a Data Communication Analyzer such as a Tektronix 834 to analyze the data transferred through the port Hard
393. rn Generation Probe used with 925 16 32 Pattern Generation Modules provides eight DNRZ data channels R1 RZ Return to turn to Zero data channel and one clock channel The R1 RZ channel be programmed to have a pulse width from 5 to 100 ns and a delay from 5 to 100 ns relative to the pod clock The circuitry within this probe provides the same basic functions as the P6464 probe The boards and fuses in both probes are replaceable refer to P6464 P6465 Probe Fuses on page 4 121 for more information on the fuses The P6463A Pattern Generation Probe is used with the 92S16 32 Pattern Generation Modules and can be configured to operate in either the 9 Channel 50 operating mode or the 16 Channel 25 MHz operating mode When used in the 9 channel mode the probe is programmed the P6464 probe The operating mode is selected by positioning two jumpers inside the probe housing and by programming a latch bit in the Program menu The probe can generate either 9 or 16 DNRZ channels of data and one clock signal Data and clock channels can be set for either TIL or CMOS output drive levels by installing different ICs on the Buffer Driver board Power for the output driver is provided by the system under test or by an external power supply through the red Vpn or black Vr o leads P6463A probe contains the following circuit boards m ID Logic Board This board contains the programming circuitry inhibit drivers
394. rogram removes files with corrupted inodes detected in the Phase 1 check Table 4 31 summarizes the error messages that may be generated during Phase 2 testing In the table a word in parentheses following an error message indicates the actual prompt message that appears on the screen Table 4 31 Phase 2 File System Check Error Messages Message Explanation ROOT INODE UNALLOCATED You must rebuild the file system First run the file TERMINATING system Make program Then use the file system Install utility to reload the System S oftware ROOT INODE NOT DIRECTORY Type y in response to this message If this generates FIX a large number of errors you need to rebuild the system by running the file system Make program followed by the file system Install utility to reload the System S oftware DUPS BAD IN ROOT INODE Type y in response If this generates a large number CONTINUE of errors you need to rebuild the system Do this by running the file system Make program followed by the file system Install utility to reload the System Software I OUT OF RANGE NAME F The program has detected a directory entry with an REMOVE out of range inode number I type y in response Run the file system Install utility Verify option to make sure that no files are corrupted UNALLOCATED OWNER 0 The program has detected a directory entry with no MODE M SIZE S MTIME T allocation bits set type y in response
395. rotect the board if the P6461E has a short A11F983 and A11F984 are located on the component side of the 92A16E board in the bottom right hand corner with the 540 pin connector facing you One or both of these fuses may open if a failure occurs CAUTION Connecting P6464 or P6465 Pattern Generation Probes to the 92 16 16 Data Acquisition Modules may damage the probes permanently Connecting a Pattern Generation Probe to the 92A16 16E Module may also cause the runs to open or the fuses to blow To determine if the problem is the board or the probe perform the following procedure CAUTION Before replacing a module suspected of being faulty with a known good module perform the following probe test If the probe is the cause of an open fuse run on the 92A16 Module or a blown fuse on the 92A16E Module replacing the module will result in another blown fuse on the replacement module 1 Power down the mainframe and remove the suspected 6461 probe from the module pod connector DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 2 Check the resistance of the probe at the pod connector with the negative lead on pin 1 ground and the positive lead on pin 32 15V Refer to Figure 4 34 A reading of approximately 1 kQ or more indicates the probe 1s not the source of the problem Pressing the tips of your meter leads into the contacts may damage the contacts causing intermittent connections Ji CAUTION Gentl
396. rs are reported with a physical block number You can use choice a to add these blocks reported as ECC errors to the bad block list Press the Return key to exit the bad block entry program Choice b allows you to add the bad block information in the Cylinder Head Byte format Use a space as a delimiter between values For example if a hard disk contains Cylinder Head Byte information as 123 1 3 enter the bad block as 12313 and press the Return key The program automatically calculates the physical block location and adds it to the bad block list After you enter the last bad block press the Return key to exit the program Press e to return to the Disk Operations menu then press b to format the hard disk After the format program completes the format process the program displays the Hard Disk Operation menu Press to return to the gt prompt DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 81 Troubleshooting Modify Swap Partition Size Menu If you select option Modify Existing Swap Partition Size the format program displays the Modify Swap Size Partition menu You cannot change the swap size for the 10 Mbyte hard disk drive Modify Swap Partition Size Menu a Swap Partition Size to Small 4 068 Kbytes b Swap Partition Size to Medium 6 840 Kbytes c Swap Partition Size to Large 9 090 Kbytes d Swap Partition Size to a Particular Value e Exit with no changes default Enter choice e CAUTION
397. rs for the Terminal Host and Auxiliary ports see DAS System User Manual You can override these selected parameters at power up by using DIP switches 3 8 Refer to Table 4 27 for a summary of the DIP switch settings The restore parameters setting restores the port s Communications menu operating parameters at power up instead of restoring the default operating parameters You can change the port parameters at any time by making changes in the Communications menu when the mainframe is operating DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 45 Troubleshooting 4 46 RS 232 Ports Table 4 27 Baud Rate Dip Switches Switch Use Setting Result Boot Control U U normal boot D U BOOT gt prompt U D not used loop on level 0 diagnostics Terminal Port 3 4 38 4K baud default 2400 baud 1200 baud restore parameters Host Port 5 6 9600 baud default 2400 baud D U 1200 baud D D restore parameters Auxiliary Port 7 8 9600 baud default 2400 baud D U 1200 baud restore parameters U Up opened switch D Down closed switch Diagnostics do not test the output drivers and physical connectors of the RS 232 ports However you can use the following procedure to test the Terminal port if you suspect a problem 1 Check the baud rate DIP switch settings see Table 4 27 on the mainframe and the terminal 9200T or 9201T Both devices should be set to the same baud rate typically 38400 baud a To check the te
398. rt Number 437 0363 10 253 0396 00 337 3372 00 131 3852 00 343 1312 00 211 0510 00 346 0233 00 211 0097 00 348 0917 00 344 0399 00 344 0399 00 344 0399 00 344 0399 00 Serial No Effective 010100 010100 010100 010100 010100 010100 010100 010100 010100 010579 010100 010175 Serial No Discont d B061008 B061008 B061008 B061008 B061008 B061008 B061008 B061008 B010578 B061008 B010174 B061008 Qty amp Description AR 32 14 DAS 9219 20 21 OPTION 04 CABINET ASSY VDE EMI SHILDING TAPE PRESS SENS ALUMINUM W PRESS SENS ADH1 INCH WIDE SHIELD ELEC EMI SHLD GSKT ELEK EMI FINGER TYPE 0 004 THICK CLIP ON 0 06 PITCH BECU TIN 10 0 L SHIELD ELEC GROUNDING ALUMINUM SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL STRAP GROUND 1 375 LALUMINUM SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 312 PNH STL SHLD GSKT ELEK 4 15 X 1 375 AL NOTCHED CLIP GROUND CU BE CLIP GROUND CU BE 9200 MAINFRAMES ONLY CLIP GROUND CU BE CLIP GROUND CU BE 92E9 MAINFRAME ONLY Mfr Code 80009 TK1506 53217 52814 5Y 400 0435 5 400 0435 5 400 5 400 5 400 5 400 5 400 Mfr Part Number 437036310 1170 1INCH X 5 81 90049 60 RC W ADHESIV ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC ORDER BY DESC 348 0917 00 344 0399 00 344 0399 00 344 0399 00 344 0399 00 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Replaceable Mechanical Parts R
399. s 4 38 Table 4 20 Power On LAN Controller Tests 4 39 Table 4 21 Shared Memory Tests 4 39 Table 4 22 LAN Diagnostic Word 4 40 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference ix Table of Contents Table 4 23 Table 4 24 Table 4 25 Table 4 26 Table 4 27 Table 4 28 Table 4 29 Table 4 30 Table 4 31 Table 4 32 Table 4 33 Table 4 34 Table 4 35 Table 4 36 Table 4 37 Table 4 38 92LAN DTP Commands 4 41 DTP Cable Wiring 4 43 Power Supply Voltages 4 44 Test Pad Signal Descriptions 4 44 Baud Rate Dip Switches 4 46 Hard Disk Byte vs Sector 4 78 Default Swap Partition Size 4 82 Phase 1 File System Check Error Messages 4 86 Phase 2 File System Check Error Messages 4 87 Phase 3 File System Check Error Messages 4 88 Phase 4 File System Check Error Messages 4 88 Phase 5 File System Check Error Messages 4 90 System Software vs Operating Modes 4 102 Probe Cable Pin to Display Channel Mapping 4 116 Terminal Factory Default Boot Parameters 4 124 92LAN Module Diagnostics 4 131 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference A General Safety Su
400. s menu For more informa tion and location of the terminators refer to the 9285 16 32 Module User Manual P6464 and P6465 Probe Fuses Each pattern generation probe contains three replaceable fuses Physically the fuses consist of one incandescent lamp and two can type fuses Later versions of these probes contain a self resetting thermal fuse The lamp is used for ground sensing A glowing lamp visible through the air vents on the side of the probe case indicates a large difference in ground potential between the system under test and the DAS A difference in ground potential negatively affects output data If the lamp is not glowing either the ground potential is correct or the lamp is burned out The two remaining can type fuses are for podlets and VCC If the fuse for VEE blows the threshold reference for output data changes in the positive direction If the fuse for VCC blows the threshold reference for output data changes in the negative direction Both fuses are socketed but the lamp is soldered to the board For instructions on accessing the fuses refer to Disassembly Reassembly Procedures in this manual part numbers are found in Replaceable Electrical Parts 92SX109 118 Troubleshooting for the 925 109 118 Pattern Generation Modules is the same as Troubleshooting troubleshooting for the 92516 32 modules Also refer to the 925X109 118 Module User Manual for multiplexer adjustment procedures 92C01 02
401. s off subnet support The subnet mask is normally assigned by your system administrator Enter the new value in the format XXX XXX XXX XXX where each XXX represents a decimal number in the range of 0 to 255 and press the Return key To retain the current value press the Return key without entering any numbers Set Gateway Internet Address Selecting item G from the Main menu lets you set the gateway Internet address This is the IEEE802 gateway address for the local network The value must be set to an address other than 0 0 0 0 to permit communication between the DAS and other devices not on the same subnet This number is normally assigned by your system administrator Enter the new value in the format XXX XXX XXX XXX where each XXX represents a decimal number in the range of 0 to 255 and press the Return key To retain the current value press the Return key without entering any numbers Set Default X Server Name Selecting item F from the Main menu lets you specify the system name of the X server that will display the DAS window in the 9202XT or 92X Term Autostart operating mode In this mode the DAS automatically initiates an X window display on the Default X Server when the DAS is powered up Most X servers have only one display and one screen so server_name 0 0 is the most common entry Enter the new value in the format server_name d s where server_name is the system name of the X server device d is the single digit number of th
402. s power on diagnostics Refer to the section DAS Mainframe Diagnostics on page 4 15 for a description of these diagnostic tests Two levels of diagnostics check the 9200T they are the Power Up Self Test and Extended Self Test Before powering up the terminal connect the keyboard to the terminal NOTE The DAS must not be powered on while the terminal diagnostics are performed so the 9200T can control the keyboard DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 3 Troubleshooting 44 Power Up Self Test The Power Up Self Test runs automatically every time you turn on the terminal or press the RESET button see Figure 4 1 This test checks the keyboard and the display circuitry in the 9200T The test starts when you turn on or reset the terminal and ends when the cursor appears it takes less than 15 seconds to run Self Test Figure 4 1 Location of SELF TEST and RESET Buttons on the 9200T Rear Panel During the test the light in the Caps Lock key located in the lower left corner of the keyboard flashes once If the keyboard test fails the light stays on and the terminal beeps twice A message may also appear on the screen If the display test fails the terminal displays a message and beeps twice If a message does not appear adjust the BRIGHTNESS knob located on the front of the terminal If a message sti
403. s software supported DAS systems with 9200 or 9202T RS 232 terminals The type of system software depends on your DAS system However in all cases you need to load the system software from the supplied floppy disks only when the following conditions occur m You upgrade the software version of your mainframe m A major system software failure damages one or more system files m You replace the hard disk drive You can load the system software onto the hard disk drive using a series of steps in this section These steps differ from those used to copy floppy disks and load application software System Software consists of the following floppy disks m The SYSTEM UTILITIES FORMAT MAKE disk This disk contains the Hard Disk Format utility and the file system Make utility Use the Hard Disk Format utility to format the hard disk drive or modify the swap partition size and use the file system Make utility to create a new file system after formatting a hard disk drive The Make utility also includes the file system check program to check or repair the DAS file system m The SYSTEM UTILITIES INSTALL disk This disk contains the Install Utility Use the Install utility to install and verify the DAS Base System Software the optional system software and the application software You can also use the Install utility to remove the optional system software and application software The file system Verify function is an option to the Install ut
404. s the normal system software when powered on Place switch 2 in the open up position Leave the other switches in their original positions Power up the terminal and wait for the flashing cursor to appear Power up the mainframe and wait for the prompt gt Type install and press the Return key The DAS displays the following message File System Installation Procedure Insert next system floppy disk and press Return When rebuild is complete press c gt When the prompt appears insert the first optional system software disk that you need for your applications Continue installing the disks at each prompt until you have installed all required disks After you have installed the last disk type to complete the software installation procedure the system then powers down Place DIP switch 1 in the open up position and power up the mainframe using the front panel DC ON OFF switch The DAS performs the power up diagnostics and displays the Diagnostics menu 4 93 Troubleshooting Installing Application Software You can install application software using the procedure for installing optional system software However it may be easier to install the application software disks using the Disk Services menu Removing Optional System Software or Application Software You can remove the optional system software and application software using the Install utility on disk Removing software with this ut
405. sage is displayed even though the correct power cord is connected Example 2 One mainframe no expansion mainframes MAINFRAME instrument modules use 425 watts Error Shutting down Example 3 One mainframe three expansion mainframes The mainframe exceeded its maximum power limit of 400 watts and shuts down Refer to Introduction to DAS Hardware for information on configuring boards so they consume less power MAINFRAME instrument modules use 137 watts EXPANSION 1 instrument modules use 437 watts EXPANSION 2 instrument modules use 25 watts EXPANSION 3 instrument modules use 47 watts Referto Introduction to DAS Hardware for the correct power cord supply requirements The Master mainframe and all Expansion mainframes are within their power consumption limits Example 4 One mainframe three expansion mainframes Expansion 1 fails MAINFRAME instrument modules use 159 watts EXPANSION 1 instrument modules use 557 watts ERROR Shutting down Expansion 1 exceeded its power limit of 475 watts All mainframes will power down The mainframes will not power up until you correct the problem with Expansion 1 Refer to Introduction to DAS Hardware for information on configuring boards so they consume less power Example 5 One mainframe three expansion mainframes Expansion 3 does not power on MAINFRAME instrument modules use 137 watts EXPANSION 1 instrument modules use 465 watts EXPANSION 2 instrument modules u
406. se 25 watts EXPANSION 3 is notready ERROR Shutting down 4 18 Expansion 3 did not power on All mainframes will power down Check Expansion 3 power plug and fuse or check that the interconnectis properly connected The Expansion Slave board in Expansion 3 could be faulty DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 2 DAS 9219 92200 Level 0 Diagnostics Messages Cont Message Description Corrective Action Example 6 One mainframe three expansion mainframes Expansion 2 has a power or fan failure MAINFRAME instrument modules use 137 watts EXPANSION 1 instrument modules use 450 watts EXPANSION 2 instrument modules use 25 watts EXPANSION 3 instrument modules use 47 watts Referto Introduction to DAS Hardware for the correct power cord supply requirements EXPANSION 2 POWER FAIL Error shutting down Diagnostics added the total power consumption in the Master mainframe and each Expansion and determined that they are within their power limits During testing of the Master mainframe Expansion 2 reported a failure either a fan or a power supply failure All mainframes power down No mainframe will power up until Expansion 2 is repaired or removed from the system To determine ifthe fans mainframe fan or power supply fan have failed perform the corrective actions for FAN FAIL in Table 4 3 To determine ifthe power supply has failed perform the corrective actions for POWER FAIL in Table
407. sembly 4 Carefully push the Controller board from the backplane connection with one hand while holding the card cage with the other hand When reinstalling the Controller board check that its connections to the backplane are fully mated Remember to reconnect any cables that were disconnected during disassembly such as the RS 232 cables in the DAS 9221 mainframe The first part of this procedure explains how to remove the expansion cable from the mainframe 1 With the power cord disconnected perform procedure 1 on page 3 3 2 Using procedure 2 on page 3 5 remove the boards from slots 1 and 2 to access the Expansion Slave board 3 Note the orientation and location of the connectors then unplug the six cables of the expansion cable assembly Refer to the cabling diagram for the DAS 92 9 Expansion mainframe Figure 5 7 on page 5 14 during reassembly 4 At the rear of the mainframe remove the three screws from the top of the strain relief bracket they hold together the two parts of the bracket for the expansion cable assembly Then remove the fourth screw that holds the strain relief bracket to the mainframe back panel 5 Note the orientation of the strain relief bracket components then remove them Remove the expansion cable assembly from the Expansion mainframe 6 To remove the end of the expansion cable assembly that is connected to a 92C02 03 module remove the two screws holding the expansion cable assembly to the D
408. serves as the main power disconnect The power cord connection for the Master mainframe and Expansion mainframe is on the rear panel The standard power cord for the mainframe is rated at 12 A optional power cords are available for mainframe configurations requiring more power The mainframe uses a three wire power cord with a three contact plug for connection to the power source and protective ground The plug s protective ground connects to accessible metal parts of the mainframe WARNING To protect against electrical shock insert the power cord plug into a grounded power source receptacle External Event Connections The optional 92C02 and 92C03 modules provide a set of pins that support external event I O signals For more information refer to Using the External Event I O Pins in the DAS System User Manual DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 1 11 Introduction to DAS Hardware The External Event In pin accepts a TTL level signal from an external source The received event can be monitored by or can control other modules You can set this up in the Signal Definition overlay Cluster Setup menu The External Event Out pin passes a TTL level event signal from a DAS to an external component to use as an arming or triggering signal For example the event out signal can trigger an oscilloscope or stop start or trigger a separate DAS system Discrete Port DAS 9221 Mainframes with 92LANSE Modules The optional 92POR
409. so appear on the screen If a problem is found during the display check the terminal displays a message on the screen and beeps twice If a message does not appear adjust the BRIGHT NESS knob on the terminal If a message still does not appear refer to Power Up Diagnostics in this section If the Power Up Self Test does not detect errors the terminal displays a blinking underscore cursor If the Power Up Self Test detects an error when you turn on the terminal proceed as follows 1 Turn the terminal off wait 15 seconds and then turn it back on If the terminal powers up without detecting a Power Up Self Test error it is operating normally DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 2 If an error occurs during Power Up Self Test on the second power up note the message on the screen and follow this procedure a If the message includes the words Keyboard Failure or Not Attached check the keyboard cable connection on the rear of the terminal b Ifthe message includes the words Nonvolatile Parameters Failure Defaults Reset reset some operating parameters To perform the Extended Self Tests 9200T terminal or the Main Self Test 9201T terminal refer to the terminal diagnostics earlier in this section X Terminal Power Up The X terminal is tested by a Kernel Self Test an Extended Self Test and an Diag nostics Extended Self Test with Peripheral Test The Kernel Self Test performs the
410. st Name Mainframe Controller Board X00X EVENT CORRELATION LINES Any card that uses the Event Cor relation lines X000 Start Lines X001 Event Lines X002 Table 4 9 DAS 9219 9220 8 Mbyte Memory Diagnostic Error Codes Error Codes X00X Test Name FAST MEMORY CHECK Possible Failures Other than Memory Board Main Controller X000 Access Memory Main Controller X001 X002 Fast memory write read Parity path Main Controller Main Controller Table 4 10 DAS 9221 Controller Board Diagnostic Error Codes Error Codes X00X Test Name EVENT CORRELATION LINES Possible Failures Other than Mainframe Controller Board Any card that uses the Event Cor relation lines X000 X001 X002 Start Lines Event Lines Correlation Lines X10X X100 X101 X102 X103 TIMEBASE CHECKS ime base Chain ime base 4 ime base 2 X104 X20X X200 X201 T Time base 1 ime base 3 FAST MEMORY CHECK Access Memory Fast memory write read 2 16 M DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 27 Troubleshooting Table 4 10 DAS 9221 Controller Board Diagnostic Error Codes Cont Possible Failures Other than Error Codes Test Name Mainframe Controller Board 202 Parity path X30X 92LANSE MODULE CHECKS 92LANSE Module X300 Hardware Present 92LANSE Module X301 Control Status Register 92LANSE Module X302 Discrete I O Register 92LANSE Module X303 IDROM 92LANSE Module X304 RAM
411. st is a set of tests to verify field kit installations The tests are stored in the boot ROM and are executed from the Boot Monitor menu using the selftest command Faults are indicated by on screen messages To access the Local Self Test complete the following 1 Press any key while the Kernel Self Test is in progress to access the Boot Monitor menu The Boot Monitor menu appears after the Kernel Self Test is complete or Press any key after the Kernel Self Test is complete but before the boot process is complete to access the Boot Monitor Menu 2 At the BOOT gt prompt type selftest and press ENTER the Self Test Menu appears as shown in Figure 4 6 Self Test Menu System Memory Tests le Flash Option Tests NVRAM Tests Press the SPACE bar to step through the selections Press the lt to make a selection Danses MESC CES s 2 Figure 4 6 Local Self Test Menu For further information on the Local Self Test Menu and the associated checks refer to the TekXpress X Terminal Service Manual DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 13 Troubleshooting 4 14 Extended Self Test The Extended Self Test is a set of menu driven tests that reside in software that is downloaded from the DAS mainframe The tests allow you to check the bell hardware timer keyboard mouse and the RS 232 port Faults are indicated by the bell and on screen messages To access the Extended Self Tes
412. status of the power supplies and activity of the CPU during level 0 power up diagnostics DIP SWITCHES override the baud rates set in the Communications menu for the RS 232C ports on the Memory board Refer to Controller Board LEDs on page 4 20 for more information on the LEDs g The CPU is a 68010 microprocessor operating at 10 MHz it uses an asynchronous bus structure and decoding circuitry to transfer 24 address bits and 16 data bits The BUFFERS link the address data and control lines from the CPU to outside circuitry These buffers can be tri stated when other controllers for example a GPIB DMA controller use these lines h wa The BOOT ROM contains 32 Kbytes of ROM space to store power up sequences and level 0 diagnostic routines 1 POWER CONTROL issues the TURNOFF request signal to the CPU for a normal power down sequence power switch OFF The CPU performs file management procedures and sends a SHUTDOWN signal to the power supply causing the power supply to shut down If an unexpected power loss occurs for example power cord pulled the power supply issues the POWER FAIL signal to the CPU and BATTERY BACKUP The CPU does not access the disk drives to store data instead STATIC MEMORY stores the data The next time you power ON the mainframe the Previous Shutdown field in the Power Up menu contains the message Power Failure instead of Normal Refer to Table 4 7 on page 4 25 for more information on the
413. stem Software You can use the file system Install utility to perform the following functions m Install the software including the Base System Software optional system software and application software m Remove optional system software or application software m Verify that the installed software is complete and correct Installing Base System Software The Base System Software contains the essential software for the DAS Use this program to add or replace Tektronix supplied files The program does not disturb user generated files such as reference memories and system setups If the BOOT gt prompt is displayed proceed to step 4 If not begin with step 1 1 Start with the mainframe powered off Face the rear of the mainframe and locate the DIP switches mounted on the Controller board accessible through an opening in the lower right corner of the back panel 2 Place DIP switch 1 the leftmost DIP switch in the closed down position to cause the DAS to bypass the normal system software when powered on Place switch 2 in the open up position Leave the other switches their original positions 3 Power up the terminal and wait for the flashing cursor to appear Power up the mainframe and wait for the prompt gt then insert the INSTALL disk DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 91 Troubleshooting 4 92 4 f install and press the Return key The DAS displays the follow i
414. t procedures and move the hard disk head to a safe position Preventive Maintenance Static Precautions A Preventive maintenance consists of periodic cleaning If dust accumulates on components it acts as an insulating blanket and prevents efficient heat dissipa tion This condition can cause overheating and component breakdown Periodic cleaning reduces instrument breakdown and increases reliability You should clean the DAS mainframe and terminal as needed based on the operating environment CAUTION Many components within the mainframe are extremely susceptible to static discharge damage Service the mainframe only in a static free environ ment Observe standard handling precautions for static sensitive devices while servicing the instrument Always wear a grounded wrist strap or equivalent while servicing the mainframe DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 2 1 Maintenance 2 2 Cleaning Guidelines A Observe the following precautions to avoid damage m Do not handle static sensitive components on the boards m Transport and store static sensitive boards in their original containers or on conductive foam Label any package that contains static sensitive assemblies m Wear a wrist strap attached to the mainframe while handling the boards to discharge the static voltage from your body m If you need to temporarily set a board down place it on the card cage to protect it from damage by static voltage m D
415. t remains use a cloth or swab dampened with a 75 isopropyl alcohol solution A swab is also useful for cleaning in narrow spaces around the controls Do not use abrasive compounds on any part of these instruments CAUTION To prevent getting moisture inside the instrument during external cleaning use only enough liquid to dampen the cloth or swab DO NOT use chemical cleaning agents they may damage the plastics in the instrument In particular avoid chemicals that contain benzene toluene xylene acetone or similar solvents Terminal Screen Clean the face of the display screen using a soft cloth dampened with a solution of 75 isopropyl alcohol Keyboard Use an artist s soft brush to remove any dust or foreign matter between the keypads Interior Cleaning For procedures on disassembly and interior cleaning of the 9200T refer to the 4105 Service Manual For procedures on disassembly and interior cleaning of the 9201 refer to the 4205 Service Manual For disassem bly and interior cleaning procedures for the X terminals refer to the TekXpress X Terminal Series Service Manual These manuals are not part of the DAS documentation package to obtain a manual contact your local Tektronix representative DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Maintenance DAS Modules following paragraphs describe cleaning procedures for the DAS modules To clean the surface of a DAS module use a dry low velocity stream of air A
416. t should retain previous bad block information If you enter n it erases previous bad block information If you enter y it checks the bad block database for consisten cy If the format program detects an error it asks if it should add the bad block to the database delete the bad block from the database identifying it as a good block or exit and erase all the bad block information The program queries you for each error that it finds If your hard disk is badly corrupted it is possible to run out of replacement blocks If this happens restart the format program without retaining the old bad block data If the hard disk drive runs out of replacement blocks a second time you should replace the faulty drive When you select option b Format Hard Disk the program formats the hard disk drive The program asks you to confirm the format All files on the hard disk are destroyed When you select option Modify Existing Swap Partition Size a selection menu lets you choose the size of swap partition that you want to use Swap space is the area reserved on the hard disk for temporarily storing program information during DAS operation This memory is used only when there is not enough memory available on the DAS system Swap partition space is normally used for one of the following conditions there is more than one type of module in a DAS system very large symbol table files are used or the DAS contains a 2 Mbyte memory board In these cases
417. t specifications are no longer guaranteed 3 7 Unused codes so they should not be displayed 8 The module hardware is incompatible with the module software version This number only appears for DAS systems with mainframe software releases prior to Release 2 Version 1 00 Number 8 is unused on newer software releases You cannot operate a DAS module with an error code of 8 9 System operation is possible but operation of the module is not possible The problem affects other parts of the system operation of the module is not possible and the DAS shuts down Prior to shutdown the mainframe displays the message FATAL Hardware Error along with the failed module s slot number and error code If No S W appears in place of a PASS or FAIL message the installed module does not have any software installed on the hard disk Refer to the Version menu to display a list of the installed software If you want to install the software for your module refer to the procedures listed later in this section Tables 4 8 to 4 18 list error codes for mainframe and module failures Because the 92LANSE module connects directly to the DAS 9221 Controller board any diagnostics errors for the 92LANSE module are reported as errors for the controller board see Table 4 10 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 8 DAS 9219 9220 Controller Board Diagnostic Error Codes Possible Failures Other than Error Codes Te
418. t to undue pressure when removing or installing it When handling the CRT wear safety goggles and heavy gloves for protection Dangerous voltages or currents may exist in this product Disconnect power remove battery if applicable and disconnect test leads before removing protective panels soldering or replacing components To avoid electric shock do not touch exposed connections To avoid x radiation exposure do not modify or otherwise alter the high voltage circuitry or the CRT enclosure X ray emissions generated within this product have been sufficiently shielded DAS 9200 Technician s Reference XV Service Safety Summary xvi DAS 9200 Technician s Reference i OI Preface The Digital Analysis System DAS 9200 documentation package provides the information necessary to install operate maintain and service the DAS DAS documentation consists of m This technician s reference manual which helps you isolate DAS problems to the module level replace that module and recheck the status of the system m verification and adjustment procedures manual that allows a qualified technician to verify specifications of the mainframe and modules m A system user manual which includes a beginning user orientation a discussion of DAS system level operation and reference information such as installation procedures specifications error messages and a complete glossary of terms m series of module user manuals that
419. t with Peripheral Tests complete the following 1 EA tS Ensure that the terminal is properly connected to the DAS mainframe and that the switch 1 leftmost switch on the System Controller board is in the open up position Ensure that both the terminal and the mainframe are OFF Power on the terminal Press any key to interrupt the boot process and access the Boot Monitor menu Refer to the DAS System User Manual and verify that all the network setup parameters for both the terminal and the mainframe are correct At the BOOT gt prompt enter the following a BOOT gt bpath XP300 selftest and press ENTER b BOOT gt bmethod tftp and press ENTER Power on the mainframe and wait 2 to 3 minutes until the access lamp on the mainframe hard disk drive stops flashing When the BOOT gt prompt appears type boot and press ENTER After the selftest programs have transferred from the mainframe the Extended Self Test Main Menu see Figure 4 7 appears on the terminal Figure 4 7 Extended Self Test Main Menu DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 10 Press p to select the Peripheral Test Menu For further information refer to the TekXpress X Terminal Service Manual DAS Mainframe The DAS normally runs diagnostics at power on to check the major mainframe Diagnostics internal components operating software and installed modules Diagnostics File System Checks and the Boot
420. tem First run the file DIRECTORY system Make program Then use the file system Install utility to reload the System Software Phase 4 Check Reference Counts This phase of the program checks link count information in the file system You will almost always get an error during this phase As a general rule if a file with a SIZE of 0 is unreferenced you should clear it do not reconnect it Table 4 33 summarizes the error messages that can be generated during Phase 4 testing In the table a word in parentheses following an error message indicates the actual prompt message that appears on the screen Table 4 33 Phase 4 File System Check Error Messages Message UNREF FILE I OWNER 0 MODE M SIZE S MTIME T Explanation An unreferenced file has been detected always type n in response Note the file size if the file size is greater RECONNECT than 0 run the file system Install utility Verify option to make sure that no system files have been deleted Most detected files are temporary deletion of these files is harmless since the files are not usable CLEAR Ifyou type n ata RECONNECT prompt another prompt appears asking you to clear the file You should then type y to clear LINK COUNT FILE l OWNER 0 MODE M SIZE S COUNT X SHOULD BE Y ADJ UST An incorrect link count has been detected type y in response DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 33 Phase 4 F
421. tem from one mode of operation to another by saving then restoring or installing new system software existing user files that were present in the original mode will still be present in the new mode It is not necessary to save the user files separately when switching modes although doing a backup before such a major change is always a good idea Likewise saving a system software image does not make a copy of the user files and is not a substitute for a backup Be aware that a saved image of system software can only be restored once After 1t 1s restored the saved image no longer exists Therefore 1f you alternate between different versions of system software you must resave the current system software before each restore operation Restoring an image takes about two minutes DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting The Available field at the right of the Restore entry in the Main menu shows the type of system software that is currently saved and available to restore 1f any The value None signifies that there are no saved images present on the hard disk You will be prompted to verify your actions before the restore operation occurs If the restore operation cannot be carried out you will be returned to the Main menu Delete Saved Image of System Software Selecting item D deletes saved images of the system software that you no longer need The Available field at the right of the Restore entry in the Main menu shows whic
422. the external 5 volt power supply 6 Install a new elastic band around the battery by performing the following substeps a Perform steps 2 7 and 8 of Procedure 8 Removing the Card Cage beginning on page 3 18 in the Disassembly Reassembly Proce dures chapter b Gently pull the card cage assembly up from the nylon posts Insert the elastic band into the holes provided Pull the elastic band tightly from the bottom with needle nose pliers d Reinstall the card cage assembly 7 Check the condition of the battery by measuring the voltage across it It should measure approximately 3 volts DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 2 15 Maintenance Disposing the Lithium You can safely dispose of small quantities of batteries less than 20 with Battery ordinary garbage in a sanitary landfill larger quantities must be sent by surface transport to a Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility The batteries should be individually packaged to prevent shorting and packed in a sturdy container that is clearly labeled Lithium Batteries DO NOT OPEN 2 16 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference s SA Disassembly Reassembly Procedures This chapter describes the disassembly and reassembly procedures for the DAS mainframes 92HS8 cabinet and acquisition and pattern generation module probes In the following procedures directional terms top bottom left right front and back assume that your mainframe is in an upright position with
423. the housing Repeat this step for the other end of the assembly Use the header latch release tool to unlatch both contacts of the faulty coaxial wire from the header at each end of the assembly refer to Fig ure 4 36 Do not lift the latches farther than necessary to unlatch the contacts of the coaxial wire to prevent damage to the latches causing intermittent operation of the coaxial cable assembly Extract the coaxial wire completely before releasing the latch Compress the mesh sleeving to increase its inside diameter as much as possible 4 115 Troubleshooting Top Row of Pins is Signal D or B Bottom Row of Pins is Ground A or C Figure 4 35 Coaxial Probe Cable Header Pin Orientation Table 4 36 Probe Cable Pin to Display Channel Mapping 4 116 Probe 2 C0 7 C37 3 C0 6 C3 6 4 C0 5 C3 5 1 C0 2 C12 C2 2 C3 2 8 C0 1 C11 C21 C3 1 10 Al 7 D3 7 11 16 03 6 12 15 03 5 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 36 Probe Cable Pin to Display Channel Mapping Cont Pin Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 10 11 12 13 14 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Attach one end of the replacement coaxial conductor to an end of the faulty coaxial conductor in the following manner a Lay the two coaxial wires end to end with a 4 inch to 6 inch overlap b Wrap the overlapping portion of the
424. the operating status of the system The mainframe and terminal contain diagnostics that run automatically when powered up Since the terminal provides the user interface 1t should be powered up and checked first with the mainframe power off After the terminal diagnostics are completed power up the mainframe to execute its power up diagnostics The DAS 9200 Verification and Adjustment Procedures document contains procedures for testing specifications these procedures should only be performed by a qualified service technician The terminal can be checked by two or more levels of diagnostics Before powering up the terminal ensure that the keyboard is connected to the terminal NOTE Unless specified do not connect the terminal to the mainframe when performing the following tests This allows the function keys to be under the control of the terminal The Power Up Self Test runs automatically every time you turn on the terminal or push the RESET button This test checks the keyboard then the terminal s display circuitry The LED in the Caps Lock key located in the lower left corner of the keyboard briefly flashes when the test is running This self test runs between turning on or resetting the terminal and the first appearance of the cursor it takes less than 15 seconds to run If an error is found during the keyboard portion of the Power Up Self Test the Caps Lock light stays on and the terminal beeps twice A message may al
425. to and from the network Because the 92LANSE Module connects directly to the Controller board the diagnostics for the 92LANSE Module are run at the same time as the diagnostics for the Controller board Diagnostic errors are reported as errors to Slot 0 in the Power Up menu The Version menu reports the hardware version of the 92LANSE Module and the Controller board on the same line for Slot 0 Jumper J790 Heart Beat Enable jumper enables the Heart Beat feature used during a Signal Quality Error SQE test as described by the IEEE 802 3 definition The Heart Beat Enable is only effective when J685 THICK THIN is in the THIN 2 3 position The Heart Beat Enable jumper is shipped in the 1 2 position The software supports FTP server functions as well as remote shell rsh remote copy rcp and the echo echo reply BSD UNIX ping functions of the ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol An optional 92LANP software product is available to enable the DAS to be operated remotely from a host computer via LAN DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 5 31 General Circuit Functions 5 32 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference A A Replaceable Electrical Parts This section contains a list of the electrical components for the DAS 9200 System Use this list to identify and order replacement parts Parts Ordering Information Replacement parts are available through your local Tektronix field office or representative Changes to Tektronix ins
426. to cut the power supply wires cut the plastic tie that holds the power supply wires to the top of the media frame 4 Remove the stabilizer bracket connecting the media frame to the power sup ply frame 5 Unscrew the four screws that hold the media frame to the mainframe baseplate see Figure 3 5 6 Grasp the media frame with both hands and tilt it outward then lift up and remove You may need to open the cable clamp located on the left side of the media frame before you can move the media frame onto the adjacent work surface 7 Remove the ribbon cable W965 that connects the power supply to the media DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Stabilizer Bracket lt 55 5 Screws 6 Figure 3 5 Location of Screws for Removing the Media Frame Procedure 6 This procedure describes how to remove both the hard disk and floppy disk drives Removing the Disk Drives from your media frame This procedure does not apply to Expansion mainframes From the Media Frame 1 Bow Perform procedure 5 on page 3 8 Disconnect the ribbon cable s from the drive being removed Remove the two screws on top of the appropriate drive from the media frame Gently turn the media frame on its side to prevent damage and remove the two bottom screws Grasp the drive from the front and pull towards you to remove it from the media frame Installatio
427. tom front screws as shown in Figure 3 13 Screws 2 Figure 3 13 Bottom front Screw Locations for Removing the Card Cage 10 Pull the card cage up from the nylon posts in the baseplate then forward Be careful not to damage the internal RS 232 cables in the DAS 9221 NOTE You may need to pinch together the nylon supports on the Controller board to separate it from the baseplate of the mechanical chassis When reconnecting the power supply wires torque the screws on the connector from 3 5 to 4 0 inch pounds Align each nylon support with its mounting hole before pressing the Controller board onto the baseplate DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 3 19 Disassembly Reassembly Procedures Procedure 9 Removing the Controller 3 20 Board A Procedure 10 Removing and Disassembling the Expansion Cable DAS 92E9 only Preform the following procedure to remove the Controller board from the master mainframe CAUTION Many components within the mainframe are extremely susceptible to static discharge damage Follow the standard handling precautions for static sensitive devices in Maintenance when servicing this instrument 1 Perform procedure 1 on page 3 3 procedure 2 on page 3 5 procedure 3 on page 3 6 and procedure 8 on page 3 18 2 Place the card cage upside down so the bottom of the Controller board faces up 3 Remove the seven screws holding the Controller board to the card cage as
428. trol Alt and Delete keys simultaneously to reset boot the terminal from the Flash ROM Verify that the Serial window appears after the boot process is complete 19 If the Serial window does not appear restart the Flash Update procedure again from the Configuration Utility Main menu 20 If the Serial window appears boot the DAS normally and verify that the DAS window displays on the terminal Typing the final command will exit the Configuration utility and you will be returned to the gt prompt DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 107 Troubleshooting Optional System Software 4 108 Leaving the Utility There are two ways to leave the Configuration utility by saving the changes or by discarding the changes Either way you will be returned to the gt prompt Select item E to save any changes and exit to the BOOT gt prompt This would be the normal way to leave the utility All changes will be saved and will take affect when the DAS returns to normal operation Select item Q to discard the parameter modifications except the operating mode changes Major operating mode changes such as converting from 9202XT mode to 92X Term mode will remain in effect System changes resulting from the save restore or delete options will also remain If you performed the restore operation you should use the Exit option to save the current parameter values in place of the values that were part of the restored imag
429. truments are sometimes made to accommodate improved components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements Therefore when ordering parts 1t 15 important to include the following information in your order Part number m Instrument type or model number m Instrument serial number m Instrument modification number if applicable If you order a part that has been replaced with a different or improved part your local Tektronix field office or representative will contact you concerning any change part number Change information if any is located at the rear of this manual Using the Replaceable Electrical Parts List The tabular information in the Replaceable Electrical Parts List is arranged for quick retrieval Understanding the structure and features of the list will help you find all of the information you need for ordering replacement parts The following table describes each column of the electrical parts list DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 6 1 Replaceable Electrical Parts Parts List Column Descriptions Column Description 1 Component Number The component number appears on diagrams and circuit board illustrations located in the diagrams section Assembly numbers are clearly marked on each diagram and circuit board illustration in the Diagrams section and on the mechanical exploded views in the Replaceable Mechanical Parts list section The component n
430. ts Refer to Introduction to DAS Hardware to verify the correct power cord supply requirements For assistance contact your local Tektronix field service representative The mainframe and all expansions are within their power con sumption limits Example 4 One mainframe three expansion mainframes Expansion 1 fails MAINFRAME instrument modules use 159 watts EXPANSION 1 instrument modules use 500 watts ERROR Shutting down NOTE Removing 1 or more modules may bring wattage requirements to within the limits of the power cord Expansion 1 exceeded its power limit of 475 watts All mainframes will power down The mainframes will not power up until you correct the problem with expansion 1 Refer to Introduction to DAS Hardware for information on configuring boards so they consume less power Example 5 One mainframe three expansion mainframes Expansion 3 does not power on MAINFRAME instrument modules use 137 watts EXPANSION 1 instrument modules use 450 watts EXPANSION 2 instrument modules use 25 watts EXPANSION 3 is not ready ERROR Shutting down DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Expansion 3 did not power on All mainframes will power down Check Expansion 3 power plug and fuse or check that the interconnectis properly connected The Expansion Slave board in Expansion 3 could be faulty 4 17 Troubleshooting Table 4 1 DAS 9221 Level 0 Diagnostics Messages Cont Message Description Correcti
431. tware menu similar to the following appears DAS Software Removal Procedure XXXXX Kbytes space remaining The following Optional System Software and or Application Software 15 currently installed 1 92A16 2 92A60 3 92A96 To remove a software package type in the number on the same line as the name of the package and press Return To exit type in 0 and press Return or simply press Return with no number specified Which Optional System Software or Application Software package would you like to remove The above example menu appears if you have previously installed the 92A16 Support 92A60 90 Support and 92A96 Optional System Software packages After you enter your selection the program removes the selected package and displays the remaining list of software packages The program prompts you for another selection If there are no optional system software or application software packages the program displays an appropriate message and then displays the BOOT gt prompt Verifying Base Optional and Application Software Use the verify function of the Install utility to verify that all Tektronix supplied software for the DAS including the Base System Software optional system software and application software is completely and correctly installed and has not been corrupted You will normally use the verify function of the Install utility after executing the file system Check program of the Make utility It is not n
432. u sure you want to continue y n default n destroys all files on the hard disk Use one of the methods described earlier in CAUTION Reformatting the hard disk or running the file system Make utility this section to save files from the hard disk To continue press y If you do not want to change the swap space size of your hard disk press n or press the Return key default is n do not continue If you try to change the swap space size of an unformatted hard disk the utility displays an error message and cancels the change request If the hard disk has never been formatted you must format it before changing the swap space size Formatting or reformatting the hard disk creates a swap partition The default size of the swap partition is 6 Mbyte you can change it to 8 Mbyte After changing the swap space size you should return to the gt prompt by leaving the SCSI Hard Disk Format Utility Select the Exit option in the Main Menu You must then run the Make Utility to build the file system and the Install Utility to reload the system software If you do not run these two utilities the DAS will not function properly Both of these utilities are described later in this section Bad Block List Display The SCSI Hard Disk Format Utility lets you view your hard disk s bad block list a bad block is an area on the hard disk that contains unusable bytes The Bad Block List display shows all known Manufacturer s
433. uence until you have installed all of them Install the optional system software disks that you need for your applications Install any application software disks However you can install the application software disks later using the Disk Services menu After you have installed the last disk type c to complete the software installation procedure The system then powers down DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting 11 After the DAS completes the power down sequence place switch 1 in the open up position and power up the mainframe using the front panel DC ON OFF switch The DAS performs the power up diagnostics and displays the Diagnostics menu Installing Optional System Software Use this program to add or replace Tektro nix supplied files only The program does not disturb user generated files such as reference memories and system setups NOTE The INSTALL disk is not required for the installation program if the Base System Software has already been installed If the BOOT gt prompt is displayed proceed to step 4 If not begin with step 1 1 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Start with the mainframe powered off Face the rear of the mainframe and locate the DIP switches mounted on the Controller board accessible through an opening in the lower right corner of the back panel Place switch 1 the leftmost switch in the closed down position to cause the DAS to bypas
434. umber 671 2324 06 671 2324 07 160 8821 00 160 8821 00 160 8826 00 160 8810 00 160 8815 00 160 8814 00 160 8827 00 160 8817 00 160 8828 00 160 8825 01 160 8811 00 160 8816 00 160 8818 00 160 8820 00 160 8813 00 160 8819 00 160 8812 00 160 8823 00 160 8935 01 160 8822 00 671 2452 00 671 2452 01 671 2452 02 159 0153 00 Serial No Effective B050718 B010100 B010341 B010934 Serial No Discont d B010340 B010933 Name Description CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS9221 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY DAS 9221 CONTROLLER DAS 9229 ONLY IG DIGITAL CMOS PLDEEPLD 22V10 PRGM 156 5924 00 25 5 130 IG DIGITAL CMOS PLDEEPLD 22V10 PRGM 156 5924 00 25 5 130 IC DIGITAL CMOS P LDEEPLD IG DIGITAL CMOS PLDEEPLD IG DIGITAL STTL PLD PAL 20R8 PRGM 156 6360 00 125MHZ 210MA IG DIGITAL STTL PLD PAL 20R8 PRGM 156 6360 00 125MHZ 210MA IC DIGITAL STTL PLD PAL 20R8 PRGM 156 6360 00 5NS 125MHZ 210MA IG DIGITAL STTL PLD PAL 20R6 5 PLCC28 PRGM156 6381 00 IC DIGITAL STTL PLD PAL 20R8 5 PRGM 156 6360 00 PLCC28 IC DIGITAL CMOS PLD EPLD IG DIGITAL STTL PLD PAL20R 6 156 6381 00 124MHZ 210MA 20R6 5 PLCC28 TUBE IG DIGITAL STTL PLD PAL 20L8 PRGM 156 6258 00 125MHZ 210MA IG DIGITAL CMOS PLD OTP 22V10 PRGM 156 5912 00 15 5 90 IG DIGITAL CMOS PLD EEPLD 22V10 PRGM 156 5924 00 25 5 130 IG DIGITAL STTL PLD PAL 20R8 PRGM 156 6360 00 125MHZ 210MA IG DIGI
435. umber is obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to the circuit number see Component Number illustration following this table The electrical parts listis arranged by assemblies in numerical sequence A1 with its subassem blies and parts precedes 2 with its subassemblies and parts Chassis mounted parts have no assembly number prefix and they are located at the end of the electrical parts list 2 Tektronix Part Number Use this part number when ordering replacement parts from Tektronix 3and4 Serial Number Column three indicates the serial number at which the part was first effective Column four indicates the serial number at which the part was discontinued No entry indicates the partis good for all serial numbers 5 Name amp Description An item name is separated from the description by a colon Because of space limitations an item name may sometimes appear as incomplete Use the U S Federal Catalog handbook H6 1 for further item name identification 6 Mfr Code This indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of the part 7 Mfr Part Number This indicates the actual manufacturer s or vendor s part number Abbreviations Abbreviations conform to American National Standard ANSI Y1 1 1972 Component Number Component Number A23A2R1234 7 A23 A2 R1234 N Assembly number Subassembly Number Circuit Number optional Read Resistor 1234 of Subassembly 2 of Assembly 23 List of Assemblies list of assem
436. up each of the other subsystems using the backplane m The Signal Conditioning Subsystem prepares the system under test SUT data by improving its signal to noise ratio before it is sampled It also selects the synchronous clock source for the Timing Subsystem m The Timing Subsystem provides the pipeline timing clocks for the Acquisi tion and Qualification Subsystems This circuitry clocks the data from acquisition through storage 5 20 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions m The Acquisition Subsystem samples the desired SUT data and presents it for qualification and possible storage in memory m The Qualification Subsystem examines the sampled data to determine which part of it to store in memory m The Memory Subsystem stores the qualified data m The Timestamp Subsystem provides a time reference to be stored with each sample Signal Conditioning Subsystem Acquisition Sampled Qualification Qualified Storage Subsystem Subsystem Subsystem Timing Timestamp Subsystem Subsystem Processor Interface Subsystem Figure 5 8 92496 and 92C96 Module Functional Block Diagram 92HS8 8E High Speed Data Acquisition Module The 92 58 Module consists of an interface board 92 58 Master or 92 58 Expander installed in the DAS interface cable and 92HS8 high speed cabinet A 92 58 Module with a single cabinet attached provides eight channels that are capable of sampling r
437. uration jumper on the Controller board for DAS 9221 mainframes Module Troubleshooting Overview Use the following steps as an overview of troubleshooting the modules detailed troubleshooting information is included later this section 4 2 1 Check that the module is properly installed according to the module installation instructions The installation must meet all slot location restrictions for the module and adjacent modules Refer to the installation section of the module user manual for detailed installation guidelines If the module fails the power up diagnostics check the description for the four digit error code from the Diagnostics menu If the module has a functional failure check all connections between the DAS and the system under test SUT Check that the boards are fully seated into the backplane slot connectors If necessary power down the DAS remove the module reseat it and power up the system Verify that all probes and cables are fully seated If the module still fails check if the problem is slot related Power down the DAS install the failing module into a different mainframe slot and power up the system This will isolate mainframe slot related problems Remove the module and inspect it for physical damage or shorted leads or components Replace the module with a known good replacement module Check that the replacement passes its diagnostic tests DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubles
438. urations This test checks that the installed boards are legal slots If this test fails the terminal displays the message FATAL Configuration error in slot where indicates the first slot number with the error Some modules display configuration errors The test does not display additional configuration errors until you correct the first error For information on installing modules in the mainframe refer to the DAS System User Manual After each FATAL message the terminal displays the message System going down and the mainframe powers down When you correct the problem and the DAS is powered up again the configuration test reruns When this part of level 1 completes successfully the terminal displays the message LEVEL 1 Configura tion test s complete After level 1 completes the configuration tests it checks the Event and Correlation buses and installed modules If the buses or modules fail the Diagnostics menu displays a FAIL message and error code when the level 1 diagnostics finish Diagnostics menu Error Codes Diagnostic provides a PASS FAIL or No S W message for every module in the mainframe and any attached expansion mainframes If a FAIL message appears a four digit error code also appears as an index to additional information describing the failure The first digit in the error code indicates the type of error 1 Diagnostics were not performed on that module 2 Module operation is still possible bu
439. ures of the 925X109 118 Modules are the same as the 92516 32 Modules The configura tion timing and vector generation operate the same except that the 925X109 118 probe outputs two data vectors for every sequence number in the program menu For more information on other features of the 925X109 118 Modules refer to 92516 Pattern Generation Module and 92832 Pattern Generation Module and to the 925X109 118 Module User Manual 92C01 02 03 GPIB and Expansion Modules The 92C01 Module provides an optional high speed General Purpose Interface Bus GPIB port for the DAS The GPIB port allows the DAS to be a talker or a listener on the GPIB The 92C01 Module consists of a circuit board that must be installed in slot 8 of the mainframe card cage and a cable to a GPIB port connector that attaches to the mainframe back panel The 92C01 s primary address on the GPIB is assigned in the DAS Communications menu Utility menu group The 92C02 Module provides a GPIB port and an interface to the DAS 92 9 Expansion mainframe The 92C03 module provides only an Expansion mainframe interface 92C02 s GPIB port interface is identical to the interface for the 92C01 module The 92C02 03 s Expansion mainframe interface allows up to three Expansion mainframes to be connected in series with a DAS Master mainframe providing additional slots for DAS modules A multiwire cable and housing connects the 92C02 03 installed in slot 8 of the Master mainframe t
440. ust be capable of supplying the maximum line current required for your system A mainframe connected to a 115 V power source draws a maximum continuous current of 15 A the one cycle surge current is 25 A nominal Therefore a Master mainframe with three Expansion mainframes may require a total line current of 60 A A mainframe connected to a 230 V power source draws a maximum continuous current of 10 A so a Master mainframe with three Expansion mainframes may require a total line current of 40 A When the DAS is connected to a 230 V power source you must use a 230 V power cord The DAS draws no more than 10 A when operating at 230 V but when the DAS is connected to a 3 phase power source the mainframe draws no more than 8 A on any phase The three phase power cord is permanently attached to the power supply To upgrade your mainframe s power supply with the three phase option contact your Tektronix field service center DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Introduction to DAS Hardware Table 1 1 Power for Master Mainframes Watts Voltage Cord Option Source 400 W 105 127 V Std 115 V 12 A 500 W 105 V 127 vt Opt 1A 115 V 15 575 W 200 V 250 V 1 5 230 V 10A 700 W2 200 V 250 V Opt 1B 120 208 V 8 A phase to phase 3 phase Operation at a low line of 90 V is possible if the card cage load is reduced to 425 watts or less The 700 W 3 phase power supply option was discontinued as of serial num
441. ve Action Example 6 One mainframe three expansion mainframes Expansion 2 has a power or fan failure MAINFRAME instrument modules use 137 watts EXPANSION 1 instrument modules use 450 watts EXPANSION 2 instrument modules use 25 watts EXPANSION 3 instrument modules use 47 watts Refer to Introduction to DAS Hardware to verify the correct power cord supply requirements For assistance contact your local Tektronix field service representative EXPANSION 2 POWER FAIL Error shutting down Table 4 2 DAS 9219 92200 Level 0 Diagnostics Messages Message Example 1 One mainframe no expansion mainframes MAINFRAME instrument modules use 385 watts Referto Introduction to DAS Hardware for the correct power cord supply requirements Diagnostics added the total power consumption in the Master mainframe and each Expansion and determined that they are within their power limits During testing of the Master mainframe Expansion 2 reported a failure either a fan or a power supply failure All mainframes power down No mainframe will power up until Expansion 2 is repaired or removed from the system To determine ifthe fans mainframe fan or power supply fan have failed perform the corrective actions for FAN FAIL in Table 4 3 To determine ifthe power supply has failed perform the corrective actions for POWER FAIL in Table 4 3 Description Corrective Action This is a status message no errors are detected This power cord mes
442. vide identification to the DAS Controller board The major components in a 92HS8 high speed cabinet include an Acquisition board Memory board power supply Calibrator board and three cooling fans Each cabinet has nine probes eight data channel and one trigger arm probe that are permanently attached to the cabinet The 92HSS8 cabinet provides the following functions Time base circuitry that generates clock rates from 500 MHz to 200 MHz in a 5 2 1 sequence for asynchronous acquisitions Note This is used only with 8 channel modules and during deskew procedures High bandwidth differential probes with adjustable threshold for each channel Four phase login path that allows 500 ps sampling with a 2 ns clock Deskewing elements are provided in the login clock path for aligning data sample points across all eight channels A four bank memory system multiplexed by a factor of eight 16 ns minimum cycle time to provide 8K of acquisition memory Two 8 bit word recognizers capable of being programmed independently to detect both data and glitches in edge or level modes Data from the login outputs is compared against a programmed mask and the result true or false is sent to the trigger machine A trigger state machine minimum clock rate 4 ns that monitors the two word recognizer outputs and provides two levels of triggering There are five possible states Start Armed Ready Triggered and Stop depending on the programmed menu sele
443. w ww SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 375 PNH STL SCREW MACHINE 8 32 X 0 25 PNH STL FASTENER BLIND 0 56 L 8 32 THRU CIRCUIT BD ASSY BACKPLANE CIRCUIT BD ASSY BACKPLANE SEE REPL A01 CONN HDI PCB MALE STR 4 X 135 540 POS 0 1 CTR 0 46 H X 0 177 TAIL 30 GOLD W DUAL GUIDEPINS GUIDE PIN GUIDE PIN GUIDE PIN 0 585 X 0 080 2 56 SST SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 PNH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 THK SST NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 THK SST CONN HDR PCB MALE STR 1 X 36 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 195 TAIL 30 GOLD TERMINAL BLOCK 7 PIN CONN HDI PCB FEMALE RTANG 368 POS 4 X 92 0 1 CTR 0 190 TAIL W CTR GUIDE PIN CONN HDI PCB FEMALE RTANG 3 X 92 368 05 0 1 CTR 0 48 MLG X 0 145 TAIL 30 GOLD W CTRGUIDE PIN SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 312 L PNH SST POZI SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 375 TRH SST POZIDRIVE NUT 2 56 X 0 188 X 0 062 55 CONN HDR FEEDTHRU PCB MALE STR 2 X 8 0 1 CTR 0 230 MLG X 0 230 MLG 30GOLD BAFFLE AIR CARDCAGE SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 P NH STL CD PL POZ MACHINE SUPPORT CKT BD LOCKING 0 188 NYLON CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BD ASSY CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BOARD CONTROLLER SEE REPL 02 SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 P NH STL CD PL POZ MACHINE CONN TERMINAL PRESSFIT PCB MALE STR 0 025S Q 0 248 MLG X 0 137 TAIL 50 GOLD PHZ BRZ W FERRULE Mfr Code TK0435 TK0435 00613
444. wer supply bus Some of these buses extend outside the Master mainframe to Expansion mainframes These buses provide the communication link between the Master mainframe and up to three Expansion mainframes as shown in Figure 5 3 This figure may also be helpful when troubleshooting system level failures 5 2 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference General Circuit Functions Expansion Cable to Expansion Mainframe Optional 92C 02 03 only 92C 01 02 only GPIB 125 W160 92C 01 02 03 Expansion GP IB Probes Instrument Card Ext B 5 Typical Event Modules A06 08 09 OUT Slots 2 8 IN Slots 8 3 5 6 1 8 Slots2 290 Switch w190 A01 Backplane Board J690 7 590 I 9200 9201T Slots 1 Slots 0 390 or X Terminal Terminal Cabl Slots 0 Hard Disk 4 erminal Cable 6100 Terminal 3900 W3900 50 Drive Modem Opt 7100 Host W6900 34 Connected for Printer Opt 8100 Aux 16900 Floppy 2 9202XT Only A02 Controller Disk Drive 92LANSE Board Module Thinnet 880 Thicknet 687 Discrete 1 0 230 9202XT terminal requires Available on 92C 02 03 J 92LANSE Module Modules Only Figure 5 2 DAS 9221 Mainframe Cable Diagram Control Bus The Control bus provides buffered address data and control lines for the DAS These lines support the transfer of data setup and status informa tion between the Controller board and other mainframe components This information is not used during real time inter
445. wing steps check the network and the DAS LAN software Each step asks a question then points to an area of possible trouble 1 Have you assigned a unique DAS hostname and internet address and entered them in the etc hosts file or its equivalent on your host computer Use the cat or more UNIX command to view the entries in the etc hosts file NOTE The system or network administrator should modify this file Does your host use ARP to resolve internet to ethernet address correspon dence Use the etc arp UNIX command or its equivalent to view the current contents of the hosts ARP table If the 92LAN or 92LANSE Module has been exchanged the entry in this table must be modified or cleared before the host can initiate communication with the new board NOTE In most UNIX like operating systems unused entries are automatically cleared periodically if communication with the host has not taken place DAS 9200 Technician s Reference For example use the UNIX command string etc ping hostname to test network operation substitute the DAS internet address for hostname to test communication to the DAS via LAN For the 92LAN Module is the optional 92LAN Module Support Software loaded onto the DAS mainframe s hard drive and is it not corrupted Use the Version menu to determine the presence of 92LAN Support Software and run the Verify Software Utility Does the LAN overlay contain the correct hostname internet
446. with 8 module slots m Hard disk drive m 3 5 inch or 5 25 inch floppy disk drive m Three RS 232 ports m Power supply with a maximum output of 700 watts DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 1 3 Introduction to DAS Hardware 1 4 85 232 Ports back of Mainframe Controller Board slot 0 I S Power Card Cage Supply Backplane Hard and Floppy Disk Drives Figure 1 2 Master Mainframe Internal Components Memory Board in Slot 1 for DAS 9219 9220 Mechanical Chassis The chassis provides the mechanical connection and cooling for all mainframe components and options DAS modules reside in the card cage probes connect to the modules through openings in the rear of the chassis NOTE To install remove or reposition any DAS module you must remove the mainframe top cover and card cage door To disassemble major chassis components refer to Disassembly Reassembly Procedures beginning on page 3 3 Controller Board The Controller board resides in slot O of the Master mainframe Expansion mainframes use an Expansion Slave board instead of a Controller board The Controller board provides the following resources m DAS 9221 mainframes use 68EC030 microprocessor with address decoding for an asynchronous bus structure 32 bit address 32 bit data DAS 9219 9220 mainframes use a 68010 microprocessor 24 bit address 16 bit data DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Introduction to DAS Hardware
447. y disk registers floppy disk 13 74 8K buffer RAM alignment none 7A 7D Floppy Disk Controller IC interrupt none 9X MMU operation none Al Calendar access none A2 No clock movement none A3 Clock movement is wrong none 4 10 us clock period none BO MMU registers disable none Bl MMU registers address none CX SCSI testing SCSI drive F3 Unexpected Bus Error mainframe memory module F7 BINTx exception a module in a slot F8 Spurious exception a module in a slot F9 Undefined exception none FD Expansion Power F an fail exception Expansion power supply or card T X Don t Care Except error codes 63 and 66 4 22 cage fan power line has dropped phases 920 02 03 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Table 4 5 DAS 9219 9220 Controller Board LED Diagnostic Errors Possible Failures Other Error Codes 1 Test Functions than Controller Board FF Resetasserted power supply 01 Even BOOTROM checksummed none 02 Odd BOOTROM checksummed none 1X NVRAM none 20 VoltAmps summation a module in a slot 30 Enable PFail exception power supply 31 Enable xBint2 exception a module in a slot 32 Clock Calendar none 33 System clock Timer compare none 34 Enable Hard Floppy disk 1 0 exception Expansion 1 0 35 Enable xBINT1 exception a module in a slot 3F Enable 0 exception a module in a slot 63 Enable Turnoff exception power supply 70 72 Hard Floppy disk registers har
448. y monitoring the Internet protocol 1P Snoopy mode also monitors ARP Address Resolution Protocol messages to check if the correct Internet address is being searched for and if the 92LAN is being addressed Addresses in ARP messages are preceded with Q for a query or R for a reply The Snoopy mode is off by default After it has been activated the Snoopy mode may be in either condition In response to the Snoopy mode prompt enter Y Return to turn the Snoopy mode on or N Return to turn the Snoopy mode off If you do not want to change the Snoopy mode condition press Return without a response Because of the Snoopy mode s limited resources it can buffer up to 100 messages Snoopy messages may be dropped during a heavy load The local terminal shows when a message has been dropped This does not mean that the 92LAN has missed messages DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Output Formats The Snoopy mode displays the ARP messages in the following format ARP QR 555555555555 55555555 DDDDDDDDDDDD dddddddd The Snoopy mode displays the TCP messages in the following format 55555555 5555 DDDDDDDD dddd 44444444 aaaaaaaa wwww UAPRSF1111 RW 0123456789ABCDEF The fields for the above formats are defined as follows m SSSSSSSSSSSS 55555555 are unformatted hexadecimal ethernet and internet addresses NOTE Internet addresses are usually displayed in the format x x x x where x is a decimal number between 0
449. y settings of the jumpers for the Model JU475 2 1 2 Mbyte floppy disk drive The Controller board has two jumpers J6710 and 10700 for future options 2 Jumper No J umper Figure 4 24 Jumper Locations on the Model JU475 2 1 2 Mbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown Figure 4 25 shows the jumper locations for the Model JU475 3 1 2 Mbyte floppy disk drive DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 63 Troubleshooting Jumper No Jumper Figure 4 25 Jumper Locations on the Model JU475 3 1 2 Mbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown 4 64 DAS 9200 Technician s Reference Troubleshooting Figure 4 26 shows the jumper locations for the Model JU475 4 1 2 Mbyte floppy disk drive Plug J umper Wire jumper 0416 83 Figure 4 26 Jumper Locations the Model JU475 4 1 2 Mbyte Floppy Disk Drive Factory Settings Shown DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 65 Troubleshooting Figure 4 27 shows the jumper locations for the Model JU475 5 1 2 Mbyte floppy disk drive 6 Wire Jumper Plug Jumper
450. y touch the meter leads to the contacts of the pod connector PIN 32 15 V PIN 1 GND Figure 4 34 Pod Connector of the P6461 E Probe 3 Ifthe reading indicates the probe is good replace the module If the reading indicates the probe is bad replace the probe and the fuse on the module NOTE Replace the fuse run with a fuse mounted on the non component side of the board Refer to the component numbers in the Replaceable Electrical Parts for the part number for the fuse Solder the replacement fuse to the pads at each end of the open fuse run DAS 9200 Technician s Reference 4 113 Troubleshooting 92A60 90 Troubleshooting Diagnostic tests check major portions of the circuitry on the 92A60 90 Data Acquisition Module If diagnostics pass but you still suspect a problem you can use other methods to isolate the problem First try operating the module in a different pair of slots to see if the problem persists If it does replace one or both of the cards for the 92A60 90 Module with a known good module If you suspect the buffer probe of being faulty connect the probe to a known good 92A60 90 Module Check to see that the probe is acquiring data by performing the external deskew procedures in the 92A60 90 Module User Manual The 92A60 90 components are defined as the Controller board 92A60 90C Memory board 92A60 90M and the buffer probe If either the controller or memory is a 92A60 Module component the DAS syst

Tektronix DAS 9200 Technicians Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents